Making the Radio Station of the Future on the Web
-
Volgograd: what’s in a name?, Oksana Zagrebnyeva
[Citizen Journalism] (openDemocracy)Volgograd has had many incarnations, but is best known as Stalingrad for the great WWII battle that raged in and around the city. Local journalist Oksana Zagrebnyova gives a wry update of life in Volgograd in the run-up to the Duma elections and the city’s relative indifference to a possible change of name, when all the residents want is a normal life with a working infrastructure. The city: history, names and monumentsI’ve thought many times that the name ‘Volgograd’ ...
Volgograd has had many incarnations, but is best known as Stalingrad for the great WWII battle that raged in and around the city. Local journalist Oksana Zagrebnyova gives a wry update of life in Volgograd in the run-up to the Duma elections and the city’s relative indifference to a possible change of name, when all the residents want is a normal life with a working infrastructure.
The city: history, names and monuments
I’ve thought many times that the name ‘Volgograd’ probably means nothing to foreigners. They only know the city of ‘Stalingrad’, insofar as the Battle of Stalingrad is mentioned in history textbooks as one of the turning points of the Second World War. Some are even surprised, when they look at a modern day map of Russia, to see where this renowned Stalingrad city actually is.
In the beginning the town was modestly named ‘Tsaritsyn’ [possibly from Turkic sary-sin or yellow island] and this lasted for 3 centuries. In April 1925 the VTsIK (All-Russian Central Executive Committee) of the USSR decreed that it should be renamed. It is said that the idea of ‘Stalingrad’ belonged to the then Premier and Chairman of Sovnarkom (the Council of Peoples’ Commissars), Alexei Rykov. This did nothing to save him from execution in the years of the Great Purges under Stalin.
The sculpture ‘The Motherland Calls’ is visible from all over the city. Lead sculptor Evgeni Vuchetich's symbolic representation of the Soviet victory over the Nazi invaders was inspired by the 'Winged Victory of Samothrace'. From the tip of the sword to the top of the plinth measures 85 metres. Photo: Anton Denisenko
In 1961, when Nikita Khruschev was fighting against the Stalin personality cult, he ordained that the name with its links to Stalin should be wiped off the map. He was not deterred by the fact that in 1942 he himself, as a member of the Supreme High Command General Headquarters, had for six months been at the epicentre of the great battle. Local authorities explained to him that residents didn’t look upon the city’s name as a ‘memorial to Stalin, but saw in it a symbol of victory and a symbol of the state’s power’, but Khrushchev was not be persuaded.
However, it was decided not to return the old name Tsaritsyn to the city because, in the eyes of the Party leadership, it was too reminiscent of the Imperialist past. In November 1961 it was ‘Volgograd’ that appeared on the map of Russia. Only a few buildings have survived from the time of Tsaritsyn, since the city was practically wiped from the face of the earth during the Second World War. It was rebuilt and now the architecture in the central part of Volgograd is Stalinist Empire-style: monumental five-storey buildings with stuccoed facades, and administrative buildings with columns.

General Field Marshal Friedrich von Paulus (first on
the right) was captured in the cellars of the Stalingrad
Central Department Store. Following his arrest he
was interrogated by the Soviet Marshal Konstantin
Rokossovski (second on the left)
Volgograd’s history takes hold of its visitors while they are still on the platform at the Central Railway Station. Tourists have hardly left the train when they find themselves in the Square of Fallen Soldiers, with its eternal flame burning, and schoolchildren standing in the centre, paying tribute to the memory of the city’s defenders. There too is the Central Department Store. On 31 January 1943, two days before the end of the Battle of Stalingrad, the command staff of the southern detachment of Hitler’s troops, headed by General Field Marshal Friedrich von Paulus, was captured in the cellars of this building.
Also in the central part of the city is the panorama museum ‘The Battle of Stalingrad’. In its grounds stands the legendary ‘Pavlov House’, a simple, unremarkable Stalingrad building, marked on Field Marshal Paulus’ personal map as a fortress. At the time of the battle in Stalingrad, every building was fought over. For almost two months, Pavlov and a handful of soldiers held their line. Because of their courage, the Pavlov House became an impenetrable stronghold.
The main sight of Volgograd, and also the highest point of the city, is the ‘Mamayev Kurgan’ (literally, ‘Mamai’s burial mound’). During the battle, whoever occupied it automatically controlled almost the entire city, the surrounding area, and passage across the river. It was the site of desperate fighting and rivers of blood flowed there. The slopes of the mound were ploughed up again and again by bombs, shells and mines. The idea to construct a grand monument in Stalingrad to commemorate the great battle came about almost as soon as the fighting stopped. The central composition of the Mamayev Kurgan, ‘The Motherland Calls’, stands 52 metres tall and weighs 8 thousand tonnes. Crowning the mound is a figure representing the ‘Motherland’, which is visible from many places in the city.
To this day, it is a tradition that newly-weds visit these historic places after the marriage ceremony to lay flowers at the monuments. In the 50s and 60s, it was probably an expression of gratitude to their ancestors for defending their native land. Now, however, young people are simply honouring the tradition. What’s more, it presents an opportunity to take beautiful wedding photos in the countryside. I, however, am no fan of wedding celebrations for a hundred people, so I didn’t have a white dress or lay flowers at the monuments.
Recently I heard that 1km of road in Russia is more expensive than in any other country in the world. For the alleged cost of laying the road-bed, the same section could be covered with a layer of black caviar...
Twice a year, veteran participants of the battle on the Volga, their children and grandchildren, travel to Volgograd. This is on 2 February, the day the German troops were defeated near Stalingrad, and 9 May, World War II Victory Day. As it says in the song, ‘The Day of Victory is a celebration with tears in our eyes’: for veterans it’s a time for joyful reunions and tragic memories. But with every year the number of participants on the celebratory parade becomes ever smaller. Somewhere I found the latest data that, in Volgograd and its surrounding region, barely more than 1500 participants of the Battle of Stalingrad are still alive.
Sometimes I want to see today’s world through their eyes. Are they proud of their descendants? Do they like the country for whose future they fought? Incidentally, a year ago Russia marked the 65th anniversary of the end of the war, but to this day there are still veterans who haven’t received the housing they were promised by the government. How do our elders feel as they travel around Volgograd’s shabby streets, given that the authorities have still not managed to accomplish the most banal and necessary task of repairing the city’s transport infrastructure?
In Volgograd only a few buildings have survived from the time of Tsaritsyn and Stalingrad, as the city was practically wiped from the face of the earth during the Second World War.
Historically it came about that the city grew exclusively in length, as more and more factories were built along the bank of the Volga. The residential part of Volgograd also stretched along the river; the city is like a ‘gut’, as the locals say, narrow and long. It’s about 60 km from north to south, which takes one and a half hours in a car, whereas a train from east to west takes about 20-30 minutes.
Traffic and roads
Everything is made even more complicated by the fact that in a city of a million people there is effectively only one road joining the southern and northern districts. That means that if there is an emergency on this main route, an accident, a burst water pipe or simply traffic gridlock, finding a way round the congestion is impossible. So, for example, a year ago, during a period of heavy snowfall, which doesn’t happen very often in Volgograd, the city literally came to a standstill.
The situation was almost laughable: it turned out that the company responsible for clearing the snow didn’t have the right machinery because they had hired it out to someone and ‘forgotten’ to collect it on time. HGVs skidded on the slightest incline, and trucks veered across roads that hadn’t been spread with chemicals, and couldn’t move from where they ended up, blocking the road off to everyone else. All of this led to traffic jams several kilometres long. Yet, at the time the transport debacle was unfolding, the mayor of the city, Roman Grebennikov, was taking a break at a comedy show in the neighbouring region.
The city authorities recently decided to charge lorries to drive through the city. I don’t know how legal this is, but I am 100% sure that it’s not going to solve the problem of our clapped-out roads. One of the reasons for this is that road construction today is one of the most corrupt forms of business in Russia. Recently I heard that 1km of road in Russia is more expensive than in any other country in the world. For the alleged cost of laying the road-bed, the same section could be covered with a layer of black caviar... However, in spite of the massive spending on road construction, it’s not obvious that there are actually any more roads, nor is their quality improving.
The dancing bridge
Perhaps I will finish this theme of roads with a story about the ‘dancing bridge’. The bridge across the Volga stands on reinforced concrete supports. Just after it was opened in 2010, millions of people watched an internet clip of the bridge rocking up and down in the wind, as if it were made of rope. It looked most impressive: the range of swing reached one metre!
Soon after its opening in 2010, millions of people watched a youtube clip of the new bridge over the Volga 'dancing' in the wind, as if it was made of rope.
The bridge took a long time to build - 13 years - and it’s vitally important for the city. Getting to the left bank of the river, where the dachas and holiday sites are and where people live, was previously only possible on a little river tram or on a cargo ferry, which don’t function in winter, or via a diversion across the dam of the Volga Hydroelectric Power Station, but that’s no shortcut! Moreover, the bridge across the Volga in the city is the main road which links the Volga region with Astrakhan, Saratov and the whole of Central Asia. Of course, the bridge’s opening was awaited with trepidation, but the car-owners didn’t have long to enjoy it – after only six months, it began to ‘dance’ in gusts of wind of up to 16 m/s, and was closed. Five days later specialists were satisfied that the bridge was danger-free and it was re-opened, firstly for pedestrians and cars, and then two months later for lorries as well.
The official version put the ‘dances’ down to wind vibration. All in all, the bridge is something of a mystery. No significant technological changes were made in the course of the year, but it no longer danced. Even though winds have since been even stronger than they were on that fateful day.
Often, when watching some foreign film or news items about the USA or Europe, I envy foreigners in an amicable sort of way. Long suspension bridges across rivers, inconceivable viaducts and many-layered roads, highways and high-speed trains. I look at them and I feel almost as a person from a century of steam engines would, looking at the age of computer technology. And it makes me sad.
The mayor
However long I live in Volgograd, I never cease to be amazed by how slowly everything develops in the leisure and the services sectors, and the speed at which new housing is being built is fast approaching zero. I am no longer surprised when I recall the accusations levied by businessmen against the mayor, Roman Grebennikov, who was even expelled from the business organisation, ‘Business Russia’. He was accused of making life a nightmare for local businesses and the accusations were further confirmed by inspectors from the Prosecutor General’s Office. In particular, Volgograd businessmen were saddled with investment conditions that were patently disadvantageous for them, and with charges unrelated to their activities. Land allocations and permission to build and so on depended on the businessmen making so-called ‘charitable’ donations to the city. Not infrequently, while promising parcels of land to entrepreneurs, the mayor’s office actually forced them to carry out expensive works to their design, but then didn’t grant them the land. Who would want to work in those conditions?
I don’t believe in fair elections (and I’m not alone in that), and I’ve had enough of all the pre-election political tactics, the politicians heaping dirt on each other and the revealing articles. It’s sad but true: people enter politics to solve their own personal problems, and not the problems of the people.
I never liked Grebennikov, rather the opposite. In 2001 he became speaker of the regional Duma. He wasn’t yet 30 years old, and he became modern Russia’s youngest leader of a legislative assembly in any of the Federation’s autonomous entities. I remember my colleague, a radio correspondent, returning from a session of the regional Duma, and telling me how Grebennikov swore at deputies who were old enough to be his father. 4 years later, the parliamentarians, unable to put up with him, voted to remove him from the role of speaker.
The ex-mayor is a peculiar and surprising sort of man. Over the three plus years that Roman Grebennikov was mayor of Volgograd, he acquired a not insignificant number of enemies. In the 2007 mayoral election he stood on the Russian Federation Communist Party ticket, and promised not to change his political orientation. But as soon as he won, he joined ‘United Russia’ and later headed Prime Minister Vladimir Putin’s community liaison office in Volgograd. The leader of the Volgograd Communist Party, Alevtina Aparina, seeing how her former colleague was running the city, publicly repented of promoting Grebennikov’s candidature at the election. The communists even collected signatures calling for his early retirement.
New Volgograd governor Anatoli
Brovko was appointed by President
Medvedev in 2010.Everyone expected a change for the better when ‘United Russia’ representative Anatoly Brovkowas appointed governor a year ago. It was hoped they would find a common language, but the miracle didn’t happen. Grebennikov continued to accuse the regional authorities of not allocating Volgograd the necessary funding from the regional budget. Brovko in turn repeatedly asserted that the city should be governed by a city manager, who would be the right hand of the governor.
On New Year’s Eve, Grebennikov’s political career cracked. He was first removed from his post as head of Putin’s community liaison office. Then, after a few months, the governor Anatoly Brovko dismissed him from his position as mayor of Volgograd for his failure to implement a range of judicial decisions concerning some of the city’s vital functions. His party colleagues then kicked him out of ‘United Russia’ on the grounds that he had ‘discredited the party’.
During the almost 4 years he was mayor, criminal cases were regularly brought against officials of the city administration. Among Grebennikov’s ‘achievements’ was the abolishment of the traditionally free public transport for schoolchildren. Furthermore, it was revealed that the mayor’s office had purchased flats for the accommodation of orphans at an auction in which only one firm participated. By a strange coincidence, the founder of this single participating firm was Angar Politsimako, a deputy of the regional Duma, which leads one to wonder if the mayor had been receiving a kickback. From everything going on around him, one gets the impression that he is simply an official greedy for money and aware that he is untouchable.
No more than 1500 veterans of the Stalingrad battle are still alive in the Volgograd Oblast. Many of them have not yet received apartments promised them by the Russian government.
Now Grebennikov is trying to re-establish himself in his position through the courts, while an acting mayor has been appointed and deputies will decide in the near future whether to take on a contract manager to run the city.
Elections
This will possibly even be better for Volgograd. After all, mayors elected by the people have not coped well with their duties and Grebennikov’s predecessor ended his career in the dock. What’s more, I don’t believe in fair elections (and I’m not alone in that), and I’ve had enough of all the pre-election political tactics, the politicians heaping dirt on each other and the revealing articles. It’s sad but true: people enter politics to solve their own personal problems, and not the problems of the people. On ballot papers you’ll either see names that no one’s heard of or names no one wants to vote for. So you have to vote for the lesser of the evils, and then you watch how the ‘lesser evil’ you’ve voted for is governing the city you live in.
Most city residents are indifferent as to who will be in the driving seat – Anna Chapman or James Bond, an appointed city manager or an elected mayor. We simply want to live in a well-appointed city in a well-appointed country.
There is no such thing as politics in Russia. Nor are there politicians. Even the elections to the State Duma have been turned into a farce. The absence of any politicians who are really ‘someone’ in our region makes it quite possible that we will be represented at the regular election to the State Duma by Anna Chapman, one of the protagonists of last year’s espionage scandal in the USA. She has already taken her first steps towards a seat as a deputy by joining ‘The Young Guard’, the youth organisation of ‘United Russia’. She visited her childhood home town, Volgograd, and went to see its local hospital complex, where she paid for the operation of one of its patients, chatted to students from the medical college and gave them money to buy equipment for a disco. She also met young business people from Volgograd. The campaigning has begun.
A Volgograd political scientist predicted Anna’s destiny amazingly accurately. There was a lot of interest in her when she returned to Russia last summer and anyone who could, jumped on the bandwagon. The tabloids published more and more new details from Anna’s life, intimate details included. Volgograd caught this wave and pages of newspapers displayed interviews with Anna’s teachers, school friends and her ‘first love’. One of the publications even announced a competition for the best song about Anna and her spy colleagues. One political scientist said to me in a conversation that he wouldn’t be surprised if Chapman soon appeared among the candidates for a seat in the State Duma. What foresight!
But what do people want?
But this is all a storm in a teacup. Most city residents are indifferent as to who will be in the driving seat – Anna Chapman or James Bond, an appointed city manager or an elected mayor. We simply want to live in a well-appointed city in a well-appointed country. Where cars won’t end up in traffic collisions because of the potholes in the roads. Where there are leafy avenues and parks in which the whole family can relax and not have to walk along uneven paths paved last century to find a rubbish bin or somewhere to sit. We don’t want the hot or cold water turned off regularly in our homes, or rusty sediment and sand to flow periodically out of our taps in place of water because the plumbing system is 70 years old. We want there to be sufficient places for our children at nurseries and for parents not to have to join some fictitious queue to get these precious places. We don’t want to be forced to give up waiting our turn in the queue in despair and to have to offer the manager a bribe to take our toddler anyway. We want housing prices to fall, but if no housing is built, this won’t happen. We want investors to come to our city and build everything: shopping centres, supermarkets, sport complexes, cinemas and clubs, and we don’t want anyone to ‘wreak havoc’ on businesses.
Names again
I almost forgot... Back when the Soviet Union collapsed, there was a great deal of support for bringing back the former historical names to Volgograd and to this day our communists are in favour of renaming the city Stalingrad. Nine years ago this matter was even sent up to the State Duma for discussion, but the majority voted against it.
The proposition to return the city its old name Stalingrad has been rejected on a number of occasions, but the memory of the battle lives on. The Square of Fallen Soldiers with its eternal flame is located in the centre of the city. There is always a guard of honour and never a shortage of flowers.
The writer Vasily Aksyonov proposed a return to the old name of Tsaritsyn. Volgograd seemed to him an impersonal sort of name, devoid of any meaning.
“What does it mean? A city on the Volga? There are so many cities on the biggest river in Europe: Nizhny Novgorod, Yaroslavl, Kazan, Samara, Saratov...” fumed the prominent Russian writer.
Incidentally, as a social survey showed then, around 60% of the population disapproved of the idea of renaming the city. Approximately the same number was suggested by later research. Maybe because many people understand that renaming a city is a rather costly indulgence.
Photos: Volgograd Oblast Administration web site, Wikimedia.
Country:RussiaCity:VolgogradTopics:Democracy and government -
Hair Myths And Hair Tips! By Medimanage.com
[Africa] (Afrigator)Hair Myths And Hair Tips! By Medimanage.com Hair Myths And Hair Tips! By Medimanage.com Free Online Articles Directory Why Submit Articles? Top Authors Top Articles FAQ AB Answers Publish Article 0 && $.browser.msie ) { var ie_version = parseInt($.browser.version); if(ie_version Hello Guest Login ...
Hair Myths And Hair Tips! By Medimanage.com Hair Myths And Hair Tips! By Medimanage.com Free Online Articles Directory Why Submit Articles? Top Authors Top Articles FAQ AB Answers Publish Article 0 && $.browser.msie ) { var ie_version = parseInt($.browser.version); if(ie_version Hello Guest Login Login via Register Hello My Home Sign Out Email Password Remember me?Lost Password? Home Page > Health > Hair Myths And Hair Tips! By Medimanage.com Hair Myths And Hair Tips! By Medimanage.com Edit Article | Posted: Feb 05, 2010 |Comments: 0 | Share ]]> You envy those models and celebrities who are blessed with long, lustrous, silky smooth hair, that have a great bounce and a colour to die for. And to get that same svelte look, you tried what not! From applying expensive shampoos and latest conditioners, to trying different home remedies, you went through it all, but your hair just seems to be too spoilt for choice. Well, maybe you just need to get your facts checked and corrected. Here we bring to you some of the common hair myths which you may have taken to be facts: Myth 1: Hair tends to grow faster with a trim: While we have been listening to this solid piece of advice for years, science negates the claim. Cutting or trimming hair does not alter its genetically determined growth rate, however, regular cut or trim once in a month, prevents split ends and dry strands of hair. Myth 2: The same shampoo and conditioner forever Our scalp does not remain the same for all times. It keeps changing periodically depending on various factors including weather, diet, chemical treatments, and hormonal changes. Hence in accordance with these changes we need to keep updating our shampoos and conditioners, and if this gyaan gets too much, simply know that you need to change hair products every two or three months. Myth 3: Plucking out one grey hair, means more will grow This is completely untrue. In fact it only means that now that we can colour our hair, we should actually remove grey hair to get more hair and then colour them! But this doesn’t happen. Myth 4: Mehendi or heena is an excellent conditioner Most of the heena available today has the probability of containing chemical powders used to expedite the colouing process and may not be completely natural. Also heena is known to coat the hair shaft not allowing it to breathe and thereby causing dry and brittle hair. Also, any permanent hair treatments such as colouring and rebonding are hindered by the use of heena. Myth 5: Dandruff can be contagious Dandruff particles are visible flakes of skin that have been continuously shed from the scalp. Though dandruff is very common, it is a myth that it is contagious. You cannot get dandruff from someone else, such as by using his/her brush or comb. Myth 6: My hair is good, I don’t need a conditioner Just like our skin needs to be moisturised, so does our hair needs to be conditioned. Simply put, what moisturiser is to the skin, conditioner is to the hair. Conditioners help in restoring the moisture content in hair which gets lost due to chemical treatments and over exposure to sun and wind. Myth 7: Products with the shampoos and conditioners together, i.e. 2 in 1 are good Shampoos and conditioners perform very different roles. While shampoo cleans your hair, the conditioner provides the moisture. It seals the hair cuticles that are opened by the shampoo and improves the texture of hair. Myth 8: Oil reduces hair fall: While oiling hair is definitely required, keeping oil in your hair for a longer time, for more than two hours, is not good for your hair. This is because just like heena, oil too leaves a coating on the hair shaft and stops the hair follicle from breathing naturally. Also, too much of oiling requires rigorous shampooing to remove it too. However, nobody can deny the goodness of a good oil massage that improves blood circulation, ensure that it is not left on your hair for too long. To read more about Hair Myths and Hair Tips! Retrieved from “http://www.articlesbase.com/health-articles/hair-myths-and-hair-tips-by-medimanagecom-1824084.html” (ArticlesBase SC #1824084) Liked this article? Click here to publish it on your website or blog, it’s free and easy! Medimanage - About the Author: Medimanage Health Insurance India ]]> Questions and Answers Ask our experts your Health related questions here…200Characters left I lost my vehicle with origional RC book last yr. I got FIR, NTC,certificate for RC lost from police station. Insurance i hve claimed in insurance office. but they used to say RC is required for claim I was hit from behind and have only 3rd party, fire and theft. Can I engage my insurance company to sort out the damage/claim with their insurance ? Can a third party take an insurance company to small claims court? Rate this Article 1 2 3 4 5 vote(s) 0 vote(s) Feedback RSS Print Email Re-Publish Source: http://www.articlesbase.com/health-articles/hair-myths-and-hair-tips-by-medimanagecom-1824084.html Article Tags: compare health insurance, health insurance online, renew health insurance, health insurance claims, health insurance claim settlement, group health insurance, company health insurance, medimanage, jiyo healthy Related Videos Related Articles Latest Health Articles More from Medimanage How Coconut Oil Benefits Hair Health In this health video you will learn how coconut oil benefits hair health. (01:44) Better Hair Transplant This health video looks at the new advancements in hair transplant that allows the hair to lie better on the scalp. (01:32) Home Remedies for Hair The Doctors and Everyday Health reveal hidden beauty secrets found in your cabinets that can keep your hair healthy! (02:55) Learn about Hydrotherapy, Hair and Hormone Replacement Therapy Explore the health and wellbeing issues concerning hydrotherapy, hair and hormone replacement therapy. (05:02) How Often Should You Wash Hair How often should you wash your hair, and can washing too often or too seldom lead to hair loss? Get the facts in this video. (00:37) Tpa – Cracking The Mystery Around Tpa by Medimanage.com A common term found in all the health insurance policies in India is TPA’. Adding to the confusion is the explanation found “TPA means any company who has obtained license from IRDA to Practice as Third party administrator and is appointed by the company.” By: Medimanagel Healthl Feb 02, 2010 Reasons For Not Buying Health Insurance by Medimanage.com health insurance excuses Health Insurance is the need of the hour. Then why people still have laid back attitude towards buying health insurance for themselves? What reasons lead them for not having a health insurance? Let’s have a look at common things which results in not buying a health insurance. By: Medimanagel Healthl Feb 02, 2010 Super Foods For A Super Healthy You by medimanage.com “Eat healthy, eat healthy and eat healthy.” this new-age mantra is being driven into our heads! Be it the in the form of news media such as the newspapers, Television, radio or the various magazine’s and the internet, this mantra seems to be just about everywhere! So what does eating healthy’ exactly mean? Eating healthy doesn’t mean dieting or going vegan all of a sudden! It means eating in proportion to the body’s actual needs. By: Medimanagel Healthl Feb 03, 2010 lViews: 229 If You Are An Indian, You Need Health Insurance by Medimanage.com Health Insurance This is serious. Look up for health insurance in India on Google, and you are sure to get as many as 40,800,000 searches, all leading to the various companies that offer health insurance in India, the foreign companies that are all set to open operations here, and to the growing need of health insurance for every Indian. By: Medimanagel Healthl Feb 02, 2010 Travel Tips For Old People by Medimanage.com Rohit’s parents will be completing 50 years of their marriage next month. He wants to send his parents on a tour to North India to celebrate their anniversary. But one thing about which Rohit is concerned, is about how his parents will manage their health. By: Medimanagel Healthl Feb 01, 2010 Medimanage.com – Ways To Manage Menopause Depression Menopause Depression Your mother is irritated, she is too not-in-the-mood to do anything, her mood swings make her go angry for a moment and the very next moment, she smiles. You find it difficult to talk to her properly and she often feels like spending time alone, and very often you don’t even know why she is behaving like this. By: Medimanagel Healthl Feb 04, 2010 Medimanage.com – What You Should Know About Renewal Of Your Policy It was only when I missed my health insurance policy renewal date that I realized the importance of it. It all started one day when my mother had to admitted on an emergency into a hospital in our immediate vicinity. Relieved by the fact that my mother’s health was insured, By: Medimanagel Healthl Feb 02, 2010 Health Advantage- Consider it for Tax Benefits by Medimanage.com money saver The Tax season is in and as usual is the scramble for filling tax forms and searching ways to save money through Tax exemptions. If you looking at maximum savings on tax benefits as the prime objective, you need to consider ICICI Lombard Health Advantage. By: Medimanagel Healthl Jan 04, 2010 Skin Care Tips For Men That Can Get Rid Of Dry Skin Problems Men are quite susceptible to dry skin problems. Find out how you can get rid of this problem. By: Foo Kwong Mengl Healthl Dec 25, 2010 15 Ways Of Home Treatment For Psoriasis Many natural and home remedies have the potential to cure psoriasis. Presented here are 15 home remedies that can help in reducing or even full relief from psoriasis flare-ups. By: RositaBrotenml Healthl Dec 25, 2010 7 Day Belly Blast Diet Torrent-Another feature of the program is a method called Calorie Confusion It is widely acknowledged that obesity problem is proper more and more overserious now, but can you ideate the particularized merchandise of Inhabitant adults with adiposis job? By: Anthony LMairel Healthl Dec 25, 2010 Ovarian Cyst Miracle Scam A caucasian’s ovaries bang two functions: to amend foodstuff and display hormones but inner them ovarian cysts may become. By: Anthony LMairel Healthl Dec 25, 2010 Looking For Chocolate Cyst Treatment? This Natural Cure Could Solve Your Problems Chocolate cyst treatment options are limited, and the conventional approach is usually to go for surgery. But surgery can be dangerous, and does not tackle the underlying cause of the cysts, meaning that they often come back. This is where the natural chocolate cyst treatment really wins. By addressing the real issues, you can get rid of your cysts naturally and permanently – without the need for surgery or drugs. By: Val Wilsonl Healthl Dec 25, 2010 The Bad Breath Report Torrent Is the Bad Breath Report a rig? The respond is definitely “No”. With the importunate version “Beat Bad Breath with Household Ingredients!?” By: Anthony LMairel Healthl Dec 25, 2010 Tmj No More Scam-Get rid of temporomandibular joint (TMJ) within a amazing short period May any of us are not so old with temporomandibular spliff (TMJ), so firstly we would same to begin what is the definition of temporomandibular conjoint (TMJ) ? By: Aaliyah Arurl Healthl Dec 25, 2010 Vision Without Glasses Download Looking around, you will locate nearly everyone is sporting glasses or contact lens, particularly the youth. regardless of you might be short-sight or far-sight ,as well as the glaucoma , you must have underwent the inconvenience from the vision difficulties.it’s difficult to take off ,but not impossible .toady I will suggest you a inexpensive but effective Ebook to regain your vision without glasses. By: Anthony LMairel Healthl Dec 25, 2010 Adnan Sami’s Amazing Weight Loss Story by Medimanage.com Adnan Sami’s fitness storyBeing obese or even fat is not easy these days, along with the part of being overweight you also need to have a thick skin to bear the comments and the snide remarks people throw at you. Now imagine being morbidly overweight at 206 kilos and being in the limelight, the negative comments just come up in heaps and your weight issues are out in the open for everyone else to see By: Medimanagel Health> Men’s Healthl May 26, 2010 lViews: 444 Sensitive Skin? Here are some tips for you! by Medimanage.com Sensitive Skin You go on your school picnic to a water park, everyone else in enjoying in the water but as soon as you go in the water, your skin is unnaturally red and there are rashes on it. You are forced to sit out of the water for the entire day. By: Medimanagel Healthl May 26, 2010 Music Therapy: Let the Music Heal You by Medimanage.com Music speaks to all of us. Be it an A R Rahman or Beethoven or Indian Classical music that does it for you. However different our tastes we all agree to the wonderful effect that music has on our lives. There is an anonymous quote which says “Music is how feelings sound like” and it is so true; whatever be our mood, there is some music that echoes our sentiment often reflects the sentiment better than we could ever hope to do. By: Medimanagel Healthl May 26, 2010 lViews: 151 How to stay awake at work, without coffee! by Medimanage.com sleeping on the jobYou were meeting your college pals after a really long time and as it used to happen in the good old times, you all decided to crash at a friend’s place and continue your catching up with the happenings in each other’s’ life late into the night, in fact the catching up continues till early morning! And now you are back at the office at 9 am having stayed up till 7 am, running on a mere 2 hours of sleep. By: Medimanagel Healthl May 26, 2010 lViews: 149 Discipline your child the right way! by Medimanage.com Discipline Those were the days when the smallest of mistakes were solved by the cane believing that a little beating did no harm and the child would learn from it and not repeat it again. “Don’t spare the rod and spoil the child” was the belief then. Physical punishments in the form of hitting, beating or making the child kneel down on the floor, stand with the hands up and standing in the sun were common in our childhood. By: Medimanagel Healthl May 26, 2010 Depression in the elderly by Medimanage.com The above saying is quite true, but rarely seen put into practice. Most old people instead of enjoying their present prefer spending it worrying and fretting over their past and future! Couple this with the deaths of near and dear ones, loss of an active social life, a feeling of isolation as near and dear ones get busy with their own lives and old age depression is imminent. By: Medimanagel Healthl May 26, 2010 lViews: 111 Why you need to change your Broker! by Medimanage.com i want to change my broker When Suresh wanted a health insurance policy, his friend suggested buying it from a friend of a friend. Since he did not know anything about health insurance at that time and he thought buying it from a known source would be advisable and so he bought a policy for him and his family. By: Medimanagel Healthl May 26, 2010 Health benefits of drinking Lemon Juice this summer by Medimanage.com Drink lemon juice this summer India is renowned for its brutally hot summers and with the sun coming out in full force this time every year, people turn to drinks to refresh themselves and seek some respite from the heat. While the market remains perennially flooded with drinks that promise to cool you down, nothing comes even close to the small-round, very cheap lemon juice which not only refreshes you but also provides amazing health benefits! By: Medimanagel Healthl May 26, 2010 lViews: 151 Add new Comment Your Name: * Your Email: Comment Body: * Verification code:* * Required fields Submit Your Articles Here It’s Free and easy Sign Up Today Author Navigation My Home Publish Article View/Edit Articles View/Edit Q&A Edit your Account Manage Authors Statistics Page Personal RSS Builder My Home Edit your Account Update Profile View/Edit Q&A Publish Article Author Box Medimanage has 283 articles online Contact Author Subscribe to RSS Print article Send to friend Re-Publish article Articles Categories All Categories Advertising Arts & Entertainment Automotive Beauty Business Careers Computers Education Finance Food and Beverage Health Hobbies Home and Family Home Improvement Internet Law Marketing News and Society Relationships Self Improvement Shopping Spirituality Sports and Fitness Technology Travel Writing Health Acne Allergies Alternative Medicine Anti Aging Cancer Dental Care Disabilities Diseases and Conditions Hair Loss Hearing Medical Tourism Medicine Men’s Health Mental Health Nutrition Plastic Surgeries Quit Smoking Sleep Supplements & Vitamins Vision Wellness Women’s Health ]]> Need Help? Contact Us FAQ Submit Articles Editorial Guidelines Blog Site Links Recent Articles Top Authors Top Articles Find Articles Site Map Webmasters RSS Builder RSS Link to Us Business Info Advertising Use of this web site constitutes acceptance of the Terms Of Use and Privacy Policy | User published content is licensed under a Creative Commons License.Copyright 2005-2010 Free Articles by ArticlesBase.com, All rights reserved. Medimanage Health Insurance India Related Hair Tips Articles -
iPhone app review: Word Lens
[News, Guardian] (The Guardian World News)Latest bit of App Store magic gets one up on Google's efforts, but is it still in 'proof of concept' mode?Going to Spain for Christmas? Think you'll fancy a la cena de pavo? You might want to have a peek first at the latest augmented reality app to hit the stands.Going by the timeless maxim of futurologist Arthur C. Clarke, Word Lens easily qualifies as a "sufficiently advanced" technology.Twenty-eight months in the making, Quest Visual's Word Lens app translates the printed word using the iPhon ...
Latest bit of App Store magic gets one up on Google's efforts, but is it still in 'proof of concept' mode?
Going to Spain for Christmas? Think you'll fancy a la cena de pavo? You might want to have a peek first at the latest augmented reality app to hit the stands.
Going by the timeless maxim of futurologist Arthur C. Clarke, Word Lens easily qualifies as a "sufficiently advanced" technology.
Twenty-eight months in the making, Quest Visual's Word Lens app translates the printed word using the iPhone's video camera. Its launch last week sent Twitter and the blogosphere into a frenzy. "This is what the future, literally, looks like," exclaimed TechCrunch.
When pointed at a sentence – strictly English or Spanish for the time being – the app refers to an included dictionary (so no internet connection required) before feeding back the translation in near-real time. Very smart (if you've got an iPhone 3GS or above). Some users have balked at the price – £2.99 for one-way translations – and it's currently got a 3.5/5 star rating from iTunes users.
But how does it fare away from the sleek promo video, out in the real world where shaky hands point phones at paragraphs of text? Er, not all that well actually. The magic fades in and out like a bad radio station signal.
Far from wanting to do the effort down – language is nascent ground for this kind of innovation – these are the points on which this "proof of concept" must build:
• It can really only translate simple, dozen-word-at-most sentences. Brilliant for tourists reading menus or road signs, but perennial problems persist for those wanting more. You have to take small chunks at a time or simply try decode imperfect translations.
• Translations jump about with shaky hands. Not so good if you're freezing.
• No handwriting or stylised fonts - clear printed stuff only. (Perhaps this will help stamp out Comic Sans. Well, we can hope.)
• It needs bright light. May we suggest that from your phone? This is likely because it's performing a machine vision process on the text - basically, a sort of real-time OCR, which then gets bunched into words, and then sentences, and then translated.
• On that basis, lots gets lost in translation. As with Google's efforts in this area, syntax and grammar aren't readily transposed in another language.
Speaking of Google, Reuters wonders what translation would be like if Word Lens put on Google Googles, its Android app which takes a snapshot of text and brings back a translation from the company's servers. "Such an app would deliver on the promise of augmented reality, which has been discussed much but unable to deliver apps that fit into most smartphone owners' daily lives," says Reuters' Kevin Kelleher.
And no, we don't know when Android/RIM/Windows Phone 7/Palm versions will be coming. To quote from the web page: "Our goal was to get a great first release on one platform. Keep in touch!"
Ditto for other languages.
So - have you used Word Lens yet? Is it still in the proof-of-concept phase, or would you readily pay £2.99 for its services?
guardian.co.uk © Guardian News & Media Limited 2010 | Use of this content is subject to our Terms & Conditions | More Feeds -
Margaret Atwood interview: 'Go three days without water and you don't have any human rights. Why? Because you're dead'
[Guardian] (Environment news, comment and analysis from the Guardian | guardian.co.uk)With almost 50 books to her name, the formidably intelligent Margaret Atwood is a force to be reckoned with. But one year on from the Copenhagen Summit, not even her dark imagination could have predicted the bleak situation the world now faces. Here, she talks about cowardly politicians, her love of birds and why she's joined the TwitteratiIt's 25 years since the publication of The Handmaid's Tale, her dystopic masterpiece, but Margaret Atwood firmly resists the suggestion that she might be an i ...
With almost 50 books to her name, the formidably intelligent Margaret Atwood is a force to be reckoned with. But one year on from the Copenhagen Summit, not even her dark imagination could have predicted the bleak situation the world now faces. Here, she talks about cowardly politicians, her love of birds and why she's joined the Twitterati
It's 25 years since the publication of The Handmaid's Tale, her dystopic masterpiece, but Margaret Atwood firmly resists the suggestion that she might be an icon of Canadian literature. "What does that mean?" she counters in her distinctive prairie monotone, somewhere between a drone and a drawl. "I don't like being an icon." A thin ironic smile. "It invites iconoclasm. Canada is a balloon-puncturing country. You are not really allowed to be an icon unless you also make an idiot of yourself."
Now no one has ever dared suggest that Margaret Atwood, a famously scary and prodigiously gifted Canadian intellectual with nearly 50 books to her name – poetry, fiction, critical essays, books for children, radio and film scripts, anthologies and collections of short stories – would ever willingly make an idiot of herself in public. But here's the big surprise: lately she's become game for a laugh. "If you want to see me make an idiot of myself in public," she goes on in that inimitably dry timbre, "you can look it up. Margaret Atwood + goalie + Rick Mercer."
It turns out Mercer is an entertainer who performed this national service when he insisted that the author of The Edible Woman, Alias Grace and The Blind Assassin (which won the Booker Prize in 2000) should get kitted up as an ice-hockey goalie for television in an item entitled "How to Stop a Puck". At first Ms Atwood demurred. No, said Mercer. You've got to be a goalie. Why, she asked. Because it will be funny, he said. Repeating this story against herself, Atwood whispers an aside: "He's from Newfoundland", as if this explains everything.
Mercer was right. It is funny. Not hilarious, but weird. And here's the kicker, which seems to give Atwood a surprising amount of satisfaction. "So I was a goalie," she concludes. "And it went viral on the internet." Cyberspace, it seems, is where she is most at home these days.
A long time ago, in fact less than a year – "but time goes all stretchy in the Twittersphere, just as it does in those folk songs in which the hero spends a night with the queen of the faeries and then returns to find that 100 years have passed and all his friends are dead" – Atwood was advised by the people who were building the website to promote her new novel, The Year of the Flood (2009), that it should include a Twitterfeed. "'A what?' I said, innocent as an egg unboiled. Should I know of Twitter? I thought it was for kiddies."
She can come across as humourless and severe, but I think her deadpan manner is just the shell with which she protects her fierce, inquisitive intelligence. "So I plunged in and set up a Twitter account." Her first problem was that there were already two Margaret Atwoods, one of them with her picture. Eventually these impostors "disappeared". She's the kind of woman who you imagine generally gets her own way like that.
Next she was told she should collect "followers". No problem. There's something contagious about Atwood's imagination: her tweets went viral, too. A few months back she had 33,500 followers. Now she has 97,500, a community of literati, techno geeks, greens, gawkers and thrill seekers, ie pretty much anyone who might pick up an Atwood novel. "There's a whole world out there of which we know nothing," she says. If ever there was an incitement to her imagination, it is the mystery of the world wide web. "You could not make it up," she concludes.
Atwood has just turned 71. After a career that began in a university library and was then spent hunched over a keyboard, she finds the new electronic world "an odd and uncanny place", but plainly relishes it. Just before she met the Observer in central London, she caused a momentary, quasi-literary frisson by contacting two of her followers, a clinical neurologist from Detroit and an Atlanta writer suffering from an autoimmune disease, offering to design "superhero comix costumes" for their avatar alter egos "Kidneyboy" and "Dr Snit".
Characteristically, she was inspired by a mixture of language, science, fantasy and sheer make-believe. "I thought it would be fun," she said. "Their names were so evocative, I asked them what magic powers they would like to have." And then she went one better. Exploiting Twitpic, Atwood posted her designs on the internet, with cartoons of Dr Snit trampling "her arch-enemy", the Paniac, underfoot.
If this also seems weird, in Atwood's mind it connects directly to her childhood. "I grew up in the woods. Don't even think rural. That implies farms. No, we're talking" – a dramatic downshift in tone – "in the woods. A settlement of about six houses [a research station] with no access by car. No electricity. No running water." Young Peggy put this remoteness to good use. "Reading and writing are connected," she explains. "I learned to read very early so I could read the comics, which I then started to draw."
Atwood breaks off here with a scholarly aside about Captain Marvel, Superman and the origin of "Shazam!" (formed from the initial letters of classical gods, as Z for Zeus etc). She and her older brother "had a whole galaxy going", she remembers. "Our superheroes were flying rabbits. His came fully equipped with spaceships and weaponry. My rabbits were more frivolous. They were keen on balloons and did a lot of twirling about in the air. The pictures I have of them [which she's kept] show these rather eerie smiles."
At this point, with her own eerie smile, the childhood memories stop and we return abruptly to her work. Fiercely committed to her art, she draws a distinction between science fiction (not for her) and what she calls "speculative fiction" (The Handmaid's Tale and its successors, Oryx and Crake and The Year of The Flood). "I don't do flying rabbits any more. I've never done other planets, except as one thread in The Blind Assassin." Still, the novel won the first Arthur C Clarke award in 1987, though she was promptly disowned by the SF community after she had disparaged "talking squids in outer space".
Atwood's pressing interest, as the daughter of an eminent Canadian entomologist, is our planet and its future. Nothing seems more important to her, and since this concern animates almost everything she does, her conversation segues as easily into global warming as Canadian literature: "The threat to the planet is us. It's actually not a threat to the planet – it's a threat to us."
She goes on: "The planet will be OK in its own way. No matter what we do to it, we won't eliminate every last life form from it." As evidence of this, there's the Canadian city of Sudbury, a favourite of Atwood's. When she was growing up in the 1940s, the place was as "barren as the moon" through overlogging, forest fires and relentless mining. "All the rain was acid," she says. It was so bad that "a Sudbury" became a unit of pollution. But then a volunteer programme of regeneration was launched. Earth and seeds were painstakingly stuffed into the cracks between the rocks. Now, "Sudbury has forests again, birds in the trees and fish in the streams." For her, Sudbury, "a symbol of hope", offers a paradigm for the planet.
And so, Atwood continues, with rather bracing realism, "some form of life will remain after us. We shouldn't be saying 'Save the planet'; we should be saying: 'Save viable conditions in which people can live.' That's what we're dealing with here."
Atwood likes to tell the Amoeba's Tale as an illustration of the "magic moment" at which planet earth now finds itself. There's this test tube, and it's full of amoeba food. You put one amoeba in at 12 noon. The amoeba divides in two every minute. At 12 midnight the test tube is full of amoebas – and there's no food left. Question: at what moment in time is the tube half full? Answer: one minute to midnight. That's where we are apparently. That's when all the amoebas are saying: "We are fine. There's half a tube of food left."
"If you don't believe me," Atwood persists, "look at the proposed heat maps for 20, 30, 50 years from now, and see what's drying up. Quite a lot, actually, especially in the equatorial regions and the Middle East, which will be like a raisin. It's become a race against time and we are not doing well. The trouble with politicians [at events like the Copenhagen summit of 2009] is that no one wants to go first, go skinny dipping and take the plunge. Oh, and then you have people arguing about fatuous things like the environment and human rights. Go three days without water and you don't have any human right. Why? Because you're dead. Physics and chemistry are things you just can't negotiate with. These," she concludes with a kind of grim relish, "these are the laws of the physical world."
Atwood's love for, and understanding of, the world about us comes from her childhood in the woods and her lifelong passion for birdwatching (more tweets). She is the honorary president of the Rare Bird Club and when she took her novel The Year of the Flood on a book tour across the UK and Canada – a trip that was "like setting fire to myself and shooting myself out of a cannon" – it became an all-blogging multimedia green circus that was also fundraising for the RSPB, and rooted in the natural as much as the literary world. "There's nothing," she says, "like squelching through the drizzle after watching the release of the young white-tailed eagles that RSPB Scotland is reintroducing into their once-native territory."
As well as raising awareness of rare-bird vulnerability, she also champions "virtuous coffee consumption". As a result she's had a coffee bean named after her, Balzac's Atwood Blend, which is part of a fundraiser for the Peelee Island Trust (pibo.ca). Spend any time with Atwood and, as well as the flow of compelling, sardonic commentary on the state of the world, and any number of fictional characters from Becky Sharp to Dan Dare, you'll be assaulted by an extraordinary number of Good Causes.
Is she, I wondered, not something of a Victorian in her prodigious output and range of interests? "Oh yes," she replies unfazed. "Victorian literature was my subject at Harvard." Now, finally, we are beginning to approach the origins of her best work.
The Handmaid's Tale is the embodiment of Atwood's aesthetic approach, in which she places "science" as much as "fiction" at the heart of an urgent creative matrix. In the first place, she does not make a fetish of literature. "Human creativity," she instructs, "is not confined to just a few areas of life. The techno-scientific world has some of the most creative people you'll ever meet. When I was growing up, I never saw a division. For instance, my brother [a senior neurophysiologist specialising in the synapse] and I both have the same marks in English and in the sciences."
When Atwood slips unconsciously into the present tense it's as if she is once again an overachieving high-school kid competing for the glittering prizes. "My brother could have gone in the writing direction. And I could have been a scientist." It takes very little effort of the imagination to picture Atwood in a lab coat, supervising a team of cutting-edge researchers.
It's sometimes said that Atwood started out as a poet, and there are plenty of Atwood readers in Canada who prefer her poetry (collections such as The Door and Morning in the Burned House) to her fiction. She insists that this is so only because "I got the poetry published first". She has always been a literary polymath. "I began as all of the things that I currently do: fiction, poetry and non-fiction."
The turning point in her creative fortunes occurred when she took a graduate course in American literature at Harvard. "I'm the only person you've ever met who has read Longfellow." Her interest in the puritan prose of the pre-American revolutionary period comes from her family. Some of her ancestors "were puritan New Englanders", and she puts The Handmaid's Tale firmly in this context: "Nothing comes from nothing." Long before the revolution, she goes on, "the Salem witch trials provide a template that continues to recur in America. That's why I set The Handmaid's Tale in Cambridge, Massachusetts" and borrowed several recognisable features of the university landscape. "Harvard was sniffy about it at first." Another thin smile of caustic satisfaction. "But they've come round."
The Handmaid's Tale is set in the near future, in the Republic of Gilead, a country coterminous with the former USA in which a group of radical chauvinists has seized control. The story of a person named Offred (Of Fred) is the bleak tale of a woman kept as a reproductive concubine of a member of the ruling class. More Huxley than Orwell, Atwood riffs on feminist motifs with a fierce ingenuity that still seems as dateless yet topical as when it first appeared.
One strand in the evolution of her dystopic vision derives from her (unfinished) graduate thesis on the "English Metaphysical Romance", which somehow took in the work of George MacDonald through Rider Haggard, CS Lewis and JRR Tolkien. "I was always very interested in supernatural female figures," she says. Still, it was a long journey to the speculative vision that characterises Atwood's work today. First of all, there was the small matter of establishing a distinctive Canadian literary voice. The making of a Canadian identity is, she says, part of all Canadians' struggle for survival. The theme of overcoming the odds in a hostile natural world runs through many of her books.
When Atwood started to write there was virtually no Canadian literature, apart from commercial fiction such as LM Montgomery's wildly popular Anne of Green Gables. "When they tried to put together an Oxford Book of Canadian Literary Anecdotes," she reports with a mischievous expression, "they couldn't do it. There were simply not enough dead people." In 1960, for example, there were just five novels by Canadian writers published by Canadian publishers in Canada. "When you talk about my generation," she says, "I am that generation.
"When I started in Canada it was very hard to be a writer. Very few Canadian writers were published, even in Canada. If you wrote a novel you were told that there weren't enough readers in Canada, you must get a publisher in Britain, or the US. Then – Catch 22 – you were told your work was too Canadian."
Perhaps only the Margaret Atwood who sees science and literature as twins, and who began to write far out "in the woods", someone who has forged an identity for herself far from the metropolitan ivory towers of the English literary tradition, could have come up with perhaps her most innovative literary creation, the Long Pen, a remote signature device conceived to enable her to sign copies of her books for the fans without leaving home.
It was launched, disastrously, at the London Book Fair four years ago. "Now it has gone," she says mysteriously, "in other directions, which I will be promoting in March 2011. The original idea six years ago, before the advent of ebooks, was that the publishing industry could not afford to send writers out on tour, but there was an appetite for signed books." She drops into a characteristic moment of pedagogy: "Canada has always been interested in communications networks. Why? Because it's so big. Alexander Graham Bell was no accident. It was not surprising, really, that we were the most wired country in the world first. We addressed the question of how to be in a place you're not.
"So we invented a remote, web-based signature. Handwriting is complex. Now we can go to any country, and so long as they have a reasonable internet connection we can reproduce handwriting by remote signal."
Did she have the vision of the Long Pen on her own? Not exactly. "Well, I was the one who had the initial, idiotic aperçu. Then the people with propellers on their heads developed it. Apparently we have been trying to do this since the 19th century." Atwood's luck was to have the idea "at the same time as the software existed. The g-forces involved in handwriting turn out to be incredibly strong. So the technology has to be durable, flexible and accurate – and now it exists." The passion with which she discusses her invention far outruns her enthusiasm for her own work. In no time she begins to describe the non-literary applications of the Long Pen.
"There are a lot of things that cannot be verified by digital codes. Your will, for instance, has to be signed. It can't be a copy to be legal. The point is," she instructs, "that 'Let's get people to think like machines' has evolved into 'Let's get machines to think like people'." Part of her enthusiasm is commercial. Atwood has a stake in the success of the Long Pen. She will be a formidable advocate for its development, when the commercial launch occurs next year.
"Your writing is you," she says. "Your fingerprints can be detached. I learned that from Sherlock Holmes. Holmes was my hero." Off we go down another path. Conan Doyle turns out to be "a real model of how to kill off your main character and bring him back life". From Conan Doyle the conversation swings through HG Wells to Huxley, to Nineteen Eighty-Four. So I wonder: does she choose Huxley or Orwell?
"We may get both at once. As William Gibson says: 'The future is already here, but it's unevenly distributed.' It's a race against time, because we're already overloaded with nine billion people. At what point do the people with pitchforks and torches come and burn down your lab?"
She drops into a stage whisper. "Physics and chemistry. [The world] can't be sustained. The world is this big, and we can't make it any bigger. You can't put any more unrenewable resources on to it. There's a lot of hi-tech thinking going on. It's that trend versus Famine, Flood, Drought." Listening to Atwood's litany of despair, it's hard not to conclude that the future offers a bleak picture. "Well, it is…" says Atwood. Then suddenly she brightens up, like one of her cartoon characters. "And it isn't. Let's just say it's… a super-challenge."
The Handmaid's Tale by Margaret Atwood is published by Vintage
Robert McCrum is associate editor of the Observer. His latest book is Globish by Viking
guardian.co.uk © Guardian News & Media Limited 2010 | Use of this content is subject to our Terms & Conditions | More Feeds -
The internet's cyber radicals: heroes of the web changing the world
[Politics, Guardian] (Politics news, UK and world political comment and analysis | guardian.co.uk)A generation of political activists have been transformed by new tools developed on the internet. Here, a leading net commentator profiles seven young radicals from around the worldOn Christmas Day, 1990, in a lab at Cern in Geneva, Switzerland, Tim Berners-Lee finished building the tools to create the world wide web. This act, 20 years ago, set the agenda for far-reaching transformations in the political sphere, in economies everywhere, in social interaction, even in concepts of our own identit ...
A generation of political activists have been transformed by new tools developed on the internet. Here, a leading net commentator profiles seven young radicals from around the world
On Christmas Day, 1990, in a lab at Cern in Geneva, Switzerland, Tim Berners-Lee finished building the tools to create the world wide web. This act, 20 years ago, set the agenda for far-reaching transformations in the political sphere, in economies everywhere, in social interaction, even in concepts of our own identity. And Berners-Lee succeeded in doing so for one reason: he released the technology for free.
This simple decision, taken by a computer scientist used to working in environments that promoted openness and transparency, eclipses any hype about subsequent Twitter revolutions, Facebook campaigns or political protests ascribed to the platform since. The invention of the web is comparable to Gutenberg's invention of the printing press in 1450.
Like the printing press, the web has already been credited with ushering in an age of enlightenment; it is hailed, too, as the most powerful harbinger of social change the world has ever seen. But this isn't the first time such claims have been made. Tom Standage, author of The Victorian Internet, has argued that the telegraph, in the 19th century, inspired rampant technophilia. "The telegraph was the first technology to be seized upon as a panacea," he has written. "It was soon being hailed as a means to solve the world's problems.
"It failed to do so, of course – but we have been pinning the same hope on other new technologies ever since."
So is the web over-hyped? In the 90s, when it still was in its swaddling clothes, revolution meant building a website brandishing the word "REVOLUTION!" in flashing red Comic Sans capital letters on a bright yellow background. Unfortunately, e-radicalism required a degree of technological capability. And political protests online were derivative, often no more effective than a giant billboard that people might drive by on the way to work or the shops. But everything did change in 2003 with the advent of a new crop of publishing platforms, blogs and social networks, that net pundits described as an entirely new phenomenon.
Stripping the hype away, this version of the web gives a new crop of cyber-revolutionaries access to a printing press, a radio station, a cable TV channel and more. Rather than virtual pamphleteering, they are developing technologies that take seed in grassroots communities. The power, as 20-year-old blogger and political activist Jody McIntyre puts it, is with the people.
In particular, there has been an explosion of technologies to circumvent censorship in countries where panic-stricken regimes have tried to stem dissident information. For example, Walid al-Saqaf developed an encryption technology called alkasir when the Yemeni government closed down his news aggregation site, YemenPortal.net. As the son of a campaigning journalist who died in mysterious circumstances, al-Saqaf felt that it was important that he use both his journalism and IT skills to get around the blockade, "because I felt it would have been a betrayal to my own profession to simply manipulate what people see".
"Information freedom is essential if you're really going to live a dignified life," he argues.
The Chinese government is the most infamous of web censors, but there is evidence that even its Great Firewall is collapsing at its foundations. The country's most popular blogger is Han Han, a 28-year-old author (and professional rally car driver) who posts treatises openly critical of the government, but because he speaks in the youth vernacular and enjoys such a tremendous following, his personal politics are generally overlooked by the powers that be.
As Han told me: "Although the internet is controlled, when compared with traditional media, it better reflects reality."
Other political activists I spoke with are using the web's hyper-connectivity and plug-and-play capabilities to crowdsource action. Kenyan-born Ory Okolloh helped create the website Ushahidi in the aftermath of her country's disputed presidential election in 2007; it collected eyewitness reports of violence sent in by email and text-message and placed them on a Google map, and the open-source software has since been released freely and used elsewhere for similar projects. Tom Steinberg is the founder and director of mySociety, a company that builds digital tools to provide a direct pipeline between individuals, local communities and local government.
Despite traditional media's fears that they are fast becoming obsolete, there is great respect among the modern cyber-radicals for the scale of attention that newspapers and TV can bring. "If I was running an election campaign and I had £10,000, I would still spend it all on TV ads, leaflets and posters," Steinberg says. "The internet is good at all sorts of things, but shoving your message down the throats of people who don't care — which is what it takes to win a campaign – it's not particularly great at." But on the web, he says, "you can make things that say, 'Go on, just have a go.'"
In some instances, the political impulse is almost an afterthought. Christopher Poole is the American creator of 4chan, an image-centric bulletin board that he set up to discuss Japanese anime – but now its users, or some of them at least, are making use of the anonymity that the site affords them to campaigning ends.
By contrast, Peter Sunde is the co-founder of the Pirate Bay, a site that allows for the peer-to-peer sharing of computer files of any kind, but one that was set up with an explicitly political purpose. Sunde now has a jail sentence hanging over him.
What today's crop of cyber-radicals demonstrate is that power does reside in the hands of the people, thanks to the foundations laid by Tim Berners-Lee 20 years ago. And a new generation of social activists are exploiting the technological tools available to them for their own agendas.
CHRISTOPHER "MOOT" POOLE – 4CHAN
Created the site 4chan in his New York City bedroom at the age of 15 in 2003, subsequently posting on the site using the pseudonym "moot". He intended the site to be a place to discuss Japanese comics and anime, but it soon morphed into something far bigger. The Wall Street Journal revealed moot's real-world identity in 2008.
What is 4chan?
4chan is an image-centric bulletin board. It's based on a Japanese site called Futaba. Their code was publicly available so I downloaded a copy of their source code and translated the text from Japanese to English from an online resource. It's me, a handful of volunteer moderators and a part-time developer. For a site that has more than 10 million users and 700 million page impressions, most people are shocked to discover that it's not a company, it's not an operation, it's our hobby.How has it evolved?
All of its growth has been organic. We've never advertised the site; it's been word-of-mouth. Now our traffic is about 12 million unique visitors per month. Part of the way it spread is because the images that are posted lend themselves naturally to be shared via IM [instant messaging], chat or email. People see a funny or provocative image, send it to their friends, and their friends come to 4chan. The community has a very distinct culture and language, and it's responsible for creating and propagating internet memes like lolcats [amusing pictures of cats] and Rickrolling [a prank involving the video for the 1987 Rick Astley song "Never Gonna Give You Up"]. As that started to trickle out into the mainstream… all of a sudden, it's not just something spread as word-of-mouth by 18- to 25-year-old video game nerds; it's hit mainstream consciousness.The site is distinctive because users can post material anonymously, and some users have also organised themselves as a collective, using the name "Anonymous". What does that actually mean?
As recently as six years ago, people were used to forums where you could lurk, you could view, but in order to post and participate, you had to register. Because you didn't need to register on 4chan, people started to appreciate it, and realise how radically different it was. We began to see anonymity not just as an aspect or feature, but as a thing, as a principle, as an idea that we are one, we are a collective, we are Anonymous. People then came to the site who not only saw Anonymous as a principle, but started to exploit anonymity as a new platform where they could be rebellious and no one knew who they were."Anonymous" started a protest movement against the practices of the Church of Scientology two years ago. Were you complicit in their activities?
I didn't start 4chan as an outlet for dissenting voices and freedom of speech. At first the community was so tame. But as it became less tame, I felt there was something there worth protecting. The rise of social networking is an assault on the free, the open, the anonymous web. I started to appreciate that 4chan is one of the last bastions of freedom online. Anonymity – including anonymous posting – is something to be protected. 4chan is very privileged to be one of the last places for this type of discourse, for this type of interaction. That's important. That's why I've decided to be hands-off and to protect it as a place, and to deliver a platform.Why?
Anonymity allows you to express and view opinions, images you wouldn't necessarily be comfortable with elsewhere. That doesn't necessarily mean you have to be negative. It's not about, "You can't say fuck on Facebook but you can on 4chan." Services where you have a persistent, registered identity such as Twitter and Facebook – in many cases it's your real identity – limit what users want to say and read. But you can on 4chan. It is an outlet. I was invited to speak at Facebook to provide an alternative and opposite perspective to theirs. Mark Zuckerberg's point of view is that anonymity and monikers and pseudo-identity represents cowardice. He said that if you have nothing to hide, what's the big deal? Why would you be concerned about putting all this stuff on your profile? Well, I'm not a zealot and people like what Facebook is doing. But there is a place for both. They both offer powerful utilities for different needs. The world still needs a Google, and Facebook. But it also needs the anonymous, ephemeral, open 4chan.Are there any rules?
There is a set of codified rules and we do enforce them: don't break the law or post anything illegal. Past that, the users are left to their own devices.ORY OKOLLOH - USHAHIDI
Kenyan activist, lawyer and blogger, and co-founder of Ushahidi, a crowdsourcing technology. She is 33 and now lives in Johannesburg, South Africa.
What is Ushahidi?
It is a non-profit technology company that specialises in developing free and open-source software for crowdsourcing and interactive mapping. We build tools for democratising information and increasing transparency – we're lowering the barriers for individuals to share their stories. It started out as an ad hoc group of technologists and bloggers hammering out software in a couple of days, trying to figure out a way to gather more and better information about the post-election violence in Kenya in January 2008. Since then, the platform has gone open-source, and it's free so it's now being used by organisations big and small all over the world.How did digital technologies best meet your needs, rather than the traditional avenues of publication and dissemination?
Digital technologies offer the ability to get up and running in a low-cost way, and the possibility of reaching a much wider audience.What is it about the web that makes it such an effective platform?
Its accessibility and the low barriers to publication of information – plus the ability to be who you are.What can't the web do to change our attitudes and behaviour?
The web can't change our behaviour – it can influence us, but it's individuals who change.Where will the web have its greatest effect over the next 10 years?
No question: Africa.JODY McINTYRE – LIFE ON WHEELS
A 20-year old British blogger and author of the site Life on Wheels, Jody was born disabled and campaigns worldwide for justice in Palestine.
Where does Life on Wheels come from?
The site was born out of anger and frustration – as with the birth of every revolutionary movement. Essentially, I was going to college every morning and bus drivers wouldn't let me on the bus because I was in a wheelchair. So in response to these feelings, I began writing the blog, detailing my experiences.Why use the web?
If you're not given a platform by others, you'll make your own. If your form of resistance is writing, then you will find any means necessary to get that writing out into the public consciousness, even if you have to write it on a piece of paper and pin it up on walls around London – [but] the way I saw it, everyone I knew was going on the internet.What is it about digital tools that make them effective in galvanising people?
I don't think the internet is some kind of grand solution that will solve all our problems, but it helps because of its capacity to reach people across the world. A lot of revolutionaries talk about the necessity of encouraging revolution and resistance in any context around the world. If we're writing on the internet, the hope that someone in Kashmir or Palestine or Iraq can read what you're writing is a good one. With the web, people in power can't edit or co-opt what we've said. I can publish whatever I want to say. They can't censor our voices any longer. You can say whatever you like about Julian Assange and Wikileaks, but you can't change the video or the images that a million people saw in one day of American soldiers eager to kill Iraqi civilians. People see those images and know the truth is in front of their eyes.What are its shortcomings?
We need to realise that most people in the world don't have access to the net. The internet is just the first step. The movement we want to build, the revolutionary movement for equality for all people, can only happen through direct action, and direct action on the streets. The internet can play a role in our political education, raising our political consciousness, but as long as people remember that this is a way to plan action, to organise ourselves, to connect people, but not the solution, then we'll be OK.HAN HAN – BLOGGER
The 28-year-old Chinese professional rally driver, bestselling author, singer, creator of a literary magazine and China's most popular blogger – indeed, possibly the most popular blogger in the world.
What are your greatest criticisms of the Chinese government and the current political climate there?
The Chinese Communist party puts keeping their political position first above everything. Of course, this is the wish of many political parties around the world. For the Chinese government, the reality is that regardless of whether the people are satisfied or unsatisfied, the party's position will always be secure. However, they are sometimes nervous, sometimes arrogant and this attitude has caused many tragedies.What impact do you hope your web activity will have on the political system?
Although China has many idealistic journalists and media figures, the media are still controlled and censored. Although the internet is controlled, when compared with traditional media it better reflects reality. Rather extreme views or false information may sometimes appear on the internet, but it's only because traditional media fail to take the responsibilities they should take. The government might think the internet is really annoying, but I think it actually helps the government.How do you think internet-based social change is different in China?
The only difference is English-speaking countries treat the internet as technology, while Chinese-speaking countries treat the internet as medicine.How did you decide the internet was the best mouthpiece for your views? You already had a profile in traditional media, so why not use them?
It's faster and more direct. It's almost impossible to publish sensitive articles in traditional media. Even though others might delete your writing online, at least you can publish your opinion completely. I don't write articles to oppose a specific party or government; my articles could criticise any party. I'm a writer. How can I call myself an intellectual if I can't write and publish words as I wish?Why do you feel you can get away with statements against the government that other people wouldn't?
The atmosphere is not as terrifying as people in the west may think. Sometime my articles do get censored, but besides those who advocate policy changes and democratic reform, the government actually doesn't often control or censor writers. The writers here have become smarter: they know what to write and what not to write.How have you dealt with resistance from your detractors, in particular the Chinese government?
They can only censor my articles, not my thoughts. I can accept this type of censorship. It's a game, and I'm playing by other people's rules. I don't think the government disagrees with the ideas in the articles that were censored; they are afraid of the ideas spreading.What effect do you feel you are having on the political psyche of China's youth?
I can't really influence them in any way, but I hope that when the country is one day in their hands they will remember the past and take good care of this nation. In that world there is no capitalism, socialism, communism or feudalism; there is also no westernisation or easternisation. There is only right and wrong, beauty and ugliness, good and evil.Where will the most radical change brought about by the web be felt in 10 years?
I'll answer this question in 2013, when we have confirmation that the world still exists. Otherwise my answer now will be rubbish.PETER SUNDE – THE PIRATE BAY
The 32-year old Swedish co-founder of the Pirate Bay, the world's leading file-sharing site, allowing users to exchange music, games, videos and more. Found guilty, along with his colleagues, of assisting others in copyright infringement in 2009; lost his appeal last week (after this interview took place) and now faces eight months in jail and a fine shared with his colleagues of £4.1m.
What is the Pirate Bay?
The Pirate Bay was a project developed as part of an "anti-anti-piracy group" started in Sweden called Piratbyrån. Pirate Bay blew up because other file-sharing sites were being shut down because of legal pressure from Hollywood. Most of the other sites were run by 16-year-old guys, and when you're that age and you get a letter from a Hollywood attorney saying they're going to sue you for all the money in the world, you shut down your site. We wanted to make a statement and take on the fight. The internet is based on the idea that everyone can share whatever they want. If you start having gatekeepers you have a consumer-and-producer relationship. We didn't like the idea that corporations would take the internet and turn it into cable TV.What philosophy lay behind your attitude?
We were influenced by Public Enemy and the KLF. And by traditional French philosophers, rather than by any US west coast libertarians.What makes you think that the free sharing of files online can be right?
I grew up with computers. I got my first computer when I was nine, and everything I learned about computers was from copies. I wouldn't be able to program if it wasn't for illegally copying my first programming language compiler.How did your attitude develop?
I started reading academic papers about file sharing that said it is good for the community; it's good for the artist. The only people who lose are the record companies and the studios. Copyright is based on the notion that there are certain companies who should be able to profit from culture. It's not based on the idea any more that people who create things should be able to benefit, or get money for it. Copyright is boring, so no one really wants to get to know it. It's such a big legal field, so the companies who can profit from it have a free arena to dictate terms. But the internet removed the middleman. I don't understand why that's a bad thing. I see the situation in the same way as discovering a car that runs on water and the oil companies forbidding water to be used in cars.Why is the web important?
It means there are no gatekeepers any more. You have the power to influence people as quickly as you can connect with the internet. With Twitter and Facebook you don't even need to create your own publishing platform. You just have to have an idea. In Sweden, after the recent election, a 17-year-old immigrant girl created a Facebook group calling for a demonstration against the [rightwing, nationalist Sweden Democrats] who were voted into office. Ten hours later, 6,000 people showed up and started demonstrating.WALID AL-SAQAF – YEMEN PORTAL
The 37-year old Yemeni activist is the creator of Yemen Portal and of software used to circumvent firewalls.
What is Yemen Portal?
YemenPortal.net is a news aggregator. More than 90% of the content is in Arabic. It gathers information or news articles released on official news websites and through dissident and independent sites, and puts them together to present a comprehensive view of what's happening in Yemen. This feature has allowed a lot of people to look into dissident content they didn't know about.Why was this necessary?
The traditional media in Yemen are very restrictive, and the broadcast media are monopolised by the state: you wake up in the morning in Yemen and turn on the news on TV and you find that all the news is about the president's meetings and the government's meetings.How did the government respond to the fact that an increasing readership was discovering dissident content through Yemen Portal?
They simply blocked access to it, to the whole site from within Yemen. So I had three choices: give way and let the government control what did and didn't appear on my site; shut it down altogether; or keep the controversial content and find ways to allow people to access the site. I chose the latter, because I felt it would have been a betrayal to my professsion to manipulate what people see. I developed a piece of software called alkasir. If you were browsing the net and wanted to open your Gmail, your Gmail would go through the regular internet service provider. But when you open a blocked website, it activates itself and changes into the encrypted proxy mode. That's better than anonymising everything because if you do that, you give the impression to the monitors at the ISP that there is a fishy connection.TOM STEINBERG – MYSOCIETY
The 33-year old founder of mySociety, which has developed websites in the UK including TheyWorkForYou and WriteToThem, aiming to bring greater transparency to government.
What is mySociety?
MySociety builds websites that give people simple, tangible benefits in the civic and democratic parts of their lives. We run various democracy and transparency sites in the UK that do things like make it really easy to find out how your politicians voted or, on a more local level, help you report problems to the council, such as potholes and broken streetlights, or get information out of government that you might want via the Freedom of Information Act.How can the web be used as a tool to influence people?
The internet enables you to help people to achieve things they might want to get done in their lives and in their communities on a scale that is not possible unless you are using such a cheaply scalable digital technology.How has it transformed the political process?
There is no one thing that is "internet politics". There really are two worlds: partisan campaigning to exert power and to beat your opponents into a pulp; and the creation of what you might call empowering platforms using general-purpose tools that let people communicate, act, exert power or achieve goals like requesting information out of the government. These two really different things often get bundled together. There's actually quite a big difference between the way that Barack Obama used what was essentially an extremely good credit card form to raise $500m through his website, taking that money and using it to buy TV adverts and posters to beat the Republicans, versus services like those that we run. We build platforms so that people can achieve potentially smaller things that are not so single-minded in purpose.What it is that you want to change by building these platforms?
We get people who've never tried to campaign on anything, they've never written to a politician, but if you make the barrier low enough and give them a reason, you'll push them over the edge.Is the best way to influence the public to give them the tools or the messages?
If I was running an election campaign and I had £10,000, I would still spend it all on TV adverts, leaflets and posters. The internet isn't massively good at making people think things they don't currently think. It's very good at helping people to do things when they decide that they want to. I think that TV and adverts on the side of buses will be playing a dominant role in politics for a long time to come. But I'm a great believer that the internet will strengthen the community on your street because it can bring together people who care about an issue who didn't previously have a voice, so that they can then shout loudly enough to make political bodies and organisations pay attention.Are you trying to transform local politics?
It would be lovely if measurably more people in the future felt they could realistically be part of the solution if there was some problem in their community, that it's not just something unimaginably over their heads that's dealt with by another class of people that they never meet. I am out to give as many people as I can a better experience of dealing with the democracy they live in and the government that rules over them.
guardian.co.uk © Guardian News & Media Limited 2010 | Use of this content is subject to our Terms & Conditions | More Feeds -
NPR, PBS Try to Tame Controversy, Embrace Tech at PubCamp
[PBS, Journalism] (MediaShift)The Public Media 2.0 series on MediaShift is sponsored by American University's Center for Social Media (CSM) through a grant from the Ford Foundation. Learn more about CSM's research on emerging public media trends and standards at futureofpublicmedia.net. The last few months have been a bumpy stretch for public media. Due to controversial editorial decisions at both NPR and PBS, these organizations have gone from just covering the news to being the focus of it as well. NPR has faced wi ...
The Public Media 2.0 series on MediaShift is sponsored by American University's Center for Social Media (CSM) through a grant from the Ford Foundation. Learn more about CSM's research on emerging public media trends and standards at futureofpublicmedia.net.
The last few months have been a bumpy stretch for public media. Due to controversial editorial decisions at both NPR and PBS, these organizations have gone from just covering the news to being the focus of it as well.
NPR has faced withering criticism from the right for its seemingly abrupt firing of news analyst Juan Williams. The local Mississippi Public Broadcasting received similar criticism from the left after it dropped the popular national show Fresh Air from its line-up due to what it viewed as inappropriate sexually explicit conversation. And PBS came under fire for cutting controversial comments Tina Fey made about Tea Party-favorite Sarah Palin from its broadcast of the Mark Twain Prize ceremony, supposedly due to time constraints.
While each of these firestorms was put out by the institution that created the controversy, the second annual National Public Media Camp, which wrapped up last night at American University (AU) in Washington, D.C., provided an opportunity for representatives from all three organizations to share their experiences and -- more importantly -- the lessons learned. Not surprisingly, the session entitled "How to handle an online revolt" was one of the many highlights of a packed weekend of diverse discussions.
How it Worked
"The goal of PubCamp," said NPR social media strategist Andy Carvin, "is to create an informal but high energy environment where members of the public with certain skills to bear can come and work with public media staff to find ways to collaborate with each other."
PubCamp organizers Carvin, PBS product manager Jonathan Coffman, iStrategyLabs founder Peter Corbett, and MediaShift corespondent Jessica Clark employed a freewheeling, unconference format to facilitate this interaction. Each morning, all of the station managers, fundraisers, and web developers -- as well as the larger group of public media enthusiasts in attendance from non-profits, the press, and tech community -- gathered in the large conference room provided by AU and shared ideas for sessions and discussions over coffee and bagels.
"The entire success or failure of the event is based on what attendees are willing to propose in that first hour," Carvin explained. "That puts enough pressure on the people who come to put some thought into it and to do something constructive and interesting."
The 160 or so participants, some of whom came from as far away as Brazil and Japan, were not lacking for ideas. Out of this participatory process came informational sessions like "Metadata best practices," big idea talks like "How does public media respond to the culture wars?" as well as technical discussions about the Android mobile platform in "Collaborating with Google."
While nominally led by the person or team who proposed the topic, sessions were similarly reliant on the input of the attendees. For example, Jon Gordon of Minnesota Public Radio guided a talk about effective use of social media on Saturday afternoon.
"I proposed that session not because I really had the answer but because I have questions to ask of the community here," said Gordon, who took over as the social media and mobile news editor at MPR earlier this year. There was enough interest that a second social media discussion was staged on Sunday morning.
Gordon attended his first public media unconference in St. Paul in 2008. This community engagement and brainstorming event, as well as another staged by Santa Cruz public radio station KUSP, helped inspire the first National PubCamp and a dozen other local PubCamps last year.
How it Succeeded
Many first-time attendees found the unconference process somewhat bewildering, but everyone I spoke with seemed happy with the discussion it produced.
E-Democracy.org executive director Steven Clift, another Minnesotan who was among the third of conference-goers who were not public media employees, made the trip primarily "to meet the people in the online side of public media," he said.
Clift also used his first PubCamp experience to discuss a pet issue he's passionate about: improving the quality of online news commenting by reducing user anonymity. "Local newspapers are fundamentally undermining their democratic mission -- and their brands -- by hosting poor quality commenting," he said.
NPR mobile operations manager Jeremy Pennycook was excited to meet Michael Frederick, a software engineer at Google who NPR CEO Vivian Schiller described as "a celebrity" in her welcome speech at the opening plenary.
"It's always great to develop relationships with people who are in your field but aren't doing what you're doing," Pennycook said. "It's my job to go between people like Michael Frederick who are knee deep in code and people who are content producers or making decisions about media at the executive level."
Although Frederick's primary job is programming Google Docs, he used the 20 percent of time his company sets aside for creative ventures to work with Pennycook and build the much beloved NPR Android mobile app.
How it Aims to Change Public Media
Carvin hopes future PubCamps will lay the groundwork for more open source collaborations like the one between Pennycook and Frederick. Carvin said he hopes PubCamp becomes a "movement," and noted that his primary complaint about the first full year of the organization was that it had not produced more technical advances.
"One thing that I wanted to see happen at more of at the PubCamps we did this summer was more people writing code," he said.
To foster innovation at the national PubCamp, the organizers set up a separate room stocked with food and plenty of coffee for developers. The "Dev Lounge" produced one tangible result: A WordPress plug-in that will allow users to edit, excerpt, or fully republish NPR stories. Two other projects -- an SMS polling platform and a trackback system for quotes -- were also in the works.
But the most lasting result may be the connections formed in the Dev Lounge -- and indeed within the PubCamp as a whole. At the closing plenary, the coders announced they were forming a Google Group to float new ideas and keep in touch. As Amy Wielunski, a membership manager working on fundraising for dual licensed PBS/NPR station WSKG in Binghamton, N.Y., pointed out, "just the fact that we're having these conversations is a huge step forward."
"Why would I have ever had a reason to interact with Andy Carvin before?" asked Wielunski, who spoke up at the online revolt session about how the Juan Williams incident had affected membership contributions at her station.
"I wouldn't," she said.
*****
What did you think of the National PubCamp? If you weren't able to attend, what did you think of the event coverage on Twitter and NPR? Would you attend a future PubCamp? Leave your thoughts in the comments section.
Photo of Jay Rosen by Julia Schrenkler via Flickr
Corbin Hiar is the DC-based associate editor at MediaShift and climate blogger for UN Dispatch and the Huffington Post. He is a regular contributor to More Intelligent Life, an online arts and culture publication of the Economist Group, and has also written about environmental issues on Economist.com and the website of the New Republic. Before Corbin moved to the Capital to join the Ben Bagdikian Fellowship Program at Mother Jones, he worked a web internship at the Nation in New York City. Follow him on Twitter @CorbinHiar
This is a summary. Visit our site for the full post ».
-
5 Emerging Trends That Give Hope for Public Media 2.0
[PBS, Journalism] (MediaShift)The Public Media 2.0 series on MediaShift is sponsored by American University's Center for Social Media (CSM) through a grant from the Ford Foundation. Learn more about CSM's research on emerging public media trends and standards at futureofpublicmedia.net. Public media is facing the same pressures as commercial media when it comes to digital: How can they transition to a new age of social media, collaboration and audience interaction? From today until Thanksgiving, MediaShift will have a speci ...
The Public Media 2.0 series on MediaShift is sponsored by American University's Center for Social Media (CSM) through a grant from the Ford Foundation. Learn more about CSM's research on emerging public media trends and standards at futureofpublicmedia.net.
Public media is facing the same pressures as commercial media when it comes to digital: How can they transition to a new age of social media, collaboration and audience interaction? From today until Thanksgiving, MediaShift will have a special in-depth report on Public Media 2.0, with analysis, case studies, a 5Across video roundtable and coverage of this weekend's national PubCamp in Washington, DC.
Public broadcasters have been facing intense heat this fall, from dodging flak after the Juan Williams firing to rebutting calls to defund the Corporation for Public Broadcasting, to defending the diversity of their news programming. But the negative coverage often misses a deeper story -- of the transition of this sector to a more innovative and varied set of Public Media 2.0 organizations that are finding fresh ways to network with users, partners and one another.
Over the past year here in the Public MediaShift section, Center for Social Media researchers and practitioners from the field have been covering varied public media experiments -- including youth media, government transparency tools, community-level collaboration and a converged national newsroom. These explorations reveal five emerging trends that are helping to reshape and broaden the public media sector so that it can better inform and engage users.
1) Learning to COPE
Adopting a COPE strategy -- "create once, publish everywhere" -- is making public media more modular and flexible.
"I don't know about you," CPB's vice president of digital strategy Rob Bole told the audience at a FedTalks event in mid-October, "but my life is split between my home, the train, work, meetings, going back on the train, playing with my kids, paying bills, and actually trying to spend some time and converse with my wife. So, I need a public media that is built for me -- that continues to be essential, to help me navigate through troubled times, to be interesting and surprising, but built for my somewhat crazy life."
Here's a video of Bole's talk:
Bole went on to explain how public broadcasting organizations are repurposing content for distribution across multiple mobile and digital platforms to reach people where they are.
Breaking content into portable digital pieces is in turn powering other capabilities. For example, the newly redesigned PBS site offers greater visibility for local content by providing a shared platform for video exchange between stations and national producers.
In the long run, aggregating locally produced content online will increase users' access to a rich supply of diverse stories and perspectives, along with cultural and historical gems that rarely appear on commercial broadcast outlets. "There's something there for everyone," Bole said.
Similarly, public access TV centers are developing the Community Media Distribution Network, which allows for content sharing and archiving of citizen and independent productions -- an often-overlooked source of grassroots public media. If all goes as planned, both independent media and public broadcasting from previous decades will also be made available to both users and outlets through the American Archive project -- a sort of COPE-retrieval mission.
This is a complex and daunting multi-year undertaking that will involve hundreds of stations and digitization of materials across both analog and digital platforms. An analysis of the scope for the project, released in June, laid out the steps and related challenges.
2) Sharing Knowledge with Peers
Registration now is maxed out for this weekend's second annual Public Media Camp, which the Center for Social Media is organizing with NPR, PBS and iStrategy Labs. Organized by their attendees, PubCamps are designed to help public broadcasters, tech developers and public media users share best practices and work together on community engagement projects.
Several local PubCamps have taken place at stations around the country since last October. The gatherings are proving to be valuable opportunities for trend-spotting within the field, and venues for introducing stations to national platforms, tools, and funding sources. Proposed sessions so far address tips for sustainable collaboration, previews of coming apps, such as the one from PBS' "Antiques Road Show," and suggestions for what public media makers can learn from anime fandom.
NPR senior strategist Andy Carvin, who has been central to organizing the events, said more than 300 people have registered for this weekend, representing 40 different public media organizations.
"Public media has a long tradition of public support, especially in terms of people making donations to their local station," Carvin told me. "With PubCamp, we're working with stations to develop new ways for them to engage people who want to become even more involved, donating their expertise to help strengthen the station's role in the community. I'm most excited about the fact that the majority of attendees won't be staff -- they'll be people around the country who simply care a lot about public media, and are willing to donate their time to help us in one way or another."
The PubCamps reflect a broader surge in journalism-related unconferences, such as the Media Consortium's Independent Media Mobile Hackathon, or the numerous participatory meetings hosted by Journalism That Matters. These events incubate new projects by connecting attendees first face-to-face and then through an array of social networking tools. The flow of participants across the various gatherings and platforms is bringing fresh approaches and constructive critique to a previously cloistered sector.
3) Boosting Community Engagement
Peer learning has proven to be particularly popular in the area of engagement -- a fast-growing but controversial priority for public media makers still adjusting to expectations for greater participation and interaction set by social media. Public engagement has been built into the DNA of community access centers for decades, through production training and ascertainment processes designed to figure out communities' information needs. But public broadcasting stations often feel trapped in a double bind: They are simultaneously expected to provide "balanced" news and analysis, and to actively involve users in civic issues.
To the rescue comes the CPB-funded National Center for Media Engagement (NCME), which has been hosting a series of webinars that bring producers, station staff and online innovators together to discuss engagement experiments and opportunities. Accompanied by lively sidebar chats among attendees, the webinars offer real-time snapshots of effective projects in process.
For example, one featured the Wisconsin Public Television's Vietnam veterans "welcome home" event, a multi-platform model for engaging tens of thousands of local veterans who felt alienated by their stateside reception. The project grew from veterans' strong responses to a documentary, War Stories, and now several other stations have hosted or plan to host related events. Portraits and oral histories from the veterans are available here along with transcripts, related maps, educational resources, the full documentary, excerpts from the companion book, and a digital honor roll of Wisconsin vets who died in Vietnam.
By capturing and analyzing the stories of such successful engagement projects, the NCME hopes to provide both inspiration and concrete prototypes. They offer a related guide, along with training and fundraising resources, to support public media outlets in such efforts. Staffers are actively reaching out to producers from other sectors for lessons and models; they recently announced that they'd partner with the Integrated Media Association, which is hosting a track at the next South by Southwest Interactive Festival for public media makers.
4) Building Strategic Partnerships
"Collaboration" is a rising buzzword in public media circles, but finding successful ways to match projects, capacity and strategies is not always easy. In a December MediaShift piece, Amanda Hirsch laid out some of the complexities, including getting buy-in from top managers at each partner organization, assigning staff to the collaboration project itself, and establishing formal communication channels.
"Don't assume that working together means saving time -- that's not the value proposition of collaboration," she wrote. "The value proposition is about quality."
For these reasons, it's often easier to start with time-limited collaborations with clearly defined outcomes. In Philadelphia, such an approach will be tested via the Philadelphia Enterprise Reporting Awards. Announced in late October, the awards are supported by the William Penn Foundation and administered by J-Lab. Fourteen projects received grants of $5,000 each, designed to both support in-depth reporting projects and to explore whether it's possible to connect the "silos of journalism throughout the city." The idea is to provide more entry points to expose news consumers to public affairs content and "create a 'knowledge network' among the region's news initiatives, so they can add to, amplify, link to or broadcast news that is being created but that their niche audiences might not otherwise come across," according to the Awards site.
Public broadcasting station WHYY is involved in three of these projects -- Anatomy of a School Turnaround, in conjunction with the Philadelphia Public School Notebook; the Power Map of Philadelphia, in conjunction with the Philadelphia Daily News, Philly.com and an institute at the University of Pennsylvania; and ArtBlog Radio, in conjunction with theartblog.org. Two of the collaborations intersect with WHYY's newly launched NewsWorks project (more on that in tomorrow's piece on public broadcasting news experiments). Community media producers, including cable access station PhillyCam and media training center Scribe Video are also grantees, as well as digital citizen news projects such as Phawker.com and Metropolis.
Besides being interesting in their own right, this array of projects highlights the strengths and goals of various nodes in Philadelphia's news ecosystem, suggesting how non-commercial public media might help to fill key gaps.
5) Paying Attention to Policy
Historically, public broadcasters have lacked the resources, expertise or coordination to regularly track and intervene in the policy-making that supports them.
"The system has no long-term policy planning capacity, and therefore it always has had great difficulty dealing with the periodic efforts by outsiders to critique and 'reform' it," wrote Wick Rowland, the president of Colorado Public Television in the October 22 issue of Current. He continued:
Public broadcasting ignores most media policy research, whether it originates in academia, think tanks or federal agencies, and it often seems out of touch with major national policy deliberations until too late. That disengagement is highly dangerous because it allows others to set the national legal and regulatory agenda for communications without assuring adequate policy attention to public-service, non-commercial and educational goals. Such policy initiatives also can negatively affect the funding and operating conditions of every public licensee.
However, two countervailing trends are now capturing the attention of both public broadcasters and the broader public media sector. On the one hand, a series of high-profile reports and agency hearings have proposed reforming public media and expanding funding as a corrective to the loss of reporting capacity across the country.
On the other hand, calls to cut or abolish public broadcasting are on the rise, both from members of the soon-to-be-Republican House and from President Obama's National Commission on Fiscal Responsibility and Reform (the commission on reducing the deficit).
Productive reform will be complex and contentious, but not impossible. As Steve Coll, the president of the New America Foundation, observed in the cover story of the current issue of Columbia Journalism Review:
The problem is that the media policies that govern us in 2010 -- a patchwork stitched from the ideas of Calvin Coolidge's Republican Party, Franklin Roosevelt's New Deal, Lyndon Johnson's Great Society, and Ronald Reagan's deregulatory wave -- have been overtaken by technological change.
From the country's founding, American media and journalism have been continually remade by technological innovation. Political pamphlets made room for industrially printed newspapers, which made room for the telegraph, which made room for radio, which made room for broadcast television, which made room for cable and satellite services, which made room for the World Wide Web, which is making room even as we read this for the Kindle, iPad, and mobile phone applications.
When such technological, industrial, and economic changes dislodge the assumptions underlying public policy, the smart response is to update and adjust policy in order to protect the public interest. And politically plausible reforms that would clearly serve the public are within reach. It is time to reboot the system.
These myriad political pressures are driving public media to a tipping point, in which the case for a new social contract with the public will either be made or will fail to convince. While the non-commercial and digital public media sector is larger than the public broadcasters, the broadcasters are the most well-funded and visible players. As Rowland suggests, it is time for them to step up, demonstrate vision, and tell their own story of the shift to Public Media 2.0.
Jessica Clark directs the Future of Public Media Project at American University's Center for Social Media, and is a Knight Media Policy Fellow at the New America Foundation.
The Public Media 2.0 series on MediaShift is sponsored by American University's Center for Social Media (CSM) through a grant from the Ford Foundation. Learn more about CSM's research on emerging public media trends and standards at futureofpublicmedia.net.
This is a summary. Visit our site for the full post ».
-
Denver Broncos News - Horse Tracks - 9/23/10
[Indianapolis Colts] (SB Nation - Indianapolis Colts)Please Donate To The Kenny McKinley Trust Fund to help with the future needs of his 1-year old son Keon. NFL Game Center: Indianapolis Colts at Denver Broncos - 2010 Week 3 Broncos QB Kyle Orton is quietly having a great start to the season, but Peyton Manning could be primed to shred Denver's secondary. Orton can see he's in fans' favor - The Denver Post In the south end zone at Invesco Field at Mile High, a sign read: "#8 is Great!" Paige: We must learn from McKinley's death - The Denver Post ...
NFL Game Center: Indianapolis Colts at Denver Broncos - 2010 Week 3
Broncos QB Kyle Orton is quietly having a great start to the season, but Peyton Manning could be primed to shred Denver's secondary.Orton can see he's in fans' favor - The Denver Post
In the south end zone at Invesco Field at Mile High, a sign read: "#8 is Great!"Paige: We must learn from McKinley's death - The Denver Post
Colorado, which typically has one of the highest suicide rates in the nation, had a record 940 deaths by suicide last year. — The Denver Post, Sept. 12, 2010Colts are coming, so the attention shifts to football - The Denver Post
With Kenny McKinley's locker still as it was when he died Monday, the Broncos went about the business of football Wednesday.Woody's Mailbag: Broncos have fallen off national radar - The Denver Post
I am a Broncos fan who lives near Boston. I listen to a lot of sports radio on my commute to work. This morning there was talk about the Laurence Maroney trade. The morning crew referred to the Broncos organization as a joke. They claim that Josh McDaniels likes anything that Bill Belichick ever got his hands on. They picked on Josh for wearing the hoodie, for signing Jarvis Green to guaranteed money and then cutting him, for moving up and drafting Tim Tebow and for (the Maroney) trade. They even went so far as to blast the organization for picking up Chad Jackson in 2008 at one point (although I don't believe that McDaniels was there yet). It made me sick to my stomach to listen to, as does most Patriots talk. But it got me thinking. Is this the perception of the Broncos organization across the country, and are those thoughts starting to creep into Denver? I like the direction that Josh is taking the team, but I think he just needs some time, which is often a luxury teams can't afford in the win-now NFL. What are your thoughts?Players can get plenty of help - The Denver Post
They may be bigger, stronger and faster than most, may perform their jobs in front of thousands of people, but in the wake of wide receiver Kenny McKinley's suicide Monday, the Broncos say they often find themselves facing the same emotional and personal issues as do the fans watching them.Analysis: Colts' Manning is too cool to fool - The Denver Post
Besides the coaches in the AFC South, who find themselves smashing their heads on a desk twice a season, Broncos coach Josh McDaniels has faced the Colts' Peyton Manning more than most.Q&A;: NFL debut for Broncos rookie Demaryius Thomas was dandy - The Denver Post
Q: In this young season, who is the Broncos' No. 1 receiver from a fantasy football perspective, Eddie Royal or rookie Demaryius Thomas? I have picked up Royal after a solid two weeks, but I also noticed that Thomas had a big game in Week 2.Rehashing the Broncos decision: Kyle Orton or Jason Campbell? | All Things Broncos
Remember when Jay Cutler left the Broncos no choice but to trade him in April, 2009? The options came down to two: The Washington Redskins, who were offering two, first-round draft picks and their starting quarterback Jason Campbell; and the Chicago Bears, who offered two first-round draft picks and starting quarterback Kyle Orton.Harris, Kuper return, but Bailey and Goodman out | All Things Broncos
Three previously injured players returned Wednesday for the first day of practice in preparation for the game Sunday against the Indianapolis Colts _ starting right tackle Ryan Harris (ankle), starting right guard Chris Kuper (knee) and backup safety Darcel McBath (forearm).San Diego Chargers reject several offers for Vincent Jackson, sources say - ESPN
The San Diego Chargers have rejected several trade offers for wide receiver Vincent Jackson, letting the Wednesday deadline to trade him pass without making a deal.Rex Ryan rules out injured New York Jets CB Darrelle Revis vs. Miami Dolphins - ESPN New York
Darrelle Revis will miss Sunday's game at Miami after aggravating an injured left hamstring last week in a win over the Patriots.Braylon Edwards returns to New York Jets practice - ESPN New York
Sensitive to the perception that Braylon Edwards is getting away with a light punishment for his drunken-driving arrest, the New York Jets shifted into damage control Wednesday, suggesting they're handcuffed by the collective bargaining agreement with the players' union.Tampa Bay Buccaneers safety Tanard Jackson suspended indefinitely for violating drug policy - ESPN
Tampa Bay Buccaneers safety Tanard Jackson has been suspended indefinitely for violating the NFL's substance abuse policy, the team announced Wednesday afternoon.Philadelphia Eagles hear from several teams about Kevin Kolb, source says - ESPN
The Philadelphia Eagles have received numerous calls about the availability of quarterback Kevin Kolb from several teams, according to a senior team official.Charlie Batch to start for Pittsburgh Steelers against Tampa Bay Buccaneers - ESPN
The forgotten quarterback is now the Pittsburgh Steelers' starter.Sources: Dennis Dixon of Pittsburgh Steelers out up to 6 weeks after surgery - ESPN
Pittsburgh Steelers quarterback Dennis Dixon underwent arthroscopic surgery on the lateral meniscus of his left knee Wednesday, and his recovery time is expected to be close to six weeks, sources told ESPN NFL Insider Adam Schefter.New York Jets coach Rex Ryan tells his players to stop embarrassing the franchise - ESPN New York
Humiliated by the recent conduct of his team, New York Jets coach Rex Ryan scolded his players in a Wednesday morning meeting, telling them it's time to end the frat-house behavior.Quick to Vick: | National Football Post
As the football world debates the Eagles decision to put their designated future (Kevin Kolb) on indefinite hold and try to recreate the past with Michael Vick, let’s look at it from a couple different vantage points.Ryan Mathews didn't practice | National Football Post
San Diego Chargers rookie running back Ryan Mathews has a high right ankle sprain and didn't practice today.QB carousel in full swing around the NFL | National Football Post
Even before Eagles’ head coach Andy Reid announced that Michael Vick would start at QB over Kevin Kolb on Sunday, we have seen plenty of quick moves at the quarterback position around the league. Let’s take some time today to break down the QB situations in Carolina, Buffalo and Oakland—where three new starters step under center this Sunday.Derrick Mason says media silence isn't permanent | National Football Post
Hours after saying that he won't conduct interviews for the remainder of the season, veteran wide receiver Derrick Mason said his media silence isn't permanent.James Harrison fined $5,000 for hit on Vince Young | National Football Post
The NFL has reviewed hard-hitting Pittsburgh Steelers outside linebacker Jerome Harrison's body slam of Tennessee Titans quarterback Vince Young, and the verdict is in.Keith Bulluck says Titans never made an offer | National Football Post
New York Giants linebacker Keith Bulluck made it abundantly clear that he felt unwanted by the Tennessee Titans as a free agent this offseason.Cowboys licking their wounds following loss to Bears | National Football Post
The Chicago Bears would have you believe they knocked some intimidation into the Dallas Cowboys on Sunday.Bills vote in favor of decertification, bracing for lockout | National Football Post
The Buffalo Bills' players have become the seventh team to vote in favor of decertification if a collective bargaining agreement can't be brokered between the NFL Players Association and NFL owners.Addai, Brackett sidelined for Colts | National Football Post
Indianapolis Colts running back Joseph Addai and middle linebacker Gary Brackett didn't practice today due to knee and back injuries, respectively.No more Mike Singletary interviews for Dennis O'Donnell | National Football Post
The station pulled an interview O’Donnell did with the 49ers coach from its Web site last week after the coach grew heated at different points. O’Donnell will be replaced by Kim Coyle, according to Daniel Brown of the San Jose Mercury News.NFL.com news: Holdout Jackson: Chargers' failure to trade me 'feels unethical'
Neil Schwartz, the agent for Vincent Jackson, said he had a contract with a new team essentially written up, but the San Diego Chargers' insistence on heavy trade compensation for the Pro Bowl wide receiver nixed the deal before Wednesday's deadline.NFL.com news: Gradkowski wrests Raiders' starting QB job from Campbell
Five months after acquiring Jason Campbell to be their starting quarterback, the Oakland Raiders benched him in favor of Bruce Gradkowski, beginning with this week's game at Arizona.NFL.com news: Veteran WR Evans backs Bills' decision to start QB Fitzpatrick
No fan of in-season quarterback shuffles, Buffalo Bills wide receiver Lee Evans wasn't in a position to dispute the team's latest decision to go with Ryan Fitzpatrick as the starter.NFL.com Blogs " Blog Archive Saints not as feared without Bush "
The loss of Reggie Bush is a big deal for the Saints. The multi-dimensional Bush represents coach Sean Payton’s biggest chess piece on offense.NFL.com news: Newman-Johnson one of Week 3's key matchups
This is a battle for turf in Texas and is important for marketing. These two teams split their first two meetings. A loss here would inflict serious damage on a Cowboys team that has Super Bowl expectations. As for the Texans, they need to win to show their fans this team is for real, and it helps their credibility within the state.NFL.com news: Icing kickers with timeouts a cold reality likely here to stay
When Gary Kubiak called a timeout a split-second before Redskins kicker Graham Gano booted what would have been a winning field goal, the Texans coach ignited one of the most passionate issues in the league -- icing the kicker. It worked because when Gano went back for a second try, his kick sailed wide right.NFL.com news: QB controversies aside, goal is to put team in best spot to win
It's Week 3, so naturally quarterback controversies are front and center. Four coaches in particular are dealing with the fallout from such controversies.NFL.com news: When it comes to defensive success, big plays tell the tale
On Sunday night, Mario Manningham caught a beautifully arced pass at the 22-yard line, spun out of a desperate tackle attempt and put the Giants on the board with their first touchdown. It was Colts 24, Giants 7. Yippee for the G-Men.Ryan scrambling to bring order in Jets carnival - NFL - Yahoo! Sports
Rex Ryan was furious. For all the foolishness, the vows of winning the Super Bowl and the urge to forever snack, the New York Jets coach can bring the fury. And on Wednesday morning as he stood before his team, two of the players would later say he was as angry as they had ever seen.Agent: Deals were in place, but no Jackson trade - NFL - Yahoo! Sports
"Archie Manning had it right about this organization," Schwartz said."Multiple teams have told me that they can’t get a deal done with A.J. and some of the teams have referred to A.J. as ‘The Lord of No Rings,’ " Schwartz said. "That’s how they characterized him." -
Blog Post: Make Your Own Kind of Music – On a Windows PC
[Enterprise] (Site Home)Recently, a few of us had the chance to spend some time with Windows DJ Darek Mazzone during his weekly modern global music show “Wo’ Pop” on KEXP, a radio station broadcasting in Seattle, New York and worldwide on the Web. We crammed into the small DJ booth to watch Mazzone and his crew work. While Mazzone queued up his song selections, show assistants Brenda Tausch, Liza Zinina and Rebecca Campeau scoured the Web for information on each group or artist to feed into KE ...
Recently, a few of us had the chance to spend some time with Windows DJ Darek Mazzone during his weekly modern global music show “Wo’ Pop” on KEXP, a radio station broadcasting in Seattle, New York and worldwide on the Web.
We crammed into the small DJ booth to watch Mazzone and his crew work. While Mazzone queued up his song selections, show assistants Brenda Tausch, Liza Zinina and Rebecca Campeau scoured the Web for information on each group or artist to feed into KEXP’s real-time online playlist. “Wo’ Pop” features music from what Mazzone calls the “six corners of the world” – from Cambodian rock to Cuban hip hop and everything in between.
Between sets, Mazzone talked about how the Windows PC has helped spur a creative revolution by putting the tools to record, produce and share music in the hands of anyone who has access to a Windows-based computer, some microphones and a quiet place to record.
“The PC running Windows is at the center of this... with Windows, you don’t really need to spend a whole bunch of money to get started making stuff and creating. It’s about choice, performance and simplicity.”
<div><img alt="DCSIMG" id="DCSIMG" width="1" height="1" src="http://m.webtrends.com/dcsygm2gb10000kf9xm7kfvub_9p1t/njs.gif?dcsuri=/nojavascript&WT.js=No" mce_src="http://m.webtrends.com/dcsygm2gb10000kf9xm7kfvub_9p1t/njs.gif?dcsuri=/nojavascript&WT.js=No"/></div>
Mazzone and fellow Windows DJ Dave Pezzner will be sharing their knowledge and talent this week at the 7th annual Decibel International Festival of Electronic Music, Visual Art, and New Media. Windows 7 is the presenting partner of Decibel (dB) Conference, which features free educational panels, workshops and screenings. Twenty thousand people from around the world are expected to attend Decibel, which runs Sept. 22-26 at various venues in Seattle.
And we’ll be sharing, too. We’ll be posting pictures, videos and stories from Decibel this week on the Windows Experience Blog, Microsoft News Center and Twitter.
As an amateur musician (keyboard, vocals) and a fledgling producer, I’m excited to learn more about how Windows 7 can help me create, collaborate and share. I’ll share my (mis)adventures in future posts and stories, with how-to tips from the Windows DJs, videos and more. Stay tuned – you can follow me on Twitter at @sandraleduc or @microsoft and my Windows cohort Ashley Brown to get the latest updates.
*Note: The intro music is on the video is “Los Revueltos” by Roberto Bonaccorso of MangoSon. Used with permission.
Related Links & Information:
Windows 7 to Turn Up Decibel(s) at Music Festival
Windows DJs – Windows Experience Blog
Posted by Sandra LeDuc, Senior Managing Editor, Microsoft News Center
-
Dan Rather on Political Coverage, Blogosphere, Killian Documents
[Poynter Online] (Top Stories)Dan Rather came to The Poynter Institute this week to speak to members of the public about his years as a broadcast journalist. Before Rather's talk, I interviewed him about the state of today's news industry and what can be done to improve it. You can read a full transcript of the interview below. RELATED "Rather: 'The Public is Not Well-Served by Political Coverage as it is Today' " by Mallary Jean Tenore Mallary Tenore: In a Washington Post column last year, you w ...
Dan Rather came to The Poynter Institute this week to speak to members of the public about his years as a broadcast journalist. Before Rather's talk, I interviewed him about the state of today's news industry and what can be done to improve it. You can read a full transcript of the interview below.
Mallary Tenore: In a Washington Post column last year, you wrote that newspapers are the foundation on which hard news rests. More specifically, you said: "The old news model is crumbling, while the Internet, for all its immense promise, is not yet ready to rise in its place and won't be until it can provide the nuts and bolts reporting that most people so take for granted that it escapes their notice." I'm going to violate journalism rules and ask you a three-pronged question: Can you say more about why you think the Internet isn't ready to rise up to the old news model? What will it take for it to rise up, and do you think it ever will?
RELATED
"Rather: 'The Public is Not Well-Served by Political Coverage as it is Today' " by Mallary Jean Tenore
Dan Rather: Well I did write the story in The Washington Post and I believe it to be true that with journalism, the old order is gone and the new order is not yet in place. ... We have to deal with the here and now. It's all good to talk about the future of journalism and the Internet, which I'm optimistic about and I think there's a great future for journalism and a lot of added value to be had on the Internet, but we're still in the first, early stages of the Internet's potential. ... I think American journalism is in crisis. The crisis has to do with part of the old model falling. The old business model is gone and no viable business model has yet emerged.
There are very few journalism enterprises on the Internet, keeping in mind that the Internet does a lot more than journalism. (It does information, education, marketing and a lot of other things.) But on the journalism side of the Internet, most of what's on the Internet is gathered from other original sources.
In other words, there are not enough boots on the ground, there are not enough working reporters making calls, wearing that shoe leather, doing original reporting. There's a word for it that escapes me at the moment. What is it when they gather information from other places and they sort of accumulate stuff from newspapers, magazines, radio, television and other places on the Internet?
Tenore: Aggregating?
Rather: Yes.
The point is, they don't have what Alex Jones at Harvard has called the iron core of journalism, which is to stay staffs of reporters, including my own preference, particularly on international reporting or investigative reporting. This is labor-intensive work. I do think the Internet has added some value with bloggers sort of gathering up information for other people, but they don't have original reporting. By and large, it doesn't exist on the Internet. It feeds on itself, and on other established -- shrinking, but established -- news enterprises.
So we come back to the question of what do we do with this interim period? Now when I wrote the piece in The Washington Post, I admitted and acknowledged that I don't have the answer. I don't know of anybody who does have the answer. Some very good minds and a lot of bright people have tried to find the answer. So what I had is an idea. It was almost immediately rejected and it didn't go anywhere.
We have a crisis in one of our most important crafts -- businesses if you want to call it that. And in the past when we've had these crises, for the automobile business, for the early stages of the microchip business, for the steel business and what have you, it's not that unusual for the president to call together the best minds and say we may or may not have the government intervene.
I thought it would be a good idea for him to call together some of the brightest people in the country, including those in journalism but not confined to that, and say, let's see what we can do. An independent, -- a truly independent and truly free press, a fiercely independent but necessary press -- is the red beating heart of freedom and democracy, and it's absolutely essential to our system.
Now I did not call for the president to give government help and I did not want any laws passed. I don't want the government in newsrooms. It was immediately attacked as a move in that direction. I didn't intend it to be, and I think any reasonable person trying to be objective when they read what I proposed would come to that conclusion.
How do we preserve this vital business, this vital industry, this vital craft of the country, since it's absolutely essential? Whether it is, as Dan Rather thinks, in a crisis or not, it's clearly in serious trouble with newspapers closing, staffs cut. But the idea didn't go anywhere and I don't think it is going anywhere. So now I'm at the point where, OK that was my idea, now what's your idea? We're floundering at the moment and we're floundering in the midst of crisis.
Tenore: At the Democratic National Convention in 2008, you said the news is now filled with "so-called political debates, where the one thing assured not to happen is genuine debates and where the questions the public really cares about seldom seem to get asked." What do you think needs to be done to improve political coverage?
Rather: Well the first thing is that those of us who are in journalism, and I do not exclude myself from this criticism, need a spine transplant. I said it before and I'll say it again here. We need to suck it up and get back to delivering to the American people quality, integrity-filled journalism, in this case, applied specifically to political coverage. So much of political coverage is about the horse race -- who's up and who's down -- and that's generally based on polling.
You never me anybody who believes less in public opinion polls. They're valuable in that they can be a snapshot of a given moment, but the moment changes. But so much of the new coverage is, well, there's a new poll by Joe Blow and the poll shows so and so, and that passes for coverage. What's needed is deep digging, reporting of this sort that, for example, follows the money.
It's an old axiom in journalism, and a valid one: If you want to know what's really going on, as opposed to what others want you to believe is going on, then follow the dollar and the kind of political coverage that asks and seeks an answer to questions such as the following: Who is giving what to whom, expecting to get what? And that's just one example of where I think political coverage, including my own, needs drastic overhaul and improvement.
So number one is journalists need to get back to their business of being patriotic journalists in a free and democratic country and perform their function as watchdogs, as part of the system of checks and balances. We all know that huge sums of money are corrupting the whole political process, beginning with elections.
For example, the last presidential election in this country, when all was said and done and you put everything together, costs more than $2 billion. That's what was spent through the primaries, through the general election, all told. That money, not all of it came from special interests, but the bulk of it came from special interests -- big pharmaceutical companies, big broadcasting networks, television, radio, electronic, big labor -- and that's a very short list. But you have a more recent example here in Florida where just to win a primary, at least two candidates spend what, more than $50 million or $60 million of their own money. This has reached the serious out-of-whack stage.
So you say how can we improve coverage? Getting serious about where the money comes from, who gives it to whom, for what purpose -- and most of it is given for a purpose. The case can be made -- and I'm here to make it -- that very large, international corporations, conglomerates control the government, and I would include some elements of big labor in that.
The public is not well-served by political coverage as it is today. And I think it has to be noted, and there's no joy in noting this, that in many important ways, very big business is in bed with big government and whoever's in power in Washington, whether it be Republicans or Democrats -- not in the public interest, but in the business interest of the huge corporations and in the staying in power business of those in Washington. And this seriously affects news coverage.
Someone might say, well what is he talking about? Well let me give you an example. As recently as the 1950s, mid 1950s, there were more than 50 news enterprises, which is to say businesses, in the country that could accurately be described as having national distribution or large regional distribution.
Now, there are no more than six, and I would argue only four, very large conglomerate, international corporations who control more than 80 percent of the national distribution of news. This is out of whack. Let me pause and say I've never worked for anybody in the enterprise other than a profit-making enterprise. I believe in the capital system, but as applied to media, we have in no small degree monopolies now.
Now a great Republican president, Theodore Roosevelt did his party great service, and more importantly his country a great service, by breaking up the trust, which is to say the monopolies at the turn of the 20th century. ... I'm not a business person, but in the end I think they're not in the best interest of American business. I recognize that one gets criticized very heavily when get into this area, but I'm at the age and stage in my own career where I try to draw from my experience.
I love this country, I want the country to be better for my children and grandchildren as most Americans do. And when and if the public finally get focused on this -- that too few big international companies control too much of the national news distribution -- then I think it may change. But until the public really understands what is happening with this, and understands that it is not a special pleading of journalists such as myself, can we come back to a really vibrant, truly independent, fiercely independent press that is important to the survival of freedom and representing government as we know it.
Tenore: Along the lines of educating people on political matters, how effective do you think PolitiFact, and other efforts to fact-check political news, are?
Rather: Well, I applaud those efforts, and I certainly think they're worthwhile. You can put this under my opinion, but I think the facts in the ground bear it out, that up to and including now, their impact has been too minimal and too small. But God bless them for trying and may their tribe increase.
Tenore: So you don't think enough people know about them, then?
Rather: No, I don't think enough people know about them. I think their distribution and their readership is too small, and too diffused to make much of an impact, but I want to emphasize I admire what they do. This is what every good newspaper, every television station, every network ought to be doing. But in so many cases -- it's not unanimous, there are some exceptions -- but by and large, this is not what they do.
So often, particularly covering politics, enterprises describing themselves as journalistic enterprises, and journalists who describe themselves as journalists, have in fact become just transmission belts. The reporters are transcribers who transcribe what is said and just put it out there. And this is important to recognize. Let me back up again and say I include myself in this criticism, that we now know that in the run-up to the Iraq war, that not enough tough questions were asked, not nearly enough tough questions were asked.
Very few tough questions were asked, not enough facts were checked, not enough of the attitude that says, ok, this is what the government says is the situation, this is what the president says is the situation, now listen, let's put that against the known facts, let's try to find out some facts. I am not saying we wouldn't have gone to war with Iraq anyway. We might or we might not have. The point is, we never had a real national debate about it.
We accepted the government's view, and blindly accepting the government's, any government's view, leaves you open to propaganda. And what happened in the run-up to the Iraq war is that the administration of that time commanded the narrative, and the press bought that narrative. Anybody who didn't buy that narrative was sort of shunned off to the periphery. And this led, by any reasonable objective analysis, to a strategic blunder of historic proportions.
Tenore: You said in a UC Berkeley interview that you didn't realize the power of bloggers until a group of conservative bloggers questioned whether the documents were falsified and spread the news on the Web. I'm curious about what role you think bloggers, (or the so-called "Fifth Estate,") play in today's news media industry. Would you say their relationship with the mainstream media is symbiotic, or would you characterize it as being more adversarial?
Rather: Well, this may surprise some people, but I think on the whole and in general, the development of blogging has been a good development, that's number one. Number two, I think it's easy, perhaps a little too easy, to over estimate it and to over dramatize it.
After all, a blog is only one part of the huge Internet. The Internet does a lot of other things. I'd be happy at another time to discuss my own case, but this was an example of how a carefully orchestrated for partisan political and partisan ideological purposes can distort the facts and distort the truth.
I am not saying everybody who didn't like our report fits that category. But in discovery and deposition of the lawsuit that I filed, in the end, the appeals court in New York didn't let us go to trial. I wish we had. But it was clear to demonstrate in what discovery and in what depositions we did get, that the corporate entity, which is to say Viacom and CBS, did not handle this story and this case as CBS News had historically handled controversy and attacks from partisan, political operations.
But, whatever one thinks of my case and our story, your question has to do with the larger "blogosphere" as it's called. And put me down as saying, I think it has its problems. The biggest problem is accountability. That you can put anything on the Internet, and pretty much be assured of anonymity, or something close to anonymity, no matter what you say.
Let me say in an asterisk spot on the page, and with our story about George Bush's military record, the story was true. It was true then, it's true now, and evidence of that is neither the president nor anyone close around him, so far as I know, (and I think I would know if they had), has ever denied the narrative of the story, which led to such things as the then-president had defied a direct order to have a physical examination. He did not meet his requirements for the National Guard, he got an honorable discharge under circumstances which others without his name or influence would not have gotten.
I don't seek to go over this ground all over again, but I do think it's important to point out that the story was true, and for those who didn't like the story, for their partisan, political, or ideological reasons, that's the reason they had to attack it so fiercely and, as it turned out, yes so effectively, I'm sorry to say. But even with the documents, up to and including this time, no one has ever proven that the documents were not what they were purported to be. Could I be wrong about that? Yes, but nobody has ever proven it.
Again, I want to say I'm not here to retry the case. We took a big pounding, and some very good journalists who worked with me lost their careers over it. But having said all that, and pointing it out as an example of how the blogosphere and how the Internet can be used, for highly partisan, political and ideological purposes, most of it is not useful. But it comes back to the core problem, which is accountability. If you can manage your neighbor, you can say something really awful about them, that they molested children or something like that, and it spreads worldwide. It's not a fact and it has no basis in fact. But it's frequently impossible, if not always impossible, to prove what the source is.
Now, I think this problem, this weakness of the Internet and the blogosphere will eventually be addressed. I don't have the answer to it now. I'm not in favor of government control of it. I'm not in favor of censoring it. I think it needs to be free and open. I don't know how to deal with this problem.
And let's note that when you're in the newspaper, if you make that kind of accusation, either your name is on a story or it's easy to ascertain. It's public knowledge who wrote the story. And even with the letters to the editor, responsible newspapers require verification of who wrote the letter. So how to get this kind of accountability with the blogosphere and the Internet, I do see as a big problem. And I'm not in favor of government interference to solve it.
Tenore: In a Huffington Post story, you said that until recently, you had no idea what Twitter was. "Much of what we tweet, or post, or chat away at under the guise of news, are distractions," you wrote. Lots of journalists nowadays, though, use Twitter to report and disseminate stories. How important do you think social media is to today's journalism?
Rather: Well, it plays a very big role. But the term "social media" encompasses so much. It encompasses Facebook, Twitter, iTunes -- we can go down the list. Again, I think overall and in the main, that it's good. I don't twitter a lot, but I've become convinced by the people I work with that when one does what I do, you need to twitter. And we do have Facebook for the program for "Dan Rather Reports."
Do I have a personal Facebook? I don't think so. But that's not because I'm opposed. It's just there's so many hours in the day, and my desire and my destiny is to spend my time reporting, so for every minute I spend on Twitter or Facebook or some social media, it takes away from how I want to spend my life.
But I think it's increasingly important in politics and in business and in personal relationships to have these so-called social media. And I think there'll be more of them, not fewer. Some of them will go by the wayside. Twitter is the big thing now. Who knows what's going to be post-Twitter.
-
A journalist laughs at the thought that his layoff anniversary is worth a story, but...
[Poynter Online, Journalism] (Romenesko)by Michael Goldfarb London - For Michael Goldfarb each day begins as it always did up until July 2005. He wakes up an hour before his family, goes into his home office and reads his way through a minimum of five papers online making notes about possible stories to follow-up. In other ways it is different. There is rarely a daily deadline to gear up for and no travel to a war zone to set up. There is work to do but it must be conjured up out of discipline or as the former public radio reporter pu ...
by Michael GoldfarbLondon - For Michael Goldfarb each day begins as it always did up until July 2005. He wakes up an hour before his family, goes into his home office and reads his way through a minimum of five papers online making notes about possible stories to follow-up.
In other ways it is different. There is rarely a daily deadline to gear up for and no travel to a war zone to set up. There is work to do but it must be conjured up out of discipline or as the former public radio reporter puts it, "Routine is what gets people through prison, kidnapping, and rehabilitation from life threatening illness," he said in an interview with himself for this article. "It is the only thing that can get a person through being laid off."
We are walking in Springfield Park at the eastern edge of inner London near where he has made his home for almost twenty years. The park slopes steeply down to the River Lee, a narrow, embanked tributary of the Thames. Canal boats, canoes and sculls vie for space along the placid surface with a staggering variety of waterfowl. It is a slice of the English countryside that somehow has survived in the heart of the city.
The setting takes the edge off some painful reminiscences of what happened late one Friday evening exactly five years ago. Fifth anniversary look backs are a trope of journalism. The last one Michael Goldfarb did was in 2008 when he returned to northern Iraq to mark the fifth anniversary of the start of the war there. He laughs at the thought that his own anniversary is worth a story. But he is willing to tell it if it helps any of the thousands of other journalists who have been forced out of the business during the last few years.
The phone call came on a Friday, at the end of a grueling 24 hours when the reporter had been on the air at WBUR, the Boston NPR station, almost non-stop. A coordinated series of suicide bombing attacks on London's public transport system had left more than 50 people dead. Goldfarb covered the breaking news. A prescient documentary on Britain's jihadist groups he had done the year before - for which he won an Overseas Press Club Award - was being re-aired around the public radio system and he was doing interviews for other member stations.
When WBUR's news director got on the phone, Goldfarb admits he thought he was going to give him a pat on the back for a good day's work. Instead it was to tell him that after five years his position was being eliminated. That his job was under threat was not a surprise. The station had run up a $13 million dollar deficit, consultants Grant Thornton had been called in. But the announcement still provoked a visceral outburst.
"Blind rage. After more than a decade of miscarriages and IVF treatments my wife was two weeks from carrying our first baby to full term. The guys in Boston knew that. I was enraged that they would jeopardize the prospect of a healthy delivery with the kind of shock to the system that losing a job entails."
Goldfarb adds that other emotions that come with job loss - fear and bitterness - came later. "I imagine my story in outline is similar to thousands of others: I hired a lawyer, got a decent settlement and didn't think I had to rush into another situation. I wanted to consider other options. I got offered a job in LA, but the situation there wasn't quite what it seemed and it didn't pan out."
He spent time looking for teaching work. "I got asked whether I have a masters degree. I don't. When I suggested that in lieu of an MA they substitute 20 years of experience in which my work had won most of the major broadcast awards, plus a book that had just been named a New York Times Notable Book in lieu of an MA, I found that was not good enough."
By the time, the settlement money ran out he found himself in the riptide of journalism's Great Depression. "One by one foreign desks shut down. Today you can't get a minyan together for lunch at the American Association of Correspondents in London."
He rebuilt the freelance existence he had before going to work full-time with NPR in 1992. A contract to write a book titled "Emancipation" about the Jews coming out of the ghetto in 19th century Europe came with a decent advance and that provided a foundation. Making radio documentaries plus writing and reading essays for the BBC, work for Globalpost.com and the occasional voice-over filled in the rest.
"Emancipation" came out last autumn to good reviews but New York publishers are cutting back on serious non-fiction and no one has made an offer for his next proposal. "I feel like a cavalry officer who has had two horses shot out from under him in the same battle. Serious reporting, serious writing: where is the audience for it in America anymore? I know It's there, but the people who manage the news and book business have given up trying to serve it."
He writes every morning, regardless of having a book contract, but admits that there's a bit too much time to think about his career choice. The journalist confesses to occasionally second-guessing himself about whether he stayed in the business too long. He refers to two colleagues, "women I got to know covering the Balkans," who moved on from observation of events to participation in them one works for the Obama Administration. The other set up a kind of NGO.
"I understand what motivated them. Anyone who has covered our new world of war in which civilians, not enemy soldiers, are the main target has to be frustrated by the professional requirements of objective reporting. You often want to do something to help rather than just bear witness. I stayed with the job because I believe firmly in the educational function of journalism. I thought there was a profound social value in the work I did."
Goldfarb adds, "The questions Americans have had about the world since September 11th can't be answered by leaving the world uncovered."
He signed up with Globalpost.com before it launched because even if it didn't offer full-time employment, it offered an online platform to continue to educate Americans about the world.
Like everyone else connected to journalism Goldfarb spends a lot of time thinking about the changes brought by the Web. The reporter believes that on balance papers should be free online. "I do a BBC TV news discussion show once a month. If I know we're talking about Pakistan, which we do frequently, I can google 'Pakistan Newspapers' and up comes a page with links to 70 odd newspapers in that country and a note on which ones are written in English. They are all free. I read them to prepare for the show. Second example: while researching Emancipation I wanted to find out about Marcel Proust's role in the Dreyfus Affair - significant, by the way - and I came across something in the New York Times archive from, I think, 1897, which is almost certainly the earliest mention of Proust in America. This makes me a devotee of free and open access."
But that sort of thing does cost someone something. Surely, free is unsustainable. Goldfarb reminds a reporter that he spent most of his career in public radio. "Home of the free," as he calls it. Only about 15 percent of NPR's regular listeners actually answer the pledge drive call and it hasn't stopped NPR growing. He wonders why newspapers didn't implement a strategy years ago to make advertisers carry the freight for expansion onto the web.
"15 years ago, if the head of NBC had told the network's advertisers, new technology has created a platform that will increase our audience by a factor of ten and we will be adjusting our rate card appropriately, do you think he would have faced a rebellion? By a factor of how many has the New York Times' readership gone up? Surely, there should have been a way to increase rates and find new advertisers for on-line."
Goldfarb accepts that some form of charging is inevitable now but hopes that the powers that be remember how important archive access is. He suggests that if a paywall is put up at the New York Times it only be secure around news content for 72 hours - roughly the time it takes for a paper to go from immediacy to fish-wrapping - before free, open access to all.
Our walk has come to an end on a little pedestrian bridge arcing over the tranquil river scene. The reminiscences have stirred up feelings that are not so peaceful. "Although I try to fight it, I am bitter for all the personal reasons you can imagine. But I'm angry too, and that has nothing to do with my sense of personal loss.
"When I read about another philanthropist endowing a chair of journalism, I get very angry. The money would be better spent hiring laid off journalists to go into high schools to teach kids how to read newspapers because the big challenge to the future of journalism isn't the web, it's that more and more people reach adulthood without the habit of reading or listening to the news."
Why not do what so many others have done. Make a change in mid-career, get over it, move on. It's the American way, right?
"No, I'm stuck with it. I just believe in the redeeming social value of journalism. I am certain there are millions of people in the U.S. who are incredibly curious about the world and are underserved by existing news outlets - I mean how many full-time American foreign correspondents are left? Somewhere between one and two hundred? You can't inform American society about the world with so few. People based overseas look at the U.S. today and are simply aghast at the ignorance of the world which is displayed there daily, from the upper echelons of government down to the street. So I carry on. I commit as much journalism today as I ever did, I just earn 50 percent less doing it."
He pauses and anger, bitterness and perplexed pride bubble up. "I wonder about the consultants at McKinsey or Grant Thornton, what is their metric for that? How do they assign a numerical value to a person's profound dedication to the practice of journalism?"
The reporter intends to carry on, despite the economic absurdity. "I'm reading about Confucius for the new book I'm researching. He, too, at the age of 50 was forced out of work. Confucius told his pupils later, 'When employed, practice your way. When set aside, treasure your way.'"
The Interview over Goldfarb says to himself, "Think I'll use that for my kicker."
-
Motorola MILESTONE 2 official: European DROID 2 due Q4
[Gadgets] (SlashGear)Motorola has outed the MILESTONE 2, and as you might expect it’s both the successor to the original MILESTONE and the GSM version of the DROID 2. As such, it gets the same 3.7-inch 854 x 480 touchscreen, Android 2.2, 5-megapixel camera and slide-out QWERTY keyboard, with the improved and redesigned keys. There’s also support for Flash Player 10.1, thanks to Froyo, but unlike the original MILESTONE Motorola has slapped its MOTOBLUR social networking system onto the phone. We can ...
Motorola has outed the MILESTONE 2, and as you might expect it’s both the successor to the original MILESTONE and the GSM version of the DROID 2. As such, it gets the same 3.7-inch 854 x 480 touchscreen, Android 2.2, 5-megapixel camera and slide-out QWERTY keyboard, with the improved and redesigned keys.
There’s also support for Flash Player 10.1, thanks to Froyo, but unlike the original MILESTONE Motorola has slapped its MOTOBLUR social networking system onto the phone. We can’t say we’re especially excited about that, since it generally means future Android updates come later, but given Motorola has been dragging its feet with a new ROM for the original MILESTONE we guess it might end up making no difference whatsoever.
Elsewhere there’s a 1GHz processor, WiFi b/g/n, Bluetooth and a microSD card slot, together with a 3.5mm headphone socket, 8GB of integrated storage and a bundled 8GB memory card. The Motorola MILESTONE 2 will arrive in Europe in Q4, price yet to be announced.
Press Release:
Motorola MILESTONE™ 2 Gives You More for all your Smartphone Needs
September 01, 2010BASINGSTOKE, September 1, 2010 –– Motorola today introduced MILESTONE™ 2 enhanced with MOTOBLUR™. The Android™ 2.2 device offers more speed, more connectivity, more messaging, more storage, more web with Adobe® Flash® Player 10.1, more multimedia and more personalisation than the original award-winning MILESTONE.
The powerhouse device features a 1Ghz processor, allowing users to sift through their content quickly, even when running multiple applications simultaneously or a number of open web browser pages. Respond to e-mails or texts quickly with an improved and more spacious QWERTY keyboard including larger keys and better tactility for easier typing. MILESTONE 2 also acts as a 3G mobile hotspot1 to connect up to five WiFi® enabled devices, so you turn practically anywhere into a hive of productivity.
“MILESTONE 2 offers more power, more speed, with an improved keyboard, so users can send, access and share information even quicker than before to manage their work and personal life,” said Alain Mutricy, senior vice president, portfolio and device product management, Motorola Mobility. “This introduction not only reaffirms our commitment to innovate on Android but offers consumers the leading edge features they crave including fast web browsing, messaging, application downloads and multimedia.”
MILESTONE 2 also features the latest version of Motorola’s unique solution, MOTOBLUR, which makes it even easier to manage all of your emails, messages and social updates in one easy place with the additions of filtering, resizable widgets, added corporate security and a versatile battery manager.
Further enhancements to the original MILESTONE include 720p HD video capture and playback allowing you to capture life’s moments in crystal clear detail, whilst the Adobe Flash Player 10.1 allows mobile users to experience millions of rich websites the way they were meant to be seen, including rich video and gaming content, and you can share all of your multimedia with DLNA compatible devices. The experience is rounded off with a connected music player delivering lyrics to your songs, additional artist news and information, as well as integrated social applications for sharing and giving recommendations. Users will have plenty of room for their content with up to 8GB internal memory and an 8GB microSD card inbox, expandable to 32GB.
A suite of Google™ mobile applications including Google Search™, Google Maps™, Gmail™ and YouTube™ are also integrated onto the device. Plus you have access to Android Market™ which has more than 70,000 applications.
Smart Accessories
The device ships with an 8GB micro SD card and wired headset, and owners can also download free the Motorola Media Link software that makes transferring your music and other multimedia from computer to phone even easier.
Make the most of Motorola’s MILESTONE 2 at home, in the car or at the office with the optional smart accessories:
The car cradle is ready for the road. Simply drop in your MILESTONE 2 or original MILESTONE and it automatically turns into car mode. This gives one-touch access to your favourite in-car applications, including your handsfree calling contacts, your music, internet radio, podcasts, Google Maps™ with Navigation™ and more. Plug, play, drive and charge your MILESTONE 2 with the rapid in car charger that plugs into your cradle
The multimedia station is a stylish dock for your MILESTONE 2 or original MILESTONE. When docked, your phone automatically changes to desktop mode showing alarm clock and favourite multimedia applications such as a slide show of pictures. Desktop mode can be personalised allowing you to show the applications you want, all whilst charging your device.
Key MILESTONE 2 features include:1Ghz processor now with 802.11n support
3G mobile hotspot – connect up to five other Wi-Fi devices
Latest version of MOTOBLUR
Adobe Flash Player 10.1
Multi-touch, pinch to zoom, double tap zoom
720p HD video capture and playback
5MP imager with dual LED flash
Up to 40GB of memory
3.5mm audio jack
Enterprise Exchange support
Improved design; more spacious QWERTY keyboard including larger keys and better tactility
DLNA / WiFi / Bluetooth® 2.1 connectivity
Additional functionality and apps include:Full suite of the Google applications: Google Search, Google Maps with Latitude and Street View, Gmail, YouTube, and Google Talk™
Unified Google and Exchange Contacts
Navigation: GPS, Google Maps, E-Compass Latitude
Email Support: IMAP/POP3, Gmail, Yahoo Mail, Corporate Sync, Push Email
Quick Office document viewer
IM Support: Google Talk
Calendar: Exchange, Calendar
AvailabilityMILESTONE 2 will be available in Europe beginning Q4 2010.
Relevant Entries on SlashGear
- Motorola MILESTONE (aka GSM DROID) adds multitouch [Video]
- Motorola MILESTONE Expansys preorder confirms December 7th ship date
- Motorola MILESTONE gets second German carrier: Vodafone
- Motorola MILESTONE official: DROID for Europe
- Motorola DEXT and Milestone getting Android 2.1 too
-
A wrap up of things floating around in my head
[Africa] (Afrigator)There are so many posts that I have wanted to put up in the last couple of days. But, I honestly haven’t had time (or the inclination) to do it. So I thought I would do a roundup post of things that have been buzzing around my head for the last couple of days. Tech4Africa – Loads of great talks, and some really cool & inspiring talks. Highlights for me the Leila Chirayath Janah keynote. Her talk was really inspiring and I love hearing inspiring stories like this. The ...
There are so many posts that I have wanted to put up in the last couple of days. But, I honestly haven’t had time (or the inclination) to do it. So I thought I would do a roundup post of things that have been buzzing around my head for the last couple of days. Tech4Africa – Loads of great talks, and some really cool & inspiring talks. Highlights for me the Leila Chirayath Janah keynote. Her talk was really inspiring and I love hearing inspiring stories like this. The social media panel included Andy Hadfield, Mike Stopforth & Walter Pike (who I would class as my online mentors in SA) amongst others was also superb. The crowd interaction was fantastic. Andy posted a twitpic of some of the crowdsourced best practices about social media in South Africa.The panel of the team that “redesigned” the Payfine.co.za site was also really cool. Check out Rian from Yola’s take on it. The one panel I was most disappointed with was Jonathon Snook’s iPhone and Android talk. I expected a lot more given all the possibilities with these 2 OS’s, but all we got to see was how to design a web app. Not really what most of the people had in mind though. I also really enjoyed the tech Q&A panel with the international speakers.Here are see some of the notes I took in a few of the panels. They are very very rough, and haven’t been edited at all. “Ignoring User experience at your peril” with Andy Budd Social media – there is an elephant in the room Rocking iPhone and android development Joe stump – every cloud has a silver lining Steve song – 3 pieces of kit for a Neighbourhood network If you follow me on FaceTweet, you would have seen that I had a bittersweet ending to the conference. Just after the Clay Shirky keynote, I must have misplaced/dropped my iPhone. I only realised as I walked into the next session, and when I went back to look for it, it was gone. I searched high and low, and the conference MC also announced it with no luck. I was totally bummed :( Luckily I have insurance on the Phone, so it is not the END of the world. Yes, yes, I know. I should have MobileMe, but I didn’t. To be totally honest, I am really not sure how that would have helped. Anyways. I honestly felt like my arm had been sawn off, but to be honest, it’s not THAT bad :) I am coping. (barely). Hopefully I should have a replacement this week. I had to go with the 3GS again, as the iPhone 4 hasn’t been launched yet, and I doubt the insurance will pay me in $$ :) Came across this really cool little hack on how to Get 5FM on your DSTV. Very neat little trick. The dudes from VirtualAfrica that created the Gigapixel of the Bulls/Stormers Super 14 Final are creating another Super Gigapixel this Saturday for the Boks vs All Blacks Tri Nations Game. I can’t wait to see this one !!! Stay tuned to this blog for a sneaky peak early sometime next week. Stoked to announce that we'll be creating a GigaPixel Image (#vodacomfancam) of the 3Nations game at FNB Stadium on Saturday!about 17 hours ago via HootSuitetinuslerouxTinus le Roux If you haven’t already, I suggest you check out my china Shaun Trennery’s new site called locl. It is a really clever site that shows you the news you WANT to see. See, another clever Durban startup. Thanks to the very clever SheBeeGee, my brother & I got to go to the A-Team premiere at Montecasino in Jozi last Thursday eve. The event was super cool, and the cinema is HUGE MASSIVE. The movie itself is pretty cool, and def bought back a couple of childhood memories. After the movie there was a quick opportunity to take a pic with the 2 actors who were out here to promote the movie. Sharlto Copley was a firm crowd favoritie and even put on his Wikus voice. He is a legend. The other dude, Rampage Jackson is a UFC fighter. When I took my pic with him he shrugged my arm off his shoulder, and said “No man” (in his BA voice) to which I later found out he has a bit of a phobia with guys touching him. Makes a lot of sense for a UFC fighter hey ? :P Pieter Uys, the Vodacom CEO, gave us a little heads up that we should see the iPhone 4 coming at the end of September with a tweet earlier today. I can’t wait to get my hands on one of these. @Tag11Mac @deanoelsch date for iPhone4 in SA from Apple is end of September. Will keep you posted. Samsung Galaxy S has just arrived.about 20 hours ago via TwittelatoruyspjPieter Uys If you have a couple of minutes to spare, check out http://www.dripbook.com/. AMAZING !! If you have the Camera+ iPhone app, you may have noticed that it has been pulled from the App store. This is becuase the developers were sneaky sneaky and added in a cool little hack, which allows you to use your volume button to take the picture, which is of course totally against LeApple’s T&C’s. To enable the hack just type the following into your Safari browser on the phone camplus://enablevolumesnap Yesterday my Streetview site traffic went through THE roof. No idea why, I suspect it was spoken about on a Gauteng radio station Talking about Gauteng, I took the Gautrain last week when I was up in Jozi. WOW WOW WOW. That is 1 seriously cool little loco. It is really cool to see SA catching up to the world in terms of public transport, and I can’t wait to see how it will change lives when the whole route is open. Amazing !! Remember that CellC rant I did the other day ? The response to it was amazing. I got loads of pingbacks to the post which I was pretty stoked about ;) But my clever friend & funnyman @DonPackett has now set up TellDon.co.za, which just rips poor Trevor to shreds. Shame. Check it out ! SARS are a bunch of tossers. That is all. I have been fighting for 2 years for the same frikkin thing, and they are just not getting the issue. *sigh* Even after a sit down appointment with them yesterday, no such luck. Hooters Fourways. Don’t. It is a balls up of note. We went there on Friday eve, and it was packed to the brim with (18-23 year olds), so much so, they honestly couldn’t cope. They ran out of glasses for beer, and apparently had no fries. Until asked the manager. Useless, useless place. I would recommend giving it a skip. Really The #FailWhale I wrote about earlier in the week is still stinking Ballito out, and from what I hear will be dragged onto the beach this week and will be chopped up. I went down again the day before yesterday and that thing is MASSIVE Santam is taking their sweet time to payout for the iPhone. Really making me mental. I’m gonna be “that irritating client” over the next couple of days and just keep phoning to get my payout. Holy Moly. That’s a lot of thinking. But I enjoyed that format, so maybe expect a few more of those in the future. -
Emmis Communications Further Extends Preferred Stock Exchange Offer and Adjourns Special Shareholder Meeting
[Tech] (IndianWeb2.com - Web 2.0 and Technology Startup News and Reviews)Emmis Communications Further Extends Preferred Stock Exchange Offer and Adjourns Special Shareholder Meeting PR Newswire — August 9, 2010 INDIANAPOLIS, Aug. 9 /PRNewswire-FirstCall/ — Emmis Communications Corporation (Nasdaq: EMMS), an Indiana corporation (“Emmis”), today announced that it is further extending its offer to issue 12% PIK Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 (“New Notes”) in exchange ...
Emmis Communications Further Extends Preferred Stock Exchange Offer and Adjourns Special Shareholder Meeting
PR Newswire — August 9, 2010
INDIANAPOLIS, Aug. 9 /PRNewswire-FirstCall/ — Emmis Communications Corporation (Nasdaq: EMMS), an Indiana corporation (“Emmis”), today announced that it is further extending its offer to issue 12% PIK Senior Subordinated Notes due 2017 (“New Notes”) in exchange for Emmis’ 6.25% Series A Cumulative Convertible Preferred Stock (“Preferred Stock”) at a rate of $30.00 principal amount of New Notes for each $50.00 of liquidation preference of Preferred Stock until 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on Friday, August 13, 2010. The exchange offer, as previously extended, was originally scheduled to expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on Friday, August 6, 2010.
Emmis also announced that the special meeting of Emmis shareholders held at 6:30 p.m., local time, on Friday, August 6, 2010, to vote on certain amendments to the terms of the Preferred Stock, was adjourned until 6:30 p.m., local time, on Friday, August 13, 2010, at One Emmis Plaza, 40 Monument Circle, Indianapolis, Indiana 46204.
Emmis has been informed that JS Acquisition, Inc., an Indiana corporation (“JS Acquisition”) whose equity securities are owned entirely by Mr. Jeffrey H. Smulyan, the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and President of Emmis, and JS Acquisition, LLC, an Indiana limited liability company (“JS Parent”) that is wholly owned by Mr. Smulyan, is further extending its tender offer to purchase all of Emmis’ outstanding shares of Class A common stock for $2.40 per share in cash until 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on Friday, August 13, 2010. The tender offer, as previously extended, was originally scheduled to expire at 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on Friday, August 6, 2010.
The offers are being further extended because Emmis, JS Parent, JS Acquisition, Mr. Smulyan and certain other interested parties have been unable to date to reach an agreement in negotiations with a group of holders of Preferred Stock that owns approximately 38.3% of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock in the aggregate, and who have previously advised Emmis and Mr. Smulyan that they would vote against the amendments to the terms of the Preferred Stock at the special meeting. During the extension, JS Parent, JS Acquisition and Mr. Smulyan are continuing to negotiate with that group and are also considering other options, including an alternative structure that would still allow a tender offer for the Class A Common Stock to proceed without any changes to the terms of the Preferred Stock and without an offer by Emmis to exchange the New Notes for the Preferred Stock. There can be no assurance that either an agreement will be reached with the group of holders of Preferred Stock or that an alternative structure can be implemented.
As of 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on Friday, August 6, 2010, 516,065 shares of Preferred Stock had been tendered into and not withdrawn from the exchange offer. In addition, as of 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on Friday, August 6, 2010, 20,234,775 Class A shares had been tendered into and not withdrawn from the tender offer. If not withdrawn at or prior to the expiration of the tender offer, such shares would satisfy the Minimum Tender Condition.
About Emmis
Emmis Communications Corporation is a diversified media company, principally focused on radio broadcasting. Emmis operates the 8th largest publicly traded radio portfolio in the United States based on total listeners. As of February 28, 2010, Emmis owns and operates seven FM radio stations serving the nation’s top three markets — New York, Los Angeles and Chicago, although one of Emmis’ FM radio stations in Los Angeles is operated pursuant to a Local Marketing Agreement whereby a third party provides the programming for the station and sells all advertising within that programming. Additionally, Emmis owns and operates fourteen FM and two AM radio stations with strong positions in St. Louis, Austin (Emmis has a 50.1% controlling interest in Emmis’ radio stations located there), Indianapolis and Terre Haute, IN.
In addition to Emmis’ domestic radio properties, Emmis operates an international radio business and publishes several city and regional magazines. Internationally, Emmis owns and operates national radio networks in Slovakia and Bulgaria. Emmis’ publishing operations consists of Texas Monthly, Los Angeles, Atlanta, Indianapolis Monthly, Cincinnati, Orange Coast,and Country Samplerand related magazines. Emmis also engages in various businesses ancillary to Emmis’ broadcasting business, such as website design and development, broadcast tower leasing and operating a news information radio network in Indiana.
Emmis’ news releases and other information are available on the company’s website at www.emmis.com.
IMPORTANT INFORMATION
THIS PRESS RELEASE IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO PURCHASE OR EXCHANGE OR THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO SELL OR EXCHANGE CLASS A COMMON STOCK, PREFERRED STOCK, STOCK OPTIONS, RESTRICTED STOCK, DEBT OR OTHER SECURITIES OF EMMIS.
JS ACQUISITION HAS COMMENCED AN OFFER TO PURCHASE SHARES OF CLASS A COMMON STOCK OF EMMIS (THE “TENDER OFFER”) PURSUANT TO THE OFFER TO PURCHASE AND RELATED LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL, DATED JUNE 2, 2010 (TOGETHER WITH AMENDMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTS THERETO, THE “TENDER OFFER DOCUMENTS”) THAT WAS FILED UNDER COVER OF A COMBINED SCHEDULE TO/13E-3 TRANSACTION STATEMENT WITH THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (THE “SEC”). THE TENDER OFFER DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN DISTRIBUTED TO EMMIS’ SHAREHOLDERS. THIS PRESS RELEASE IS NOT A SUBSTITUTE FOR THE TENDER OFFER DOCUMENTS.
IN CONNECTION WITH THE TENDER OFFER, EMMIS HAS COMMENCED AN OFFER TO ISSUE NEW 12% PIK SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2017 IN EXCHANGE FOR EMMIS’ 6.25% SERIES A CUMULATIVE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK (THE “EXCHANGE OFFER”). ALSO, IN CONNECTION WITH THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND THE TENDER OFFER, EMMIS IS SOLICITING PROXIES (THE “PROXY SOLICITATION”) FROM ITS COMMON AND PREFERRED SHAREHOLDERS TO VOTE IN FAVOR OF CERTAIN PROPOSED AMENDMENTS TO EMMIS’ ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION. THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND PROXY SOLICITATION HAVE BOTH COMMENCED PURSUANT TO A DEFINITIVE OFFER TO EXCHANGE, DEFINITIVE PROXY STATEMENT AND THEIR RESPECTIVE LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL AND OTHER RELATED MATERIALS, DATED JULY 6, 2010 (TOGETHER WITH AMENDMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTS THERETO, THE “EXCHANGE OFFER DOCUMENTS”, AND COLLECTIVELY WITH THE TENDER OFFER DOCUMENTS, THE “DISCLOSURE DOCUMENTS”) THAT WERE FILED UNDER COVER OF A COMBINED SCHEDULE TO/SCHEDULE 13E-3 TRANSACTION STATEMENT WITH THE SEC. THE EXCHANGE OFFER DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN DISTRIBUTED TO EMMIS’ SHAREHOLDERS, AND THIS PRESS RELEASE IS NOT A SUBSTITUTE FOR THE EXCHANGE OFFER DOCUMENTS.
SHAREHOLDERS AND INVESTORS SHOULD READ CAREFULLY THE DISCLOSURE DOCUMENTS BECAUSE THEY CONTAIN IMPORTANT INFORMATION, INCLUDING THE VARIOUS TERMS OF, AND CONDITIONS TO THE TENDER OFFER, THE EXCHANGE OFFER AND THE PROXY SOLICITATION (THE “TRANSACTIONS”). INVESTORS MAY OBTAIN FREE COPIES OF THE DISCLOSURE DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING THE LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL, AT THE SEC’S WEB SITE AT WWW.SEC.GOV. IN ADDITION, COPIES OF THE DISCLOSURE DOCUMENTS, INCLUDING THE LETTERS OF TRANSMITTAL, MAY BE OBTAINED FOR FREE BY DIRECTING SUCH REQUESTS TO BNY SHAREOWNER SERVICES, THE INFORMATION AGENT FOR THE TRANSACTIONS, AT 1-866-301-0524. SHAREHOLDERS ARE URGED TO CAREFULLY READ THESE MATERIALS PRIOR TO MAKING ANY DECISION WITH RESPECT TO THE TRANSACTIONS.
EMMIS AND ITS DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS AND OTHER MEMBERS OF MANAGEMENT AND EMPLOYEES MAY BE DEEMED TO BE PARTICIPANTS IN THE SOLICITATION OF PROXIES. INFORMATION REGARDING EMMIS’ DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS IS DETAILED IN ITS PROXY STATEMENTS AND ANNUAL REPORTS ON FORM 10-K. SUCH INFORMATION IS ALSO CONTAINED IN THE EXCHANGE OFFER DOCUMENTS.
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This press release includes information that could constitute forward-looking statements made pursuant to the safe harbor provision of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements include, among others, statements about Emmis’ beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, expectations, estimates and intentions that are subject to significant risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, many of which are beyond our control. The words “may,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan,” “target,” “goal,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements, by their nature, are subject to risks and uncertainties. Although Emmis believes that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are based upon reasonable assumptions, Emmis’ actual results could differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements.
Emmis’ ability to achieve its objectives could be adversely affected by the factors discussed in its Annual Report on Form 10-K, as amended, for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2010 and Definitive Proxy Statement/Offer to Exchange filed with the SEC on July 6, 2010, as well as, among others: (1) the occurrence of any event, change or other circumstances that could give rise to the inability to complete the proposed transactions described above due to the failure to satisfy the conditions required to complete the proposed transactions, (2) the outcome of any legal proceedings that have been and may be instituted against Emmis and others following announcement of the proposed transactions, (3) the ability to recognize the benefits of the proposed transactions, (4) the amount of the costs, fees, expenses and charges related to the proposed transactions, (5) general industry conditions such as the competitive environment, (6) regulatory matters and risks, (7) legislative developments, (8) changes in tax and other laws and the effect of changes in general economic conditions, (9) the risk that a condition to closing of the proposed transactions may not be satisfied, and (10) other risks to consummation of the proposed transactions, including the risk that the proposed transactions will not be consummated within the expected time period.
Many of the factors that will determine the outcome of the subject matter of this press release are beyond Emmis’ ability to control or predict. Emmis undertakes no obligation to revise or update any forward-looking statements, or to make any other forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law. Additional information regarding these risk factors and uncertainties is detailed from time to time in Emmis’ filings with the SEC, including but not limited to its Annual Report on Form 10-K, as amended, for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2010 and Definitive Proxy Statement/Offer to Exchange filed with the SEC on July 6, 2010. These filings are also available for viewing on Emmis’ website. To access this information on Emmis’ website, please visit www.emmis.com and click on “Investors”, “SEC Filings”.
Contact: Patrick M. Walsh Ryan A. Hornaday 317-266-0100
SOURCE Emmis Communications Corporation
Subject Codes: PC/t.100809084501346, PT/lang.en, PC/ticker, IN/RAD, IN/MLM, IN/PUB, IN/MAG, IN/ENT, SU/TNM, RE/Indiana, PC/priority.r, PC/category.f, PC/class.1242, PC/WAVO_….e., PC/APT_….e, PC/trade_e, PC/wavo5_e, PC/class.1134, PC/class.1278, PC/DataFeat_enter, PC/port_32, PC/Billing_FC1, PC/Billing_IND, PC/Billing_IRW, PC/Billing_RWB, PC/Billing_TNW, PC/1stAcc_956558, PC/bureau_CL, PC/port_01, PC/port_96, PC/port_31, PC/port_33, PC/port_19, PC/port_91, PC/contact, PC/website, PC/id_CL47664
Company Codes: NASDAQ-NMS:EMMS
-
Indy Transponder 29-JUN-10 2345z
[Aviation] (Indy Transponder™)70000 attended weekend air shows - St. Cloud Times The show featured the US Navy Blue Angels flight demonstration squadron, the F-22 Raptor and other aerobatics. Chapman said volunteers will finish taking Setup begins for air show-balloon event - Battle Creek Enquirer The annual rite of summer that is the Field of Flight Balloon Festival and Air Show begins Thursday, but there's plenty of preparation under way on the The Commemorative Air Force Tour to arrive in Cedar City - St. George ...
70000 attended weekend air shows - St. Cloud Times
The show featured the US Navy Blue Angels flight demonstration squadron, the F-22 Raptor and other aerobatics. Chapman said volunteers will finish taking ...
Setup begins for air show-balloon event - Battle Creek Enquirer
The annual rite of summer that is the Field of Flight Balloon Festival and Air Show begins Thursday, but there's plenty of preparation under way on the ...
The Commemorative Air Force Tour to arrive in Cedar City - St. George Daily Spectrum
... known as the “Ghost Squadron,” recreate, remind and reinforce the lessons learned from the defining moments in American military aviation history.”
CAF B-29 test flights postponed from General Aviation News
All test flights scheduled for the Commemorative Air Force’s B-29 Superfortress FIFI, on June 29 and 30, have been postponed until further notice. Due to a scheduling conflict, the FAA will not be able to issue a new Airworthiness Certificate for the B-29 Superfortress FIFI until next week at the earliest, CAF officials said, noting the certificate is required for FIFI to begin test flights. ...
Visit from B-17 brings WWII history to life - Muskego Now
Watching Aluminum Overcast, a B-17 bomber, fly overhead at the Wings Over Waukesha event brought New Berlin resident Howard Traeder back to ...
Rare WWII aircraft touch down at GEG - KXLY Spokane
The tour allows visitors to climb into the aircraft and sit at the controls of three historic warbirds: The Vintage Boeing B-17 Flying Fortress, ...
Selling airplane rides doesn`t pay in a big way - Fort Morgan Times
Just ask Eric Baldwin of Denver, who was offering rides in his open-cockpit Stearman biplane at Saturday`s fly-in at the Fort Morgan airport. ...
They answered the call - Hot Springs Village Voice
Tens of thousands of airmen, B-17 Flying Fortresses, B-24 Liberators, and fighter aircraft made the journey to England to create an air armada the likes of ...
2010 South Shore Air Show from Airplanes Channel
The South Shore Air Show will be held for the eleventh time this year, and enthusiasm and interest is already building up. Tickets for the preview parties to this phenomenal show have already gone on sale, and this year ...
Preview: Windermere Air Show - Westmorland Gazette
A FEAST of aerial acrobatics and neck-craning displays will draw thousands of people to the tenth Windermere Air Show on July 24 and 25. ...
EAA's AirVenture to Include 2 Hot Air Balloon Launches - WTAQ
The EAA's annual AirVenture show in Oshkosh is about a month away – and this year, it will include two big launches of hot air balloons. ...
Dells Raceway Park: A penny makes the difference - WISBusiness
Excitement was at its peak Saturday night at Dells Raceway Park. Starting off the evening's activities was a flyover by the Scream'n Rebel Airshow Team. This team has honored Veterans by attending events and airshows throughout the Midwest for over 10 years. The four vintage planes were used in training during WWII and are individually owned, maintained, and flown by their dedicated pilots. ...
92-year-old pilot is oldest air show racer - WTOP
At age 92, Ruby Sheldon was the oldest pilot in the three-day 34th Annual Air Race Classic that touched down in Frederick last week. ...
The pivotal leg by warriorwomen2010
Hot Springs to Cameron was our make it or break it leg. We knew that if we could make this leg…with enough time to get to Carbondale, IL….we would have a shot. Problem was: we had WEATHER! A line of ...
Checking in with… Heather Taylor from AOPA Pilot Blog: Reporting Points
When last I talked to Heather Taylor, the director of the documentary “Breaking Through the Clouds,” it was still 2009, the doc was still named “Ragwing Derby,” and Taylor was working hard to finish it up for a hoped-for screening at EAA AirVenture. Flash-forward to June 26, 2010: The documentary is finished, retitled “Breaking Through the Clouds,” and was screened to a very appreciative audience at Hood College, Taylor’s alma mater (and mine).
It was a fantastic experience on many levels. For 12 years, Taylor has been researching and weaving together ...
Making Arctic history from www.aviation.ca
A CC-177 Globemaster III made Arctic history on June 22, 2010, when it arrived in Resolute Bay, Nunavut, during a northern resupply mission to Thule, Greenland, and Canadian Forces Station (CFS) Alert.
The stop in Resolute Bay provided reconnaissance of the airfield in preparation for future strategic airlift support to Operation Nanook, resupply to CFS Alert and other CF activities in the north. ...
The right stuff image - The best of aviation and spacecraft (photos) - CNET News
If you're a geek and you're in the nation's capital, one of the must-sees is definitely the Smithsonian National Air and Space Museum. Located just west of the U.S. Capitol, the museum is an absolute treasure trove of aviation and space artifacts.
CNET reporter Daniel Terdiman came through this week as part of Road Trip 2010 and made sure to spend some time looking at some of the most famous airplanes in history. ...
The National Air and Space Museum at the Smithsonian Folklife Festival from AirSpace
National Air and Space Museum staff contribute to many larger Smithsonian efforts during any given year. For example, this year the Smithsonian Folklife Festival staff came calling. The 2010 Festival running June 24-28 and July 1-5, features the “culture” of the Smithsonian. “Smithsonian Inside Out” allows visitors to interact with Smithsonian experts and get a glimpse behind-the-Castle-doors, so to speak. ...
Learn about rockets and space during Family Day
from National Museum of the USAF Top Stories | Commemorate the anniversaries of the Apollo 11 and Apollo 15 moon landings while learning about rocketry and space flight during Family Day at the National Museum of the U.S. Air Force on July 17.
"Storytime" begins at 11:30 a.m. and 1:15 p.m. in the Early Years Gallery. Preschool and primary-grade children are invited to sit under the wings of airplanes and listen to stories about rockets and space. Participants will be able to build their own paper rocket decorations. ...
‘Final Flight’ to be released soon from General Aviation News
A new book, “Final Flight: The Mystery of a WWII Plane Crash and the Frozen Airmen in the High Sierra,” will be released in September. The book explores the true-life mystery uncovered in 2005, when two mountaineers climbing above Mendel Glacier in the High Sierra found the mummified remains of a uniformed World War II US airman frozen in the ice. ...
Solar Impulse All-Nighter July 1 from CAFE Foundation Blog
Solar Impulse is set to attempt its first night flight on Thursday, July 1, 2010.
Weather conditions are ”Favourable for attempting the first night flight on solar energy,” according to the Solar Impulse web site. ”The situation continues to look good and the likelihood of seeing the HB-SIA take off on July 1st and land back in the early morning 2nd July is increasingly probable.” ...
Next step test flights of Solar Impulse: The night flight from Passion pour l'aviation
Flying without fuel, that's a crazy, almost impossible to reject in all areas limits of current technology ... This project is called Solar Impulse.
Initially, a crazy gamble: the ambition to circumnavigate the world in a solar aircraft without fuel. In a world dependent on fossil fuel, the project Solar Impulse is a paradox, almost a provocation: it aims to take off and fly autonomously, day and night, an airplane powered only by solar energy, to make a round the world without fuel ...
Terrafugia Flying Car Gets FAA Approval - Jalopnik | Terrafugia Flying Car Gets FAA ApprovalThe FAA's granted the Terrafugia Transition roadable airplane the exemption it needs to bring us closer to our dream of flying cars.
The Terrafugia's been the best hope for a flying car since it made its maiden voyage last March. The vehicle is a two-seater plane powered by regular unleaded gas from your corner Shell station. When flown, the front propeller allows the Transition to travel at a speed of approximately 115 mph for a range of around 450 miles. ...
Future Warbird? Terrafugia CEO Carl Dietrich – Warbird Radio LIVE! – Wednesday
from WarbirdRadio.com | WEDNESDAY – Perhaps the best IFR airplane ever created… If it’s too bad to fly home the Transition can drive home. Terrafugia CEO Carl Dietrich joins us to dicuss their roadable airplane and much more. Could this be a future warbird? Find out tomorrow on Warbird Radio LIVE at 10am (EDT). Your calls and questions are [...]
Uncontrolled Airspace #192 "Alumagami"
Jack's in Las Vegas for his annual visit, once again overlooking the GA ramp of the big airport... A strange shaped airplane... California flight instructors under attach... and a flock of off-field-landings. All this and more on Uncontrolled Airspace #192 "Alumagami"
Antonov An-22 Antei from Planeshots
Great Minnesota Air Show from Airline Pilot Central Forums
Comina air show from Military Photos
Quad City Airshow 2010 from FenceCheck Forums
Messerschmitt Me109 - Mariusz Sz. from section Military aircrafts
My first multiengine training from Pilots of America Message Board >>>
-
COVER- Wise guys: Ayers, Onuf and Balogh shed robes for radio
[Virginia] (Readthehook.com - Current Articles)The history guys PHOTO BY TOM COGILLIf you'd asked historians Brian Balogh, Peter Onuf, and Ed Ayers six years ago how they'd feel about becoming popular radio personalities, they would have laughed it off as a joke. Well, in fact, someone did ask, and they did laugh. Heartily. At the time, all three were employed at the University of Virginia as accomplished colleagues who collectively had penned enough books to fill a small library and had garnered enough honors-- academic and literary-- to wa ...
If you'd asked historians Brian Balogh, Peter Onuf, and Ed Ayers six years ago how they'd feel about becoming popular radio personalities, they would have laughed it off as a joke. Well, in fact, someone did ask, and they did laugh. Heartily.
The history guys
PHOTO BY TOM COGILLAt the time, all three were employed at the University of Virginia as accomplished colleagues who collectively had penned enough books to fill a small library and had garnered enough honors-- academic and literary-- to wallpaper any remaining walls in that library.
But host a radio show?
"I thought it was crazy," laughs Ayers, now president of the University of Richmond.
"I don't think history is funny," Onuf says he replied when the idea for what would become BackStory with the American History Guys was first floated past him following a history symposium at which he and Ayers had presented.
And Balogh says the idea seemed so terrible at first that, in a strange way, he couldn't resist.
"It was pitched in a way that made me laugh and convinced me it would never work," he recalls, admitting he agreed only because it sounded like it would be fun-- at least until it failed. "How bad could it be to sit around and talk about history?" he wondered.
Since the first episode aired in June 2008 on a single station, the show has racked up rave reviews and awards from organizations such as the Federation of State Humanities Councils and Public Radio Exchange. Early on, it was singled out on iTunes as a "staff favorite," and the latest holiday show, "Naughty and Nice," held the front page of the iTunes Store's podcast page, leading to almost 90,000 downloads and helping the show earn sponsorship by the History Channel.
Perhaps more significantly, it's built an ever increasing listenership. The show's July 4, 2009 episode, "Independence Daze," aired on twenty-seven public radio stations from Cape Cod to Sioux City to San Francisco, and introduced listeners to the history behind America's most patriotic holiday and the traditions that accompany it. The show has been carried on 86 stations in 35 states plus the District of Columbia.
If the show's executive producer has his way, the "guys"-- Onuf is "Eighteenth-Century Guy," Ayers is "Nineteenth-Century Guy" and Balogh is "Twentieth-Century Guy"-- will soon be on air weekly in all 50 states, bantering, interviewing prestigious intellectuals and common folk, taking calls from listeners, and, most importantly, says Onuf, "having a ball."
The show's success has been surprising even to the man who first envisioned it as he was exploring opportunities in radio programming at the Virginia Foundation for the Humanities in the fall of 2004.
"I knew both Ed and Peter," says Andrew Wyndham, director of media programs at VFH and BackStory's executive producer. "They're both brilliant guys," he says, "and I thought, if these two came together, we could have the makings of an extraordinary radio show, given their chemistry."
After some initial good-humored resistance, in the summer of 2005 Ayers and Onuf agreed to give the show a try-- but with one caveat.
"They both said we need a third guy who will be our twentieth-century expert," Wyndham recalls. Ayers and Onuf already had that expert in mind: their UVA history department colleague and Ayers's basketball buddy, Brian Balogh.
"I was a little worried about having three voices," Wyndham admits, but when Balogh arrived for a meeting with Ayers, Onuf, and Wyndham to discuss the idea, "it was obvious that they really set off each other's energy-- it was happening right there in front of me," Wyndham says. "They were making quips, coming up with ideas, generating thought after thought."Settling on the show's hosts, however, would prove to be the lowest hurdle to leap as the four worked to take the concept from inception to airwaves.
By spring 2006, they'd created a 30-minute demo called The History Guys, featuring questions from callers and several regular segments, including "Gear from Yesteryear," examining technology and tools from the past, and "Kidding Around with History," featuring children and teens. That first foray won them their first grant: $30,000 from UVA alumni through the office of UVA's president. A year later, an expanded one-hour prototype reaped even more money: $130,000 from another UVA fund, plus several individual donations.
But when they submitted their sample to various public radio stations for feedback, the reception, Wyndham says, wasn't as warm.
"They came back to us and said, ‘There's potential here, but it's not there yet.'"
Among the suggestions: that each episode needed a coherent theme and that the three hosts needed to "differentiate." And that wasn't all.
"The biggest suggestion was to have a dedicated staff of people who have experience in producing shows and who can make this sing," says Wyndham, who raised enough money to hire three full-time radio professionals, including the show's producer, Tony Field, in early 2008.
"The challenge with these guys has been working with them to find their voice as radio professionals instead of as professors," says Field, who'd been an associate producer at On the Media, a one-hour National Public Radio show offering media criticism and analysis. Since his hiring, Field also has worked to develop a vibrant and interactive web presence for the new show at backstoryradio.org. But there's a flip side to that challenge as well.
"A lot of exciting opportunities have presented themselves because of that," says Field, explaining that many of the intellectual powerhouses guesting on the show are lured in by the idea of being interviewed by fellow scholars instead of journalists and radio hosts.
"There's a little more spontaneity and a little more seriousness" in the interviews, says Yale history professor David Blight, an authority on the U.S. Civil War, whose interview on the "Independence Daze" episode covered Frederick Douglass's famed 1852 Fourth of July speech in which the freed slave offered his audience the scathing reminder that, because of his skin color, "the Fourth of July is yours, not mine."
The three hosts of BackStory "are taking talk radio and TV culture," says Blight, "and infusing it with some serious historical understanding."
Which isn't to say the guys understand everything. In that same July 4 episode, a caller asks why the 1812 Overture, by the Russian composer Tchaikovsky, is associated with America's holiday.
"We looked at each other, pointed at each other," says Balogh, admitting the question stumped all three. "We don't pretend to be experts on everything under the sun." (It turns out that a July 4, 1974, performance of the overture by the Arthur Fiedler-conducted Boston Pops Orchestra, accompanied by cannons and fireworks, sparked the tradition.)
The latest BackStory episode, "Scales of Justice," the history of Supreme Court nominations, will air Saturday, June 26 at 4pm on WMRA (103.5FM in Charlottesville). The show will also air on June 29 at 7:30pm on WVTF (89.3FM in Charlottesville) and on Radio IQ (88.5FM) at 7pm on July 3 and 4.

The show's producer, Tony Field, and the creator, Andrew Wyndham.
PHOTO BY HAWES SPENCER
Peter Onuf-- aka 18th Century Guy
PHOTO BY TOM COGILL
Ed Ayers-- aka 19th Century Guy
PHOTO BY TOM COGILL
Brian Balogh-- aka 20th Century Guy
PHOTO BY TOM COGILLAlthough the history of holidays have anchored several BackStory episodes, other episodes take a ripped from-the-headlines approach including "Panic! A history of Financial Crisis," "From Whales to Wind: A History of Energy," and "The More Things Change: The History of Presidential Transitions."
But sometimes, serendipity creates its own drama. For Ayers, it was a surprise caller during their Mother's Day program.
"They said, ‘It's Billie from Kingsport, Tennessee,'" laughs Ayers. He admits it took him a moment to realize that the caller who asked, "What do three men know about motherhood, anyway?" was Ayers's own octogenarian mother, a retired teacher, who then discussed with the guys the merits of mothers working versus staying at home.
In the course of that program, the guys addressed a question from another caller, who was planning to conceive, and wondered when the societal pressure to be a perfect mother began. For the record, the guys agree that the pressure likely started in the nineteenth century, when a mother's role was essentially that of a "proto-Harvard business school"-- raising boys into men who would be leaders in society. Girls, the guys noted, also needed an education so they would later be able to raise their own accomplished sons.
During the show's Memorial Day episode on the history of death and mourning, Ayers says, he visited a very special grave site: his own. The University of Richmond has a special plot for deceased presidents in historic Hollywood Cemetery.
"That's what I like about the show," says Ayers, a Yale graduate with a Tennessee twang. "It doesn't take itself too seriously."
Balogh, too, holds one show at least slightly above the rest: the Thanksgiving program in which he interviewed his sports idol, 1970s Dallas Cowboys legend Roger Staubach, to find out what it was like to have spent a decade of Thanksgivings on the gridiron. "I don't get to interview Roger Staubach every day," he notes.
For Onuf, the joy of interviewing guests is at least matched by the pleasure of the studio repartee, a pleasure that's obvious as the three men banter during a summer recording session, ribbing each other over whose century is superior until a producer reins them in.
"The thing I love most is when we surprise each other, including ourselves, with something weird, off-the-wall, some weird angle," Onuf says. "The times when we're doing our chops as historians. There's that kind of excitement."
Such chops are on display in a year-ago episode, "Black & White: The Idea of Racial Purity," when Balogh asks his two cohosts about the origins of the concept of race.
They trace it from the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, when ethnicity was a far more powerful defining force than race, through slavery and emancipation, and on into the twentieth century. They discuss the 1967 Supreme Court decision in Loving v. Virginia, which declared antimiscegenation laws unconstitutional, and note that themes of racial identity became increasingly common in works by twentieth-century authors, including William Faulkner and George Orwell.
Yet for all the intellectual stimulation the show offers its hosts, it places grueling demands on their time, particularly considering all three men are already gainfully employed. Eight to 10 hours of studio recordings are edited to fit into each one-hour episode; and there have been several times when it appeared the show might itself have become history.
Nearly three years ago-- as they were struggling to retool the show's format-- Ayers assumed the presidency at the University of Richmond following his tenure as dean of UVA's School of Arts and Sciences. The move and long hours at the new job threatened to derail the fledgling radio program. Onuf soon chimed in with some news of his own: He'd been offered a visiting professorship at Oxford University in England.
"I really thought that might be it," says Wyndham.
In stepped what might be considered "Twenty-first-Century Guy": technology.
Setting up home sound studios for Onuf in England and Ayers in Richmond allowed recording to continue. "I've been surprised," Balough says, "at how easily we adapted to being in three different places."
And with Onuf now returned from his year overseas and Ayers just an hour away from the show's Charlottesville home base, the future of BackStory, says Wyndham, looks especially bright. Various grants and donations have allowed the program to meet its current $190,000 annual budget, and the guys have taken the show on the road. Last June, they recorded before a live audience in Charlottesville, and since then have done live shows in New Hampshire, Richmond, and again in Charlottesville at Monticello, with an additional recording scheduled for October in Colonial Williamsburg.
Wyndham hopes BackStory will run weekly by next summer and that they'll be able to convince the eighty-six stations that have already carried at least one episode to sign on permanently, although he acknowledges the current economic climate means meeting that goal won't be a cakewalk. "It's a tough time to be breaking in a new show in public radio," he sighs.
For their parts, Balogh, Onuf, and Ayers seem to have made peace with their unexpected success-- even as the show's growth may put increasing demands on their already limited time.
"I put that in the ‘trouble in paradise' category," says Balogh.
Six years after they were first asked what seemed to be a silly question, indeed, they are well on their way to becoming radio stars. And, to their great delight, all three guys are still laughing.
~
Hook senior editor Courteney Stuart originally penned a version of this story for the November/December issue of Humanities, the magazine of the National Endowment of the Humanities.
#
-
"Why Margaret Thatcher is Sexier than Sarah Palin": On Irony and the Iron Lady
[News] (True/Slant Network Activity)A familiar British accent---plummy, Oxonian, with a slight raspiness that hints, to those who know the backstory, at the daily, liberal use of Rothmans Blue King Canadian cigarettes and Johnny Walker Black Label---was coming out of my radio. Talking about being spanked by Margaret Thatcher. And liking it. It was Christopher Hitchens, promoting [1]his just-published memoir, Hitch-22, on The Leonard Lopate Show [2]. He was telling---and not for the last time, I suspect---the story that pract ...
A familiar British accent---plummy, Oxonian, with a slight raspiness that hints, to those who know the backstory, at the daily, liberal use of Rothmans Blue King Canadian cigarettes and Johnny Walker Black Label---was coming out of my radio. Talking about being spanked by Margaret Thatcher. And liking it. It was Christopher Hitchens, promoting [1]his just-published memoir, Hitch-22, on The Leonard Lopate Show [2]. He was telling---and not for the last time, I suspect---the story that practically every American review of the book has managed to mention [3], and telling it with a relish that may not have been entirely unrehearsed. The more his host squirmed at the salaciousness of the story, and at Hitchens's X-rated flights of fancy (this, after all, was public radio, home of the pledge-drive tote bag and the Weekend Edition lapel pin), the more Hitch seemed to be enjoying himself. Leonard Lopate: You also tell the story about getting a spanking from Margaret Thatcher. Christopher Hitchens: Yes, I've had physical contact with Mrs. Thatcher---Baroness Thatcher. Lopate: Were you an admirer? Hitchens: Sexually, I was; not politically. Lopate: You thought she was attractive, physically attractive? The Iron Lady? Hitchens: When she was first elected as leader, most of the press...thought the Tories had gone mad and they'd chosen this shrill, suburban housewife; everyone wrote in this rather snobbish way about her. Well, they must have been wrong, mustn't they, because she went on to change the course of events very dramatically, and British society. And I thought I was earlier than most to see that she had something charismatic, I would say, that was partly sexual. She had the most beautiful skin I've ever seen on a woman, and amazingly beautiful eyes. Lopate: Well, people say the same thing about Sarah Palin; do you support Sarah Palin because of that? Hitchens: No, she's got no charisma of any kind. I can imagine her being mildly useful to a low-rent porn director. Mrs. Thatcher, you see, would be no good in that way; you can't picture it. But you've already pictured Sarah Palin, haven't you? [4]Margaret Thatcher. Found on the Web; all rights reserved. First, to the spanking: as Hitchens told NPR host Scott Simon (who introduced him as "a socialist who found Margaret Thatcher sexy") on another whistlestop on his promotional tour, he and the prime minister met at a House of Lords event when the post-9/11 libertarian hawk and vorpal swordsman of the New Atheism was lefter than he is now. Hitchens had written an article for The New Statesman in which he argued, "contrary to the prevailing view at the time, which was that she was a frumpish suburban housewife of no talent, that I thought she had a great future, and that among other things I thought she had some kind of charisma which was highly sexual." Apparently, the Iron Lady had caught wind of it, and welcomed Hitch into her gently smiling jaws. Talk turned to Rhodesia/Zimbabwe policy, as it so often does; he was right, she was wrong, but ever the gentleman, Hitch bowed to acknowledge the Lady's point. And then she said---I can still hear it---she said: "No, bow lower." So, all volition deserting me, I did bow lower, and then straightened up again. She said: "No, no, much lower." So again, I found myself sort of bending right forward. There were witnesses to this, as I say in the book. And all the while she'd been rolling up a parliamentary audit paper...[and] smacked me right across my bottom. And then, as I regained the vertical with some difficulty, she walked away, rolling her hip---I swear it---and looked over her shoulder and said: "Naughty boy." "(Soundbite of laughter)," notes the NPR transcript. What, exactly, is going on here? I'm not referring to the near-universal inability to believe that the Hitchens tongue was not firmly in the Hitchens cheek when he suggested that Thatcher, in her prime, might have been attractive or---cue the shrieking Psycho strings---sexy, even. De gustibus non est disputandum, as they say. The more interesting question is: Why does a certain sort of Englishman squirm with delight at the thought of being taken in hand and sharply disciplined by Milton Friedman's idea of Emma Peel? And the flip answer is: the English Vice, French prostitutes' wry term for caning or spanking as sadomasochistic sex play. The Freudian roots of this fetish lie in the liberal use of the birch in the country's all-male prep schools (private schools, in American parlance, though the English perversely insist on calling them "public" schools). One source explains [5], "The English 'public' school system used corporal punishment for many years and and it is claimed that many an English schoolboy acquired a taste for such treatment that carried on into his adult life. You may recall Swinburne's many references to Eton's block and 'birching,' claiming that his own proclivity for that particular pasttime had been cultivated by such school practices." In Hitch-22, Hitchens exhumes memories of his public-school years, which may have given him an appreciation for the sexual frisson of a good thrashing, whether administered with a parliamentry audit paper or something...stiffer. Certainly, in his Vanity Fair essay on Eton [6], the Vatican of homoerotic flagellation, he approaches the subject with a suspicious eagerness, describing the "flogging block over which boys were stretched to be thrashed with a birch rod until they streamed with blood" with a zeal reminiscent of Foucault's gorenographic description, in Discipline and Punish, of the drawing quartering of the regicide. (Premonitions of his later fondness for B&D?) Hitchens: "And here in the [Eton] museum is an actual block, complete with birch. (Algernon Charles Swinburne never got over his obsession with this ritual of punishment, and produced reams of flagellomaniac verse under the pseudonym Etoniensis.)" [7]The Kinks, Schoolboys in Disgrace (1976). All rights reserved. History repeats itself, first as punishment, then as pleasure. Fascinatingly, Hitchens isn't the only Englishman to have fallen prey to Attila the Hen, as her detractors called her. In his review of Hugo Young's Thatcher biography, The Iron Lady, Martin Amis quotes his father Kingsley, who thought Thatcher's beauty "so extreme that...it can trap me for a split second into thinking I am looking at a science-fiction illustration of some time ago showing the beautiful girl who has become President of the Solar Federation in the year 2200. The fact that it is not a sensual or sexy beauty does not make it a less sexual beauty, and that sexuality is still, I think, an underrated factor in her appeal (or repellence)." [8]Found on the Web; all rights reserved. At a loss to explain his father's Thatcherphilia, the younger Amis wonders if it has to do with the aphrodisiac effects of power or "another cliche: the English love of chastisement." The poet Philip Larkin was in thrall to Thatcher's enchantments as well, says Amis. When the poet and the P.M. met, she quoted one of his lines back at him: "All the unhurried day/ your mind lay open like a drawer of knives." The poem from which it came, Amis notes, "is addressed to a Victorian waif who has been drugged and raped." And who said Mrs. Thatcher hadn't a flirtatious bone in her body? This is unmistakably a pick-up line. Of course, it's Jack the Ripper's idea of a pick-up line, but still. So maybe Mrs. Thatcher's attractions, lost on this product of American public education in 1970s Southern California, are the attractions of the expensive call girl who plays the stern disciplinarian, chastising her naughty boys into an ecstasy of agony. Of course, Hitchens's professed weakness in the knees regarding the Iron Lady may be ironic, an underhanded way of highlighting his foe's ideological unattractiveness by making us laugh at the very idea of Maggie as a hottie. Except she isn't. His foe, that is. As he writes [9] in Hitch-22, "The worst of 'Thatcherism,' as I was beginning by degrees to discover, was...the uneasy but unbanishable feeling that on some essential matters she might be right." Perhaps Mrs. Thatcher cast a spell on the youthful Hitch because he saw his future, right-er self reflected in those raptor eyes? Likewise, the sci-fi novelist J.G. Ballard's eyebrow-raising insistence that Mrs. Thatcher always made his heart flutter looks, from a distance, like calculated outrageousness. When the going gets weird, the weird get normal---knowingly normal, pushing the pose to the point of abnormalcy. Ballard is best known for novels like Crash, about fetishists whose special pleasure is the car crash, and stories with titles like "Jane Fonda's Augmentation Mammoplasty," a clinical account of the, er, titular operation. For an aesthetic provocateur of his reputation, living quietly in a semi-detached house in the yawningly unremarkable London suburb of Shepperton and proclaiming your mad love for Maggie, She-Wolf of the Neocons, is the best revenge. Only the unimaginative Think Outside the Box; the truly perverse can make thinking inside it look positively depraved. That's why Throbbing Gristle's seemingly irony-free obsession with Abba was Throbbing Gristle at its weirdest, just as David Bowie in a suit straight off the rack at Sears, singing "Little Drummer Boy" with an embalmed Bing Crosby, is weirder by far than Bowie in a feather bustier, with his eyebrows shaved off, singing "I Got You, Babe" to Marianne Faithfull in Mother Superior drag. The genius of Ballard's very public crush on the Iron Lady, passionately expressed in his writings and interviews, is that we never know if it's an elaborate prank or the sincere expression of a man who was aristically radical and culturally liberal but on some issues politically conservative, in a reflexive way that has little to do with ideology and more to do with class and age. Is he putting us on when he writes, his artistic credo, "What I Believe," I believe in the mysterious beauty of Margaret Thatcher, in the arch of her nostrils and the sheen on her lower lip; in the melancholy of wounded Argentine conscripts; in the haunted smiles of filling station personnel; in my dream of Margaret Thatcher caressed by that young Argentine soldier in a forgotten motel watched by a tubercular filling station attendant. Is he the adoring fan or the Swiftian social satirist when he tells a interviewer [10], "I've always admired [Prime Minister Thatcher] enormously. I always found her extremely mysterious and attractive at the same time. I think she exerts a powerful sexual spell, and I'm not alone. I think there are a lot of men who find themselves driven to distraction by the mystery of Margaret Thatcher. [...] She taps very deep levels of response. There are elements of La Belle Dame Sans Merci---the merciless muse---in her. Also the archetype of the Medusa. [...] She's the nanny, she's the headmistress, and she's school-marmy as well. I think her appeal goes far beyond...it's a very ambiguous appeal. She represents all these sort of half-stages--half-conscious, primordial forces . . . that she certainly tapped." Ambiguous is the word. Ballard, a staunch supporter of Thatcher's military action in the Falklands, seems to approve of the P.M.'s decisive leadership and British-bulldog willingness to stand up to threats on the world stage. At the same time, his Jungian and Freudian points of reference---the femme fatale, the emasculating Medusa, the maternal schoolmarm who is also a birch-wielding headmistress, come to take her naughty boys in hand---is deeply ambivalent. Male Thatcherphilia is always unsettled by its latent homoeroticism; the man who thrills to Maggie's cruel sneer, who dreams of being dominated by the nation's headmistress, also wonders about the deeper implications of his attraction to an Iron Lady whose sexual sizzle owes a lot to her symbolic masculinity---that is, her appropriation of male power, in the same way that much of a dungeon mistress's voltage is as semiotic as it is purely physical, its zap greatly enhanced by vestments of butch power like jackboots and riding crop. All that's missing is the femdom [11]strap-on. Amis makes this point explicitly in his review of the Young biography, when he points out that Yassir Arafat's joking sobriquet for Thatcher was "the Iron Man"; even the roaring poster woman for Second Wave feminism, Gloria Steinem, when told that the English never thought they'd have a female prime minister, snapped back, "They were right." Amis notes the pervasive worry that "one day Mrs. T. will start heading for the wrong toilet." Of course, the insinuation that an assertive, decisive woman who knows her mind and speaks it, and who can lead a nation and project its military power as authoritatively as an man, is too manly to be all woman is sexism of the most drearily commonplace sort. There's a ha-ha-only-serious subtext to Stephen Colbert's introduction to his Glamour magazine list of "10 Women with 'Lady Balls,'" topped, of course, by Thatcher. "Good news, girls!" he writes. "You don't have to be a man to have balls. You can be a lady and have 'lady balls,' or what I like to call 'Thatchers,' after England's Iron Lady, who had a lordly pair of lead swingers." Likewise, the right-wing attack pundit Anne Coulter is dogged by the persistent rumor that she is, in fact, a transman, a secret hidden in plain sight, in her critics' eyes, who see evidence that she was not born female in her allegedly knobby wristbones and supposedly overlarge Adam's apple. The implication is clear: strong, successful women are only strong and successful to the extent that they overcome the failings of the weaker sex, at which point they're derided for for their mannishness. Conversely, Hitchens's insistence on Thatcher's beauty, like many such protestations by men of various political persuasions, can be read as another sort of sexism, one that insists on sexualizing, and thereby diminishing, a powerful woman---reducing her, as always, to exquisite skin, arresting eyes, a rolling hip. Intriguingly, Hitchens hints that his early insistence on Thatcher's sexually charged charisma, at a time when the media elite were peering haughtily down their noses at the grocer's daughter from Grantham, was a shot across the bow of privilege in England's never-ending class war, and therefore a victory for the socialism Hitchens espoused in those long-ago days. What makes the mystery of sexiness so impenetrable is its overdetermined nature; it has only partly to do with the physical. For this writer, for example, the mind is an erogenous zone. In all fairness, Mrs. Thatcher's skillful cut-and-thrust during Prime Minister's Questions bespeaks a nimble intellect, and her academic achievements (degrees in chemistry and law), and apparent interest in ideas (a habit her dear, dense friend Ronnie Reagan never managed to acquire) are commendable. Sadly, though, the contents of that mind are crushingly dull, depressing in their utter predictability: Friedrich von Hayek? Check. Milton Friedman? Check. A truly sexy mind ranges beyond the shopworn curriculum of its ideological worldview and questions itself, even. (Even so, Hitchens is right in saying that Thatcher has more sizzle than Palin: as a conservative MP, she was at least polymorphously perverse enough to support the decriminalization of homosexuality and to vote in favor of abortion rights; Palin, by contrast, is as original a thinker as was ever soldered together by Disney Imagineers and programmed by Focus on the Family.) Sadly, then, those of us who thrill to intellectual arousal---especially those of us on the left---are fated to remain immune to the Iron Lady's charms, such as they are. That cruel mouth, whose downturned corners look as if they were incised with a knife, always struck me as perfectly apt for a pitiless slasher of social programs, sworn foe of trade unionism, devout believer in the economic shock treatment prescribed by neo-liberalism (a theory whose stringent application had a disastrous effect on England's working poor), and bosom friend of Augusto Pinochet, whom she lauded for "bringing democracy to Chile [12]" (presumably by shutting down his nation's parliament, banning trade unions, and persuading 3,200 of his political critics of the error of their ways by disappearing them into unmarked graves [13]). Aren't the eyes the windows of the soul? If so, in what sense is that blood-congealing stare sexy? The envy of any basilisk, it could render a man impotent at a hundred paces. Maybe it's just my left knee jerking, but there's no desert island small enough to make me see Margaret Thatcher the sneering moral absolutist and heartless downsizer, eager to give the intransigent laborers and the shiftless poor a good thrashing, as a hottie. But I can easily imagine Maggie in a crush [14]video, her stout, sensible shoe stamping on a human face---forever. [15]Thatcher puppet, from the British TV show Spitting Image; all rights reserved. [1] http://beta.wnyc.org/shows/lopate/2010/jun/04/christopher-hitchens/ [2] http://beta.wnyc.org/shows/lopate/ [3] http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2AXV3BVXcWc&feature=player_embedded [4] http://trueslant.com/markdery/files/2010/06/0.jpg [5] http://www.drweevil.org/archives/000216.html [6] http://www.vanityfair.com/culture/features/2008/11/hitchens200811 [7] http://trueslant.com/markdery/files/2010/06/KinksSchoolboysinDisgrace.jpg [8] http://trueslant.com/markdery/files/2010/06/maggie-t.jpg [9] http://www.vanityfair.com/culture/features/2010/06/hitchens-201006?printable=true [10] http://autohand.blogspot.com/2009/04/mark-pauline-interviewing-jg-ballard.html [11] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Female_dominance [12] http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/uk_news/304516.stm [13] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Chile_under_Pinochet#Human_rights_violations [14] http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Crush_fetish [15] http://trueslant.com/markdery/files/2010/06/2872874515_18141a3151.jpg -
Lev Tolstoy: world literature’s first pop star, Oleg Yuriev
[Citizen Journalism] (openDemocracy)Lev Tolstoy was the first pop star of world literature, and his fame in the West in the late 19th – early 20th century is indescribable As we know, the main engine of modern cultural life is the celebration of anniversaries. Without anniversaries, who would have any idea what classic authors should be republished, re-translated or re-filmed? A good half of today’s meagre cultural sections in the newspapers would be empty. Let us ask ourselves in good conscience: would we remember the fall of ...
Lev Tolstoy was the first pop star of world literature, and his fame in the West in the late 19th – early 20th century is indescribable
As we know, the main engine of modern cultural life is the celebration of anniversaries. Without anniversaries, who would have any idea what classic authors should be republished, re-translated or re-filmed? A good half of today’s meagre cultural sections in the newspapers would be empty. Let us ask ourselves in good conscience: would we remember the fall of the Berlin wall, the first space flight or the Second World War if it weren’t for the anniversaries of these events mentioned in the newspapers, on radio, television and the internet? Anniversaries are essentially the only link our merry thoughtless civilisation has with its past.
Had it not been 100 years since the death of Count Lev Nikolaevich Tolstoy, for instance, would the British newspaper Daily Telegraph have published two whole articles about him? Certainly not!
They are very interesting articles, which paint a picture of how badly the Tolstoy centenary is being celebrated in Russia. And how well elsewhere.
The first article, by Lisa Grainger, was published on 7 March 2010. She compares Russia with the West, where “new translations of Anna Karenina will be published in four languages. A 100-volume collection of his works is about to be unveiled, and 22 works are to be translated into English. And The Last Station, an Oscar-nominated film about the last two years of the writer's life, has just opened”.
But she also compares Russia with Mexico and Cuba, those paragons of democracy and communism respectively. “Mexico and Cuba have organized book fairs dedicated to him” [Tolstoy], while in Moscow “there are no Tolstoy trails, few English-speaking Tolstoy guides and no visitor information in languages other than Russian”.
The extent of the journalist’s historical knowledge is well illustrated by the phrase: “Tolstoy may have died 100 years ago, but the novelist excites more interest now than he ever has.”
Lev Tolstoy was the first pop star of world literature, and his fame in the West in the late 19th – early 20th century is indescribable, and of course not at all comparable with his present modest fame as a classic writer among other classic writers, to be taken down from dusty shelves when his anniversary comes around.
Tolstoy’s fame during his lifetime was undoubtedly due to more than his literary output. He was a count, a genius, the founder of a new religion, who walked barefoot behind the plough and taught peasant children to read. From time to time he wrote instructive and reproving letters to the Tsar; his religious and moral tracts were published abroad. He attracted keen interest from Western newspapers and news agencies. Journalists, both Russian and Western, constantly came to his home at Yasnaya Polyana to interview Tolstoy or photograph him for postcards. They even filmed him with film cameras, which had just been invented.
His departure from Yasnaya Polyana and death at a railway station could well be called death live on air. There was no television at the time, of course, but an increasing number of newspapers around the world used the telegraph to inform their readers twice a day (in the morning and evening editions) about developing events. So Lisa Grainger evidently doesn’t know much about her chosen subject. She naively suggests that the Russian Orthodox Church is to blame for what she deems insufficient respect for Tolstoy. Well, the church is a wealthy institution; it may be influential among certain groups of the Moscow intelligentsia, but on the whole has little direct effect of the life of society. She then goes on to describe Yasnaya Polyana, Tolstoy’s estate, and the Tolstoy museum in Moscow. This is, after all, the “Travel” section.
The second article in Daily Telegraph appeared two and a half weeks after the first one, and carried the very direct headline: “Russia abandons literary past, ignoring Tolstoy's centenary”. Surprisingly enough, the author, Andrew Osborn, simply copies the main arguments and information from his colleague:
“Tolstoy is better appreciated in the West, academics claim, even though Western readers discovered classics such as War and Peace a good century after their Russian counterparts.
“Countries as disparate as Cuba and Mexico have already organized Tolstoy-related festivals this year ahead of the centenary of his death on 20 November.”
It need hardly be said that War and Peace was translated into all European languages not very long after it was published in Russian. There were four English editions in Tolstoy’s lifetime.
The Orthodox Church has been decisively replaced by the Kremlin, as was only to be expected. “The Kremlin has maintained a steely silence on the anniversary and the director of a new film based on Tolstoy's masterpiece Anna Karenina, starring top Russian actors, has failed to find a distributor more than a year after it was made.” To put the cunning Kremlin to shame, the author cites the success of the film based on Jay Parini’s book about the departure and death of Tolstoy. Buckingham Palace probably had a hand in it.
Film distribution in Russia today is concentrated in the hands of a few big companies who own chains of cinema multiplexes. These cinemas mainly show Hollywood movies, which bring in most of the revenue, and Russian imitations of Hollywood movies or commercial films based on old Soviet models, which can sometimes also earn money. “Art house” films have about as much chance of being shown at these cinemas as real literature does of getting into the Russian book chains owned by two or three publishing concerns (see Olga Martynova’s Open Democracy article on this topic).
What is the link between the “steely silence of the Kremlin” and the lack of a distributor for Soloviev’s film? It’s obvious: in the Soviet era, a director would go to the “top political leadership” if faced with such problems – directly or through the Western press (with an element of blackmail: don’t offend me or I’ll get upset!). Then Brezhnev would order Anna Karenina to be shown in all cinemas! This worked quite well, which is why many cultural figures of renown - consciously or unconsciously - want the Soviet regime back.
We will return briefly to this nostalgia for the Soviet system of relations between state and culture, but for now we will try to make sense of what’s happening with the Tolstoy centenary. To do this we need to have an idea of the historical context in which the shadow theatre surrounding the anniversary is taking place.
During his lifetime, Tolstoy was recognized as the greatest writer ever produced by Russian culture. By the end of his life, as has already been said, he was a real “star”, with a public status comparable to today’s Hollywood actors, rock stars and football players. In his own time the only comparable figures were opera singers such as Chaliapin and Caruso.
In Soviet times War and Peace was recognized as the greatest novel ever written, and the panoramic novel a la Tolstoy was considered the highest form of literary creation.
Soviet culture, which was very dependent on the mass culture of the 19th century, inherited this attitude to Tolstoy, although it was not easy to adapt Tolstoy’s books to its own ideology. War and Peace was recognized as the greatest novel ever written, and the panoramic novel a la Tolstoy was considered the highest form of literary creation. Among the writers of young Soviet Russia a real race began to see who would be the first to write the Soviet War and Peace about the Revolution and the Civil War. There were many competitors, but the winner was Mikhail Sholokhov (or the person who wrote Quiet Flows the Don for him, or the person who edited the documents that came into the keeping of the future Nobel Prize winner). After WWII the race began again and Lev Tolstoy remained the stuffed rabbit chased by the greyhounds of literature for a further 40 years. Soviet literary criticism expected and demanded that Soviet novelists write a new War and Peace about WWII. Soviet literature and, given the Russian focus on literature, the entire cultural ideology was saturated, not to say poisoned, with Lev Tolstoy. Tolstoy was its nightmare: an unattainable ideal and eternal reminder of its own inferiority.
However, for us Lev Tolstoy’s position in Soviet literature has other significant consequences:
- the 90-volume Complete Works (1928 — 1958, 1964) was the pride of Soviet Tolstoy studies, but the collected works in many volumes “for the wider public” were coming out all the time in print runs of hundreds of thousands. I don’t think it would be wrong to say that any Russian home with books in it would have books by Tolstoy. In 2000, incidentally, publication of the academic edition of the Complete Works in 100 volumes was announced: it’s not clear how many decades it will take to be published, but seven volumes have already appeared.
- Museums, statues, streets and squares named after Tolstoy are all still there. There’s not much else you can say about that.
- Tolstoy was (and is) part of the compulsory school literature curriculum. Soviet children began with his story After the Ball and studied War and Peace almost every day for six months. Excerpts from this magical novel even had to be learnt by heart: The old oak, quite transfigured, spread out a canopy of rich dark, green and seemed to droop and sway in the rays of the evening sun…
Grandiose anniversaries were one of the traumatic cultural experiences of the Soviet period. The first of these was Pushkin’s anniversary in 1937, an occasion of such pomp that it will forever be commemorated by the “Pushkin jokes”, both the popular and those written by Daniil Kharms. This anniversary coincided with a wave of Stalinist repressions, traditionally known as the Great Terror, which obviously increased the trauma of the situation.
Things continued in a similar fashion, though not necessarily accompanied by repressions, thank God. At the end of the Soviet era, the tradition had simply become laughable and embarrassing. I remember with horror the Alexander Blok centenary in 1980, when elderly Soviet functionaries gave speeches about Blok’s love for the Revolution. “I endured the shame of the Blok anniversary”, wrote the unofficial Leningrad poet Viktor Krivulin at the time, and his choice of the word ‘shame’ was very apt. A revival of grandiose anniversary programmes and national ceremonies would be perceived today as a return to a Soviet-style centralized management of culture. This is why people who miss the Soviet period want “big anniversaries” back. But why does the Daily Telegraph need them?
Anniversary celebrations in today’s Russia are usually delegated down to the lower levels of administration, mainly city and regional. There they are managed in accordance with available financial and intellectual resources. The total number of sensible and senseless events dedicated to the centenary of Tolstoy’s death will undoubtedly be greater in Russia than in Mexico, Cuba, or even the UK, but is this so important?
Naturally, there are many people who are unhappy with this state of affairs. The post-Soviet intelligentsia that grew up under Soviet (or anti-Soviet) state control sees this “dumbing down” as damaging to both their prestige and the prestige of culture, so they endlessly complain “to the Kremlin”. There is a grain of common sense here: the Soviet regime built so many statues and opened so many museums that it is very difficult for local authorities to maintain them all now. But one should also not underestimate the pressure that these complaints put on central government, which is constantly being badgered to intervene in culture, and take up once more the leading position it had in Soviet times.
In the 2000s the considerable increase in the wealth of the state enabled it to intervene on several occasions. A delegation of Russian writers was sent to the 2003 Frankfurt Book Fair, where Russia was one of the focal ‘themes’. But before that there had been constant moaning along the lines of “Why are we the poor relations all the time? The government doesn’t care if Russia disgraces itself”. The government gave in: about 100 writers of all genres, matryoshka dolls and balalaikas were sent to Frankfurt. Putin put in an appearance and there was a video link with space. It was all just as it always is when the state – not just the Russian state – compels people to get involved in culture. Ridiculously pompous and completely pointless. The current financial crisis means that schemes like this are probably no longer possible. Thank heavens for that!
Lev Tolstoy certainly won’t be forgotten in Russia anyway.
————————————
Oleg Alexandrovich Yuriev is a poet, prose writer, dramatist, essayist. He was born in Leningrad, but has lived in Germany (Frankfurt on Main) since 1991.
Topics:Culture -
ASSOCIATE PRODUCER, NEWS
[Jobs, Jobs (not Steve)] (craigslist | all jobs in new york city)ASSOCIATE PRODUCER, NEWS NEWS DEPARTMENT Submission Deadline: June 8, 2010 About The Position: Ambitious, multimedia public radio newsroom seeks engaging, intellectually curious self-starter with strong communication skills and high energy to help us make a dynamic radio and online experience for news consumers nationwide. Must be open to creative thinking, team effort, and making something new every day. The Associate Producer coordinates and manages distributed on-air and onl ...
ASSOCIATE PRODUCER, NEWS
NEWS DEPARTMENT
Submission Deadline: June 8, 2010
About The Position:
Ambitious, multimedia public radio newsroom seeks engaging, intellectually curious self-starter with strong communication skills and high energy to help us make a dynamic radio and online experience for news consumers nationwide. Must be open to creative thinking, team effort, and making something new every day. The Associate Producer coordinates and manages distributed on-air and online news coverage; assists in the creation of hourly newscasts; and prepares multimedia news material for immediate and future posting on the web and in various media. The coverage will be drawn from WNYCs primary sources, reporters, partners, and through original reporting and research.
Job responsibilities include but are not limited to:
Monitor and update online and on-air news content, using local, national and international resources for WNYC and WQXR.
Write and edit news stories and headlines for distribution online and on-air, focusing on story selection, accuracy and word-craft
Work with hosts to compose and edit hourly newscasts
Report stories from the newsroom using primary sources, as well as telephone, internet and other sources (sometimes on short deadlines)
Receive reports filed remotely by others and prepare them for distribution online and on-air
Maintain a solid knowledge of international, domestic, New York State, New Jersey, and New York City news
Contribute ideas for additional distribution possibilities, story-production ideas and directions, particularly to augment the ideas of reporters and producers not as familiar with current possibilities online and in other media
Keep current with the latest web technologies, production tools, distribution trends, and other innovations.
Comply with all WNYC/WQXR department policies and guidelines
This position requires use of a computer, telephone and other office and/or broadcast equipment; ability to communicate effectively through a variety of methods
Ability to work extended hours as needed
Qualifications:
Three years of solid news journalism experience required
Two years production, writing and/or reporting experience in daily news required
Bachelors degree or equivalent experience required
Demonstrated excellence in writing news for the eye and the ear required
Demonstrated management of web content required
Solid, demonstrated news judgment required
Knowledge of current and past news and issues affecting the NY-NJ region, nationally and internationally required
Knowledge of public radio - style media, tone and journalism preferred
Must be able to work under newsroom pressure and on tight broadcast deadlines: must be a clear thinker during stressful, breaking-news situations.
Thorough knowledge and skill set in editing audio, digital images and video
Experience using Django-based content management tools a plus
Strong familiarity with common social media services a plus
Requires the intellectual and emotional depth, maturity, self-confidence and interpersonal skills to work effectively and/or interact with the other newsroom staff, executives at WNYC and WQXR, colleagues, and clients as needed
Excellent communication skillsboth oral and writtenwith an impressive reputation for building and maintaining relationships with people at all levels of an organization, across a diverse range of cultural, generational, ethnic, racial, educational and social backgrounds
This position is covered by a collective bargaining agreement between WNYC and AFTRA.
About WNYC & WQXR:
WNYC Radio is New York's premier public radio franchise, comprising WNYC FM, WNYC AM, and WQXR, as well as www.wnyc.org and www.wqxr.org. As America's most listened-to AM/FM public radio stations, reaching more than one million listeners every week, WNYC extends New York City's cultural riches to the entire country on-air and online, and presents the best national offerings from networks National Public Radio, Public Radio International, American Public Media, and the British Broadcasting Company. WNYC 93.9 FM broadcasts a wide range of daily news, talk, cultural and music programming, while WNYC AM 820 maintains a stronger focus on breaking news and international news reporting.
Classical 105.9 WQXR is New York Citys sole 24-hour classical music station, presenting new and landmark classical recordings as well as live concerts from the Metropolitan Opera, the New York Philharmonic, among other New York City venues, immersing listeners in the citys rich musical life. In addition to its audio content, WNYC produces content for live, radio and web audiences from The Jerome L. Greene Performance Space, the stations street-level multipurpose, multiplatform broadcast studio and performance space. For more information about WNYC, visit www.wnyc.org.
To Apply:
Application Deadline: no later than 11:59 p.m. ET on June 8, 2010.
To apply for this opportunity, please submit a cover letter, salary requirements and resume online to jobs@wnyc.org with QXR Assoc Prod, News and your last name in the subject line.
WNYC must receive all information requested in order to consider your candidacy.
Qualified candidates only please. No calls, no third-party submissions.
Due to the high volume of submissions, we are able to respond only to the candidates selected for interview. We appreciate your interest in employment with WNYC.
WNYC is an Equal Opportunity Employer and invites and encourages qualified applicants from all walks of life.
-
Updates from Social Entrepreneurs Ireland projects
[Ireland] (EirePreneur)Education and Learning Antoinette Keelan – St John’s Education Centre Life in St John's is gathering pace since the Parent Network has become active. A phone line is in operation five days a week as is the Drop-In Centre. Already ...
Education and Learning
Antoinette Keelan – St John’s Education Centre
Life in St John's is gathering pace since the Parent Network has become active. A phone line is in operation five days a week as is the Drop-In Centre. Already there have been visits and many phone calls. The service has availed of the help of one of the resident counsellors to deal with issues requiring more specialised support and next year there is a commitment from an experienced counsellor to give time to clients referred for extra support by the service.
A Rational Emotional Behaviour Therapy course has been scheduled in conjunction with a number of schools and will take place over the coming months.
Currently the possibility of sponsors/mentors for each young person attending is being explored and these volunteers will be trained to continue regular support for the students in the everyday challenges as they move away from the structured programmes.
St John's continues to seek to ensure that the quality of the work can constantly be maintained and developed through review and innovation.
Bob Seward – Cork Academy of Music
The Cork Academy of Music has been given a permanent home on the North Monastery campus. A very historic building has been allocated to the Academy by the Cork City Council. The building has an excellent situation and is fine accommodation for a music school that will now enable the Academy to further develop their training programme to include young children from the North side of the city.
The Academy itself has had a very successful year with a number of students moving on to third level. They now have 30 people in full time training and 150 in outreach. Because of the employment situation at the moment they are inundated with requests for places in the school.
In co-operation with the Department of Social and Family Affairs, Cork City Council and the local VEC, the Academy has established a course for young people using music as a tool for social inclusion. They established this project December last and have made excellent progress, so much so that these students have performed twice in public.
Carmel Dunne – Ceol
Ceol Ireland has had a 44% increase in income from schools for the first quarter of 2010, over 2009. Two thirds of those signing up for the coming year are existing customers and the remainder are new business. Ceol is working with INTO in providing a summer course in the Music Curriculum. Anyone who knows a teacher or parent please ask them to look up the website.
Caroline Carswell – Irish Deaf Kids
IDK has a spring in its step after receiving Ireland’s eGovernment award for Education in February 2010. These awards, presented with Eircom, aim to “raise awareness and recognise the innovators, developers, forward thinkers and experts … pioneering the changes happening in how the Irish Government delivers services to its citizens.”
Hearing-aids are important to deaf children, but Ireland’s audiology services are severely lacking. Many parents told their stories on the IDK website in response to a national HSE survey of their children’s experiences with hearing tests and aids. The HSE Centralised Services office is aware of these stories, and is reviewing 86 submissions from families.
In April, a €4k cash prize was offered to SMEs in Ireland that told 3 Mobile and the Sunday Business Post’s “Computers in Business” magazine, how €4,000 would boost their business in 2010. IDK’s pitch won the competition, which will fund an autumn project. Ten days later, IDK also won free entry to the IIA’s Audio Video Culture Workshop, to learn how online videos & podcasts will influence near-term digital business trends.
James Corbett and Keith Kennedy - Daynuv
GiftedKids.ie has published an early report on the pilot Daynuv programme run in Gaelscoil Eoghain Uí Thuairisc Carlow. Developed in conjunction with Bríd Uí Mhaoluala, Learning Support Teacher, it's the first programme of its kind in Ireland to use 3D modelling software and programming tools to teach part of the primary school curriculum in a learning support setting.
Margaret Keane from GiftedKids.ie said - "Daynuv has created an engaging and empowering learning environment, particularly for children with exceptional ability and high visual spatial awareness".
Feedback from the children themselves included this comment: "When such a programme, granting the ability to create anything and the chance to interact with other people, is used in the education of children the possibilities are massive."
In other news Daynuv has been invited to make a presentation on "Educating in 3D" at next weekend's ICT in Education conference in Tipperary Institute.
Margaret Keane – GiftedKids.ie
As mentioned above, Giftedkids.ie has successfully collaborated with another Social Entrepreneurs Ireland awardee Daynuv in an innovative ICT project based at Gaelscoil Eoghain Uí Thuairisc Carlow.
Margaret Keane, founder of Giftedkids.ie has also recently appeared on the TV3 Midweek show and is currently helping with research for an RTE documentary on exceptional children. Finally, in an exciting new project, Giftedkids.ie is partnering with Promethean Planet on the production of gifted education resources for their 338,000 teacher members worldwide. In the meantime their webinar project continues with guest speaker, Dr. Sarah McElwee, Oxford University, presenting a webinar on motivating exceptionally able children on May 19th.
New Communities
Jonathan Gunning & Miquel Barcélo - The Gombeens
Two social clowns touring from villlage to village in every corner of Ireland.
Jonathan Gunning and Miquel Barcélo are busy spreading the word of social inclusion and celebration throughout our island. Having just returned from successfully ridiculing two city mayors at the Galway - Lorient twinning festivities in France they are preparing for performances at Pat McCabe's Flat Lake festival in Monaghan on the June Bank holiday weekend.
There they will be performing "Stories of a Yellow Town", their verbatum account of the Brasilian and Irish experiences of living together in Gort Co. Galway. The Gombeens will also be performing in Abbeyleix on Saturday June 12th, in Galway for world Refugee Day on June 20th, in Shannon Bridge on June 27th, Kinsale on July 11th and at the Kilkenny Arts Festival in August 7/8th. They are also delighted to be bringing their popular weekly Arts In Health initiative "Troubadors for Health" to the patients of Merlin Hospital, Galway every wednesday throughout the summer months.
Environment and Sustainability
Andy Wilson - The Rediscovery CentreNew Ecostore opening summer 2010! The Rediscovery Centre will be settling in very soon to their new Ecostore located on Main Street, Ballymun, where the Rediscovery Centre team will have a dedicated space to showcase their range of redesigned and recycled products including upstyled and restored furniture and the Rediscover Fashion clothing range.The Rediscovery Centre will also be launching a new bicycle recycling project on 1st July in partnership with Rothar (www.rothar.ie) and a temporary unit has been secured in the old Ballymun Shopping Centre for a bike repair and drop in workshop.Recent Rediscovery Centre press coverage includes articles in the Irish Independent, the Irish Times, Style Bible, Materials Recycling Week (UK) and the Northside People West and can be viewed here - http://www.rediscoverycentre.ie/Press/Press.708.aspxUpcoming events include: Furniture sale @ National Botanic Gardens Sustainability Week 23rd May, Rediscover Fashion show @ IKEA 3rd June, showcase @ Festival of World Cultures Dún Laoghaire 23rd - 25th July
Michael Kelly – GIY Ireland
GIY’s phenomenal growth continues apace – there are now on average two GIY meetings taking place every day somewhere in Ireland. Recent new additions to the network include Killorglin, Dublin City Centre and Trim while the coming weeks will see new groups in Abbeyleix, Ennistymon, Lucan and Ballina. There are now approximately 5,000 members in total including 2,300 registered members on the GIY website.
GIY Ireland’s Michael Kelly was one of ten winners of an Arthur Guinness Fund Award on April 20th and appeared on The Last Word with Matt Cooper that evening to discuss the award and all things GIY. The award is a hugely important milestone for the project.
GIY will be at Bloom (Phoenix Park, 3rd to 7th June) this year, trying to coax and cajole the general populace in to growing their own, from their very own GIY garden which is designed by Fiann O'Nuallain. The garden will be constructed and planted by GIY volunteers. Talk about a grassroots project!
Mental and Physical Health
Caroline McGuigan – Suicide or Survive
Suicide or Survive are presently promoting their FOURTH Eden Programme in Arklow. SOS’s follow on workshops (every 6 weeks) which are open to all ex Eden Programme participants (theme of workshops lead by the service users) are really taking off. Suicide or Survive had evaluated the three Eden Programmes by an external organisation which shows the valuable work that is being carried out.
Suicide or Survive are presently developing their workshop “Better for Business and Better for life” with thanks to National Irish Bank. They are due to do a road show at the end of June where they will run one in Galway, Letterkenny, Cork and Dublin. These workshops will be subsidised by National Irish Bank. Suicide or Survive are also creating videos “tips for our wellbeing”, and are in discussions with Ibec regarding the Wellness workshops.
Financially Suicide or Survive are “surviving” like all organisations at the moment and are positive about the future of the organisation and the possibilities.
Joan Hamilton – Slí Eile
Joan Hamilton is delighted with the immediate impact the panel of speakers made at the Launch of the Slí Eile Farm Fund (SEFF) by Patron Jeremy Irons at the Charleville Park Hotel on April 23rd. Look out for Jeremy and Joan with tenants and staff on the Late Late Show on Friday 28th of March!
This is an ambitious project that proposes to raise €2.8 million through philanthropic donations. Drawing on the rich and varied experiences of the past five years, Slí Eile is ready to expand and proposes to purchase and develop an 80 - 120 acre farm. The daily tasks of community farm life such as animal husbandry, horticulture, cooking and household chores will provide a structure and purpose that offers the opportunity for persons with mental health difficulties to regain control of their lives. At the launch of SEFF, Jeremy Irons made the point in his clear and witty way stating "This model has been successful in the US since 1913. Most Americans come from Ireland anyway, why can’t it work here?"
John McCarthy – Mad Pride Ireland
Mad Pride Ireland is proud to announce that it will host 4 events this year. The first is already concluded in MBula, Uganda. The second was by invitation of the HSE at an international mental health conference in Killarney 22nd of May. John Spillane and Freddie White will be headlining. Mad Pride Ireland is also in discussions with Tullamore, with some progress already made. The Cork event is well established and is in its third year. This year the rock band Fred will head the bill.
Separate to Mad Pride, the Delete 59b campaign is going well. All parties have agreed to some change, but John believes it is not enough.
John says: “It’s showing up where a lot of the interested party’s real beliefs lie, especially our ‘supporters’. It is very quickly becoming evident that those who purport to believe in our human rights have no core belief in our, the members of the mad community, right to stand as equal citizens but as ‘vulnerable people’ need the protection of repressive laws. Sign up and follow us on the links below”
Krystian Fikert – The PPD
The first few months of 2010 have been extremely busy for The PPD.
From January – March 2010:• Dublin South - 190 clients used services on one to one basis• 400 clients used online services through www.epsychologist.eu• Over 21k unique visitors on www.theppd.eu website• Over 62k unique visitors on www.theppd.org website
Some more updates:• New Irish psychologist on board: Mary Creedon http://theppd.eu/index.php?psychologist_mary_creedon• Affordable sessions with psychologists now on Mondays, Tuesdays, Wednesdays and Thursdays, more details: http://theppd.eu/index.php?registration• Suicide Prevention Group Project started work on policies and procedures• Second location launch Dublin North - July 2010• More updates - follow The PPD on Twitter: http://twitter.com/theppd
Maureen Noone – Nothing to Wear
Nothing to Wear is an initiative set up by Maureen Noone which was first established as a style and Image Consultancy Service, providing image consultancy and personal shopping. Maureen then identified a gap in the Irish market to provide this expertise specifically to women with cancer, accommodating their changing wardrobe needs due to surgery, hair loss, weight gain etc. The aim of ‘Nothing to Wear’ is to help women with breast cancer to build an image that helps them to feel more confident and regain self esteem.
Since its inception there have been three workshops in total. Nothing to Wear also held a presence at a number of Cancer Conferences run by the Irish Cancer Society in Dublin. There have also been a number of private clients who have received personal styling, wardrobe consultation and shopping services (20 individual clients from all walks of life).
After eighteen months presence in the industry the service has received a warm welcome from Cancer Support Groups and Hospitals alike. Negotiations are currently in place with Marie Keating Foundation to broaden the appeal in the market and seek sponsorship to develop the programme to take it nationwide.
Mary Desmond Vasseghi – Sudden Cardiac Death in the Young
SCD Young - “To support families & Effect Change” - continues to move forward towards its vision of a heartsafe Ireland. It continues to work for early detection and treatment of cardiac conditions in our youth and the promotion of widespread CPR & placements of AEDs
The BIG news is that a pilot of youth heart checks will happen in June & roll out in September. The service will be available to secondary schools and clubs- initially in Leinster. It will be delivered to the highest possible standard, with highly qualified staff using the very latest equipment.
In other news, a new website is under construction, keep an eye on www.scdyoung.ie! New awareness leaflets specifically designed for teens are in development, and a newawareness campaign will be launched in June/July. There will be a national information and support day this September, and a support day for bereaved families in June.
Heart Check Ireland (Heartcheck & research arm) has obtained charitable status and won 2nd place in AIB Better Ireland Donnybrook.
Older People
Albert Perris – Reminiscence Ireland
Reminiscence Ireland has successfully rolled out the first tranche of Training Seminars aimed at people interested in become Reminiscence Practitioners. Participants have included Community Development workers, Social workers, psychologists and therapists, an oral historian, carehome staff and community based carers. Feedback and evaluation sheets were extremely encouraging and positive, and provided priceless feedback on how Reminiscence Ireland can build on and improve the training seminars. Further Training Seminars planned for 2010 will be held in Galway, Sligo, Cork and Drogheda. Due to demand a further training seminar has been planned for Limerick in June.
The establishment of Reminiscence Ireland has been warmly welcomed by the Northern Ireland Reminiscence Network, who have expressed an interest in working collaboratively on any future ‘All-Ireland’ reminiscence initiatives. On a recent visit to the Reminiscence Network in Belfast in March, Albert Perris and Veronica Lucey of Reminiscence Ireland, were welcomed by Professor Faith Gibson, Professor Emeritus of Social Work at the University of Ulster and Patron of the Reminiscence Network, and Alexey Janes, Development Manager. The network shared valuable information and contacts and expressed their best wishes for the future of Reminiscence Ireland
Reminiscence Ireland has also secured a new business address in Allenwood Enterprise Park, Station Road, Allenwood, Naas, Co. Kildare.
Community and Active Citizenship
Conor O’Leary – Rural Arts Network
Rural Arts Network is co-ordinating a series of ‘inspiring tours’, starting this month with renowned folk singer Mary McPartlan travelling to ten counties and six community venues with support from the Arts Council. And there's more to come, with a tour to nine communities in October featuring our own ‘The Gombeens’ and Clare Muireann Murphy! Diverse public and private funding required to make these tours sustainable in the long-term….all contacts welcome!
‘Building Cultural Communities’ was a very successful 15 week accredited course run with Wicklow VEC. Eleven community based cultural events were organised by the participants and attended by 1400 people with over €5,000 raised for various causes.
Rural Arts Network has established the Westmeath Rural Arts Initiative with the support of Westmeath Community Development. This voluntary group goes from strength to strength with this month alone seeing African drumming, the Mary McPartlan tour and the first rural arts ‘Film Club’ taking place.
Rural Arts Network is seeking collaborators and partners to deliver tours, training programmes and development projects in local communities, countrywide and beyond!
www.webjam.com/ruralartsnetwork
Robert Mulhall – Lucca Leadership Ireland
Lucca Leadership Ireland has so far run programs for more than 160 young people including working with the NYCI, Diaspora Women’s Initiative, and Dance4Life. Included in this was an International Leadership Program for 30 young people who will join the alumni network and benefit for 12 months of mentoring as they work to bring about positive change in their communities, 15 different countries were represented including 2 people from Afghanistan. As a result Lucca Leadership is now looking into how it can support the work that the UN and Concern are doing in Afghanistan this summer.
The months ahead are busy with many more programs ahead, alumni refresher days and further mentor training program. The next International Leadership program in Ireland will be on from July 31st to August 7th (APPLY SOON). Lucca have just taken on their 3rd intern to help with evaluation of impact and communications which they are very excited about and will be launching their new website very soon.
José Ospina – Carbery Housing Association
Carbery Housing Association has gained a new head of steam launching a campaign to use Ireland's 345,000 empty houses for housing the 80,000 households on Council housing lists, and also as accommodation for arts and crafts groups, community and environmental projects. The campaign is called CUBE (Campaign to Use Buildings that are Empty). CHA is also negotiating its first leases for empty houses with Cork County Council and a local estate agent.
Liam Réamonn - The Living Communities
The Living Communities believe that their ecotourism product is a superior product, competitively priced. It is furthermore a completely new product, for a number of reasons. When visitors come, people in Ceathrú Thaidhg, Mayo, will earn income from their own internationally traded business. In these times of retrenchment of the public spend, such a move is timely. Marketing will commence into France and Germany in the coming month. The website will be completed subsequently. The papers which it contains, e.g., on the linguistic connections between Irish, German, Hindi and Persian, have received some attention on the net.
Myles McCorry - BikePure
BikePure have recently topped 32,000 members in 86 countries. A network of 29 ambassadors helps Myles coordinate their mission to improve the future of sport, for the next generation of athletes (If you have a body - you are an athlete).
BikePure’s campaign has a specifically, educated membership and they are making fantastic inroads with their advocacy work.
They are launching PlayPure this summer, to celebrate ethical sport becoming a global symbol of true competition. BikePure wish to uphold sport as an essential component to personal development.
If anyone in the network has contacts in elite level in any sport, Myles would love to hear from them. Myles has great contacts in interactive web design, printing and merchandising and is happy to help anyone, at anytime.
Cormac Lynch - Camara
Camara has made great progress in the first 5 months of 2010. The highlight of the year to-date was their receiving the Arthur Guinness Fund Award in April 2010. This €100,000 grant will be used to set-up and support Camara's hubs in Belfast, Galway and Cork.
Camara's expansion programme is on target having received UK charitable status in April, and the process for similar status in the US well on track. Operationally Camara are on target for a record year, with regard to PC refurbishments and shipments.
2700 pcs have been shipped to date. Containers have shipped to Lesotho, Tanzania, Kenya, Zambia, and Rwanda. Camara source support from Companies to fill the containers with Volunteers from UPS packing the Zambian container.
Camara's overseas volunteer programme is well on the way with 40 volunteers currently going through detailed training processes, ensuring they are fully prepared for their overseas trip.
Camara's new programme to provide educational technology solutions into Irish Schools is proving very successful. A number of schools have finalised orders, and Camara are in discussion with others, focussing on disadvantaged schools. Overall Camara has had a very good start to 2010.
Young People and Children
Dara Hogan - Fledglings
Fledglings have been working hard at consolidating progress in its existing services while simultaneously building quality. The new Fledglings Early Years Manual has just been delivered and it is a ground-breaking document. Authored by Drs Mary Daly, Ann Louise Gilligan and Katherine Zappone it aligns the government frameworks Síolta (for quality), Aistear (for curriculum) with the High/Scope early years approach adopted by Fledglings. The manual will be the driver of quality in the Fledglings early years services and it will also be a valuable marketing tool for recruiting new Fledglings franchisees.
Fledglings are committed to external evaluation of the project and external evaluation is a condition of the funding by the Office of the Minister for Children & Youth Affairs (OMCYA). Accordingly, after specifying and going to tender for its requirements, Fledglings has appointed Paula Fitzsimons of Fitzsimons Consulting to carry out a two-stage external evaluation of the Fledglings project. The first stage will be complete by the end of the summer and will evaluate progress to date since 2008 and the second stage will report in early 2011 on the conclusion of the current tranche of OMCYA funding.
James Nolan – FAST Kids
Fun, Agility, Speed & Technique moved outdoors after the very successful indoor winter programme conducted in primary Schools that reached over 3000 children. Presently FAST Kids are working together with their UK partners delivering a new innovative outdoor programme of activity, designed to advance further the motor and fitness skills achieved by the children over the winter months, indoor programme.
Meetings were conducted in Manchester with FAST Kids UK Partners and discussions on best avenues to expand to meet demand for FAST Kids programmes of activity in Ireland were very successful.
FAST Kids also benefited from an article on childhood obesity in the Irish Times. FAST Kids programmes were held up as the ideal model in how best to address the obesity epidemic in Ireland. FAST Kids are now providing services in Dublin, Offaly, Laois, Meath, Westmeath, Louth, Galway.
In other related news…
FAST Kids director, James Nolan has been appointed Head of Paralympic Athletics in Ireland to lead the Irish team to the London 2012 Paralympic Games. Congratulations James!
Ruairí McKiernan – SpunOut.ie
Ruairí McKiernan's SpunOut.ie organisation are piloting a new youth civic empowerment programme in Galway this summer. 12 people aged between 16-25 will be given support, training and resources aimed at encouraging them to assume greater leadership roles in making a difference in the world around them.
Stephanie Fitzgerald – Saoirse Support/Destine
Saoirse Support is now www.destine.ie! Destine, an acronym for Discovering Exceptional Strengths and Talents in Everyone, follows on from the work of Saoirse in providing an educational support network that aims to support, inform and empower parents, guardians and professionals working and living with children involved in the education system.
Destine was founded by Educational Psychologist, Stephanie Fitzgerald, who is passionate about providing practical support to families and schools. Destine provides an online service where members of our network can share experiences and ask questions with input from our Educational Psychologist. In the last couple of months they have been very busy providing their ‘Taking our Families Forward Programme’ in the Family Centre in Castlebar. They have also been invited to speak on local radio and to give presentations, supported by the Mayo Education Centre, to teachers and parents around practical supports and strategies for supporting children diagnosed with Aspergers and ADHD.
Onwards and Upwards!
Helene Hugel - Helium
Helene Hugel has recently participated in Business to Arts For Impact Training. The training aims to develop fundraising skills in individuals and their organisations and has been very inspiring.
Helium has been awarded 'Highly Commended' in the Allianz Business to Arts Awards for a partnership with the HSE and Centre for Health Informatics Trinity College Dublin on the Puppet Portal Project. Helium was also nominated for an innovation award from the Neurological Alliance of Ireland.
Helene is currently working on Infant Imaginings, a work-in-progress performance for babies and their parents. She is performing in Health Centres in County Sligo and will also be visiting two centres in Tallaght. She hopes to use this research to further develop the performance. As a result of local publicity, Helene has been asked to work with a local Mother and Baby group.
Helene is delighted that several films made by children working with Helium artists during the Puppet Portal Project were screened at the Fresh Film Festival in Limerick and the artists’ blogs on practice.ie were nominated for the Irish Blog Awards.
-
RAIN 5/17: UK conference panelists argue DJs have place in Net radio age
[Radio] (RAIN: Radio And Internet Newsletter)“PEOPLE DON’T ONLY WANT JUST A PLAYLIST” In a new radio world of customizable streams and music algorithms, can the on-air personality and DJ survive? Yes, said panelists at Brighton music conference/festival Great Escape last week. In fact, Internet radio opens the doors for “a new wave of bedroom DJs,” which could replace the “generic noise” of tradition radio, said SoundCloud VP Daves Haynes, according to the Guardian’s coverage (here). Danny ...
“PEOPLE DON’T ONLY WANT JUST A PLAYLIST”
In a new radio world of customizable streams and music algorithms, can the on-air personality and DJ survive? Yes, said panelists at Brighton music conference/festival Great Escape last week. In fact, Internet radio opens the doors for “a new wave of bedroom DJs,” which could replace the
“generic noise” of tradition radio, said SoundCloud VP Daves Haynes, according to the Guardian’s coverage (here).
Danny Ryan, founder of a customizable music service called Playdio, agreed: “People don’t only want just a playlist of good music, they also want to be led through it by characters who entertain, and who’s taste they trust.” XFM DJ John Kennedy argued that, “People like not thinking sometimes, they can just switch on the radio and not think about it.”
That’s a good thing, because most of the panelists agreed that Internet radio is indeed the future. Ryan called DAB “old and tired” and said Internet radio “is simply a superior platform.” Meanwhile, Kennedy encouraged terrestrial broadcasters to “embrace change and discover how new technology can work for them.”
Moreover, panelists said DJs could prevent music from being “ghettoized.” In other words, with so many customizable and niche music options online, listeners can easily
shut themselves off in an isolated world of music they know they like. “That can be massively damaging because people aren’t listening to music that they may not like on first listen,” said Sean Adams of music blog Drowned in Sound. “The web has enabled everyone to be a DJ and in some ways that has diluted the need for [them] but people are still looking for direction and gatekeepers. The need for an established medium has changed but that doesn’t mean we don’t still need people like John Peel.”
WIRED: YOUR PANDORA TASTES ARE PUBLIC TO ANYONE WITH YOUR EMAIL ADDRESS
Some commentators of late have called attention to the privacy issues surrounding Pandora’s ability to link to a Facebook profile (RAIN coverage here), but now Wired points out that other users don’t need Facebook to see your listening tastes — just your email address.
“While the fact you created a Metallica radio station may not seem like the most confidential thing in the world, Pandora makes it feel like a private act when you use the service,” writes Ryan Singel.
He goes on to input email addresses, like Apple CEO Steve Jobs’, and investigate their listening tastes. Jobs, for example, apparently likes “jazz trumpeter Chris Botti and country
music legend Willie Nelson.” Though Pandora didn’t respond to Singel’s inquiries, a user did point out how to block others from seeing your listening habits. “So take this post as a necessary, missing update to their privacy policy: Anything you listen to on Pandora is not confidential and is available to anyone who has or guesses your e-mail address.” You can find out more about this feature — and how to block yourself from it — at Wired here.
LIVE365 LAUNCHES OPRAH’S HARPO RADIO, WALMART FIRST SPONSOR
Live365 has launched Oprah Winfrey’s Harpo Radio. Internet radio advertising
network TargetSpot is handling the ads for the program, with Walmart sponsoring the show’s first week with Live365. “Advertisers can wrap their message around compelling and relevant content while running an ad. It will sound very natural and blend with the content, making the advertising even more effective,” said Eric Ronning, co-president of sales for TargetSpot. You can find Live365’s press release here. Oprah Radio is also on Sirius XM (channel 195 and 156, respectively, according to Oprah.com). Current AccuRadio COO John Gehron served as GM for Oprah Radio until 2008.
SIRIUS XM RECOVERING, STOCK PRICE UP 75% FROM LAST YEAR
Sirius XM is apparently recovering nicely from some rough times last year, All Things Digital reports. Then, the satellite radio broadcaster was trading for 35 cents a share. Now, shares are up to over a dollar and the company has boosted projected new subscriptions from 500,000 to 750,000. Additionally, revenue projections have jumped to $2.75 billion and profits to $575 million. “Quite a change from last year, when the company seemed headed toward almost certain bankruptcy,” writes John Paczkowski (here).
-
Social Media Changes to Watch
[Music, Radio] (Inside Music Media)By Jerry Del Colliano The radio and music businesses used to be so simple. Give the audience what they want and they'll come back for more. Since the Internet, the mobile generation and the many alternate choices for entertainment available at a touch, swipe or click, these industries radio need to go back to school on social media changes. Steve Jobs is the expert on reading his young consumer base. It doesn't matter that he is a baby boomer or that his tactics seem to be more old school t ...
By Jerry Del Colliano
The radio and music businesses used to be so simple.
Give the audience what they want and they'll come back for more.
Since the Internet, the mobile generation and the many alternate choices for entertainment available at a touch, swipe or click, these industries radio need to go back to school on social media changes.
Steve Jobs is the expert on reading his young consumer base. It doesn't matter that he is a baby boomer or that his tactics seem to be more old school than new age. But when it comes to understanding how consumers prefer to use new technology, he's the professor.
Still, there is hope which is why I want to run a few social media changes by you this morning to stimulate thought on how traditional media can come away with a better understanding of what consumers want them to do before they expend time, effort and money doing the opposite.
44% of all Americans Own an iPhone, iPod or MP3 Player
The Edison Research findings from a study of 1,753 people ages 12 and up.
Some 54% of them have used these types of devices with their car stereo and that is major. The 44% figure could actually be higher in my estimation but taken as presented nearly half of all Americans have the enemy to radio in their hands and cars.
The car is the main delivery point for terrestrial radio and it is being invaded by popular youth alternatives such as the Ford Sync entertainment system and hard drive, WiFi -- the better to listen to Pandora and other ways to access mobile content that is not traditional radio.
Pioneer is building a Pandora radio for car installation and no matter what the chattering class says to disparage Pandora, it is the gold standard for "radio" going forward.
Soon 50 million Pandora listeners (and growing) will be able to seamlessly access their favorite customized radio service as a built-in device. For everyone else, there will be apps and WiFi.
Conclusion: A car is no longer the sacred home of terrestrial radio and offering only a traditional radio station and nothing new or innovative in content will leave radio out of the hunt for what to listen to on wheels with the next generation.
48% of Americans Have At Least One Social Networking Profile
That's up from 34% in a study just one year earlier.
The Edison/Arbitron findings also reveal 30% of these folks check their profiles more than once a day (up from 18%).
Social networking is a bugaboo for radio companies who tend to blindly embrace Twitter and Facebook and turn social networking into direct marketing. That would be a mistake as I see it. Social networking is so named because there is a two-way communications component presumed in the description.
With so many people gravitating to social networking while traditional media grapples to make their new communications tool their new marketing tool, you can see trouble ahead.
Conclusion: Radio stations must either commit to direct and meaningful communication with social networking profiles or eliminate the direct mail approach. In the new age, you engage listeners who engage you because you are communicating with them. For stations not willing to staff up to interact with growing social media audiences, they will be considered a nuisance and will have missed a golden opportunity to connect.
The iPad Accounts For 5% of All Mobile Net Consumption
And that figure was revealed only one week after the device came out. Keep in mind the following charts are from early April when hardly any iPads were in the hands of consumers compared to today. Check out the growth potential for the iPad here.
Hitting 5% of mobile web consumption after only the first full day of use underscores the growth for not only the device itself but content accessed on it.
Conclusion: Radio has to step up and think visually with new products that are beyond just audio. The day has arrived when consumers will direct their entertainment using the iPad in their hands.
Radio may want to keep delivering only terrestrial streams, but with a consumer item that promises to be more prolific than perhaps any other electronic device that proceeded it, that would be shortsighted.
Get to the skunk works.
Break the mold.
Start inventing content that will be enhanced and embraced on the entertainment centers of the future -- the iPad and mobile Internet.
Now Consumers Will Start To Shut YOU Off
Seth Godin did a piece recently in which he confessed to getting tough with his incoming email and social networking messages.
Godin said:
"Two years ago, I started taking a lot of flak for being choosy about which incoming media I was willing to embrace. What I've recently seen is that this is a choice that's gaining momentum.
It's your day, and you get to decide, not the cloud. I could go on and on about this, but I know you've got email to check..."
As usual an interesting early warning from his intriguing mind. Godin is saying what many of us are thinking -- and that includes young people overwhelmed by social networking -- that the "enough is enough" phase has arrived.
Important because entertainment and information providers generally assume that they can get access to consumers through Facebook, Twitter, email and other content at a click of send. But if Godin is right -- and I believe he's onto something -- we'll be seeing a retreat from the deluge of messages and input that we receive digitally.
Conclusion: The repercussions could be great. Even as some industries like radio and records are trying to use social communication as today's direct mail, consumers have to protect themselves from the barrage of sheer content. What this says to me -- and I'd like you to mull this point as well -- is that we may have to start raising (or for that matter even establishing) standards for what we communicate to others.
It may be a cheap way to get the word out. Now what the "word" is apparently will matter more.
Mobile Bullying Is on the Rise
Look at these statistics from i-Safe.org:
- 42% of children are bullied online (25% more then once).
- 35% of children are threatened online (20% more then once).
- 58% 'admit' to receiving online messages which are hurtful and threatening (33% more then once).
- 60% do not inform their parents.
I am told that "schools are hesitant to react because there's no firm national blueprint in place, and they are quick to cite 'other factors' because they don't want to assume liability".
Yet, we are beginning to see what I am sure will not be isolated examples of mobile bullying.
Eleven year old Tyler Lee of Chatsworth, GA was bullied about his "sexual orientation" although he had Aspergers Disease. Phoebe Prince moved to Massachusetts a year ago and 'picked the wrong' boyfriend. Parents find themselves helpless monitoring the activities of their children in the wide world of mobile/Internet. Eleven year old Jaheem Harris who was bullied starting in the 5th grade. There are '11' year old children who are hanging themselves over this.
Media companies looking to get into the mobile space can keep these things in mind when designing content that may be heard by young people. But, new and traditional media can speak out now using their existing resources to talk to parents and even students who will listen.
Conclusion: Radio to the rescue again. This is a perfect new age public service campaign that deserves leaders to stand up and act. Bullying tactics tend to center around sexual identity, discrimination and religion among other things. Children are even bullied for their disabilities.
For stations or content providers who want to step up now, here's how:
"Tell your parents or reach out to a trusted adult. Avoid online messages from bullies. If it's school related, inform them immediately as most schools are working on solutions and policies. Keep the message-they may be needed to take action. Protect yourself-never agree to meet with anyone you meet online. If bullied through chat, instant message 'block the bully.' If threatened with harm, notify the police".
The once simple process of entertaining and informing via traditional media has become more challenging and worrisome as technology helps enable a new generation to make different choices.
I hope some of these "Gen Trends" (and comments) are useful to you in decision making, working with teams and protecting your franchises.
My rule of thumb:
Open your eyes to how consumers use technology and act appropriately.
For those of you who would prefer to get Jerry's daily posts by email for FREE, please click here. Then look for a verifying email from FeedBurner to start service.
Thanks for forwarding my pieces to your friends and linking to your websites and boards.
-
Traditional DJs 'will survive internet radio revolution'
[Guardian] (News: Main section | guardian.co.uk)Music conference hears there will still be a role for radio-style DJs despite wealth of online streaming programmesFrom the late 60s until his death in 2004 John Peel was the undisputed king of new music, a trusted voice that led thousands of people to buy their first records.But, thanks to digital advances, a new wave of bedroom DJs, with little more than a laptop and a broadband connection, could shape our musical tastes in the future, according to industry professionals.Much of the "generic n ...
Music conference hears there will still be a role for radio-style DJs despite wealth of online streaming programmes
From the late 60s until his death in 2004 John Peel was the undisputed king of new music, a trusted voice that led thousands of people to buy their first records.
But, thanks to digital advances, a new wave of bedroom DJs, with little more than a laptop and a broadband connection, could shape our musical tastes in the future, according to industry professionals.
Much of the "generic noise" of traditional radio could be replaced by online and streaming programmes specifically aimed at people's individual tastes, said Dave Haynes, a vice-president of SoundCloud, a platform that allows musicians to easily share audio over the web.
Speaking on a panel about the future of radio at the Great Escape, a music conference and festival in Brighton this weekend, he added that strong guiding voices leading people to the best new music would be more important than ever, as listeners' choice widened.
"John Peel was not just a radio presenter but the leader of a tribe, and I think in the future what we will see is not one but lots of mini John Peels leading their particular tribe," he said.
A growing range of radio services are being launched, which can be listened to on demand and encourage listeners to be more interactive and vote to hear their favourite songs on air, or create their own shows.
New start-ups like Playdio – a combination of playlist and radio – let anyone try their hand at being the next big name radio DJ. The service lets users create their own radio shows by making song playlists interspersed with spoken links, which can then be listened to on streaming services such as Spotify.
Last year Absolute Radio, formerly Virgin, launched Dabbl, a online and digital station which allows listeners to vote on what songs they want to hear, encouraging more audience control over material.
Speaking before the Great Escape, Clive Dickens, chief executive of Absolute Radio, said radio was well placed to face the digital revolution: "The most downloaded apps are radio apps, the most downloaded podcasts are radio shows. Dabbl is an example that if you are growing up in a digital economy you expect more interaction."
Another new service, Mixcloud, claims it is "making radio more democratic" by allowing anyone to upload a "cloudcast", which range from radio shows, podcasts and DJ mixes, with listeners deciding who gets exposure. Friends recommend cloudcasts to each other, and the site – which bills itself as YouTube for radio – shows what its users are listening to, commenting on and uploading.
Danny Ryan, founder of Playdio, which launches next month, said that the future of radio was not on digital radio (DAB), which he said was already "old and tired", but would be almost exclusively online. "The great switchover at 2015 will probably see domestic internet radio become more commonplace. It is simply a superior platform," he said.
Phill Jupitus and Phil Wilding have signed up to make shows for Playdio, while other less well-known names such as Talc – whose day job is as a backing band to the stars – are also getting involved.
But despite his excitement about new forms of radio, Ryan insisted that services like his will not supersede "live" music and conversation, provided by people who are passionate about music and the medium.
"People don't only want just a playlist of good music, they also want to be led through it by characters who entertain, and who's taste they trust."
That appears to be borne out by Rajar figures, which track radio consumption. They show high-profile radio personalities like Radio 2's Chris Evans and Radio 1's Chris Moyles both increasing their listeners. Evans's breakfast show attracted 9.53 million listeners since replacing Terry Wogan at the beginning of the year, up from Wogan's last audience of 8.1 million.
Radio audiences are also at an all-time high, with 90.6% of the British population tuning into a radio station every week, and the number of people listening to digital radio up 19%. Even the future of 6Music looks more hopeful, as figures revealed that the threatened BBC station has doubled its listenership to more than a million.
John Kennedy, a DJ on XFM and also on the Great Escape panel, said DJs were still vital to help people discover music from different genres. "That random factor is very special," he said. "People like not thinking sometimes, they can just switch on the radio and not think about it ... it is very important for both the BBC and commercial radio to embrace change and discover how new technology can work for them. But I think radio still has a vital role as a companion for people."
Sean Adams, from Drowned in Sound, a music webzine, said strong radio personalities were vital to counteract the ghettoisation of music – where because of digital radio services people only listen to the type of music they already enjoy. "We now have a billion ways of getting our music. That can be massively damaging because people aren't listening to music that they may not like on first listen, and there is this problem of the web making everything bland," he said.
"The web has enabled everyone to be a DJ and in some ways that has diluted the need for [them] but people are still looking for direction and gatekeepers. The need for an established medium has changed but that doesn't mean we don't still need people like John Peel."
guardian.co.uk © Guardian News & Media Limited 2010 | Use of this content is subject to our Terms & Conditions | More Feeds -
Today's media stories from the papers
[Journalism, Guardian] (Media news, UK and world media comment and analysis | guardian.co.uk)If you are viewing this on the web and would prefer to get it as an email every morning, please click hereTop stories on MediaGuardian.co.ukAsia Pacific TV ad spend overtakes western Europe Growth in India and China helped region become world's second biggest TV advertising market last year, report findsLewis lieutenants depart at Telegraph Chris Lloyd and Rhidian Wynn Davies, with editor-in-chief at start of both the Victoria and Euston projects, follow him out of the doorHarding: Times losses ...
If you are viewing this on the web and would prefer to get it as an email every morning, please click here
Top stories on MediaGuardian.co.uk
Asia Pacific TV ad spend overtakes western Europe
Growth in India and China helped region become world's second biggest TV advertising market last year, report findsLewis lieutenants depart at Telegraph
Chris Lloyd and Rhidian Wynn Davies, with editor-in-chief at start of both the Victoria and Euston projects, follow him out of the doorHarding: Times losses 'unsustainable'
Cuts needed to 'ensure the long-term future of this paper and our futures in journalism', Times editor tells staffThis week's featured media jobs
BBC, Controller of Radio 4 and Radio 7
London/permanent/full timeRedactive Publishing, Senior Online Reporter
London/permanent/full timePhaidon Press, Publicist
London/permanent/full timeFor more jobs, career advice and workplace news visit guardianjobs.co.uk
Today's headlines
The Guardian
Festivals lift music industry. P19
Graham Norton to replace Jonathan Ross on Radio 2. P21
Memorial service held for former Guardian Media Group chief executive Sir Bob Phillis. P21
BT returns to profit, and promises faster broadband and its own iPad rival. P28
The Times cuts jobs. P29
Revenue falls at Trinity Mirror. P30
Hadley Freeman on Bono and Bob Geldof as newspaper editors. G2, P2The Independent
Independent wins battle to report pianist's case in court of protection. P15
Hints of return for The Thick of It's Malcolm Tucker. Pandora, P22
Fire at Oxford TV transmitter cuts off signal. P25
Business diary on Ofcom, Sky and Adam Boulton. P45
BT promises £1bn worth of faster broadband. P46
Leader comments on Independent's court win and banning mobile phones in cabinet. Viewspaper, P2
Obituary: Meinhardt Raabe, the Wizard of Oz's last surviving munchkin. P9
Photographers on the election. V10-13
Glee presenter's row with Newsweek. Arts, P3Daily Telegraph
Pianist's case makes legal history. P2
Karen Gillan on making role of Doctor Who companion sexier. P13
Leader comment in praise of Chris Evans. P27
David Suchet on the longevity of Poirot. P33
Obituary: Roland Fox, BBC parliamentary correspondent through the 1950s. P37
BT storms back into profit after cutting jobs. Business, P3
BT chief executive in good mood. B5
Trinity Mirror ad sales hit by election. B8The Times
Pianist court ruling. P1 (in brief), P5
Facebook and FarmVille in financial row. P4
Norton takes Ross's R2 slot. P13
BT to slash costs. P49
Trinity Mirror shares sink. P49
Times to reduce jobs in cost-saving programme. P49
Sony predicts better future. P53Financial Times
Battle of the smartphones. P16
HMV chief executive Simon Fox joins board of Guardian. P22
TV makers predict jump in sales from 3D. P23
Adobe hits back at claims made by Apple. P23Wall Street Journal Europe
BT to expand high speed broadband network. P27Daily Mail
Facebook under fire from security experts. P11
Trinity Mirror sees 10% slump in ad revenues at regional papers. P83Daily Express
BT turns loss into profit. P67
Trinity Mirror shares fall. P67The Sun
Chris Evans buys classic Ferrari after strong Radio 2 ratings. P1, P9
Russell Crowe storms out of BBC interview. P27
Norton replaces Ross. TVBiz, P1
Emma Willis quits Live from Studio Five. TVB, P1
Noel Edmonds signs new Deal or No Deal contract. TVB, P4
Davina McCall to reunite families for ITV. TVB, P4Daily Mirror
Chris Moyles hits out at Chris Evans. P3
Norton replaces Ross. P3
McCall to reunite families for ITV. P18Daily Star
Gossip Girl star Taylor Momsen criticised for carrying a flick knife. P7And finally ...
Chris Evans has truly arrived as the successor to Sir Terry Wogan. Not because his breakfast show managed more than 9 million listeners. Not because he's honoured with a "Sorry, I was wrong" piece today by the Daily Mail's David Thomas. And not even because the Daily Telegraph dedicates its third leading article today to praising him. No - he's the successor to Wogan because he's under attack from Chris Moyles. That, at least, is how the Mirror spins Moyles's complaint that his Radio 1 ratings are depressed by the exclusion of listeners under 15. Headline: "Moyles says kids love me, not Evans." Actual Moyles quote: "We're on 7.88m, but if you add on the 14, 13 and 12-year-olds, do you know what that figure is? It's nine million, over a million more. That is cos we're wicked and bad." He doesn't seem to have slighted Evans directly, then. But give them (and the papers) time. Daily Mail, P15; Daily Telegraph, P27; Daily Mirror, P2Also on MediaGuardian.co.uk today
Media Talk: the Rajars and the Sonys
BBC 6 Music boosts its audience and wins awards, while Radios 2 and 4 also have reason to celebrateBT pledges £1bn broadband boost
BT pledges to bring superfast internet services to two-thirds of the UK within five yearsDeal! Edmonds re-signs for hit show
Presenter agrees stay at Deal or No Deal for two more years, as Channel 4 seeks to cut back budgetBBC 6 Music's audience rises 50%
Threatened digital station surges to record 1 million listeners, while Chris Evans helps lift Radio 2 to highest ever audienceMcCall and Campbell present ITV 'lost families' show
Who Do You Think You Are? producer Wall to Wall making series reuniting long lost relativesPCC rejects complaint against Monbiot
Inaccuracy claim against Guardian blogpost from Viscount Monckton turned down by press watchdogBono and Bob Geldof, newspaper editors
Lost in Showbiz with Hadley Freeman: Yes, they're saving the world, one media outlet at a time
guardian.co.uk © Guardian News & Media Limited 2010 | Use of this content is subject to our Terms & Conditions | More Feeds -
Top Online Content Distribution Strategies: Standards, Aggregation, Syndication, Versioning
[Social Media] (Robin Good's Latest News)Which are the top content distribution strategies for an online publisher? In this in-depth report authored by new media and future treneds analyst Ross Dawson, you can find a thorough analysis of the present online content distribution paradigm as well as a set of useful guidelines and examples to make greater sense of content distribution. If you are interested in content distribution standards, aggregation, syndication and versioning trends, this is a must-read document. Photo credit: Adist ...
Which are the top content distribution strategies for an online publisher? In this in-depth report authored by new media and future treneds analyst Ross Dawson, you can find a thorough analysis of the present online content distribution paradigm as well as a set of useful guidelines and examples to make greater sense of content distribution. If you are interested in content distribution standards, aggregation, syndication and versioning trends, this is a must-read document.
Photo credit: Adistock In an age where online content is increasingly spreading in contexts different than the original source, understanding all content distribution options and their pros and cons is absolutely crucial. Here a quick look at some of the insights provided by Ross:
- No single business model in content distribution is likely to be effective indefinitely, as technology progresses and consumer behaviors and attitudes unfold.
- Choosing a single content distribution source rather than many, can dramatically reduce your transaction costs.
- Companies that have a wide range of existing content need to convert it to common formats so it can be used in many forms of distribution.
- Versioning - releasing content in a range of versions with different features or at different times - is one of the core strategies in the business.
- The ability for users to pass on digital copies, sometimes after cracking the protection, has become a dominant factor that must be taken into account.
Five Steps To Effective Content Distribution Strategies
by Ross DawsonWhen I wrote the book Living Networks the content distribution landscape was in the early stages of unfolding. Yet the strategies I prescribed then seem to be just as valid today. Here they are, excerpted from Chapter 8 on Next Generation Content Distribution: Creating Value When Digital Products Flow Freely.
The Five Steps
- Build evolutionary business models
- Define and refine strategies for standards and interfaces
- Develop and implement aggregation strategies
- Enable versatile syndication models
- Rework your product versioning
1. Build Evolutionary Business Models
The Microsoft Example
By 2001 analysts were growing concerned that Microsoft's revenue stream could falter, as the IT managers at large corporations began baulking at upgrading the software on all their PCs every time a new version of Microsoft Windows or Office was released. The software titan was finally galvanized to implement the strategy it had been musing about for years - switching to licensing its software as an annual subscription instead of a one-off purchase. Its new Software Assurance program gives users the right to receive all upgrades released during their subscription period, and includes support services. It seems few customers were delighted by the change, partly because for many their licensing costs increased, and Microsoft was forced to backtrack slightly, including extending the initially planned five month transition period to well over one year. Microsoft is already thinking of how it will further shift its business models to accommodate its .NET strategy, which will be described in chapter 9.
Key Steps To Build Evolutionary Business Models
Business models must be engineered to evolve in response to shifts in the landscape. As the flow of information and ideas grows ever-more fluid, the balance between protection and promotion will change. No single business model is likely to be effective indefinitely, as technology progresses and consumer behaviors and attitudes unfold. There are two key steps to building evolutionary business models:
- Actively experimenting; and
- considering not just how to manage the transition into the new business model, but also how that model can later transition into another.
Content Business Models and Stephen King
One of the marking experiments for content business models was made by novelist Stephen King. He offered his book "The Plant" in installments, bypassing publishers completely and selling directly to readers from his website. People could freely download each installment, but were asked to pay a small amount for each part. King said he would continue writing the book if sufficient readers paid. By the fourth part, just 46% of readers paid for the download, and in November 2000 the author announced he would stop working on the book indefinitely, having reportedly earned almost a half million dollars after costs in the process. As an independent author, Stephen King had the latitude to experiment more than large firms might, however by stopping mid-stream he has made it harder for others who want to try variations on his experiment, for example using DRM to protect content. He probably also had not fully thought through the consequences of stopping the experiment. Many of those who have paid $7 for the first half of a thriller probably no longer consider themselves Stephen King fans.
2. Define and Refine Strategies For Standards and Interfaces
The MPEG-4 Standards Issue
Imagine, as you watch a video being able to click on the actors' clothes to buy them, to zoom in when you want, or to get further information on locations in the film. No doubt you've read about this marketer's dream. This can in fact be done today on the Internet, enabled by MPEG-4, the compression technology that is intended to succeed earlier standards including MP3. But the technology hasn't taken off yet. In early 2002 MPEG LA, the licensing body formed to represent the 18 firms holding the patents that underlie MPEG-4, announced its pricing plans. The proposed fees - that included per-minute fees for all streaming video - created an uproar as market participants struggled between wanting to use a powerful technology, and not wanting to pay what they saw as excessive ongoing fees for its use. The Internet Streaming Media Alliance (ISMA) - an industry body seeking to establish open standards in the field, and representing over 30 major firms including Apple, Cisco, IBM, and Philips - weighed in with their concerns over the pricing scheme. Taking advantage of the brouhaha, On2, a small video compression firm, offered the use of its technology to ISMA for free. In the meantime, the primary competitor to MPEG-4 is Windows Media, with Microsoft carefully steering clear of alliances in this field. This snapshot of intrigue demonstrates many of the key standards issues in the world of digital content. Reflecting the basics of standards strategy outlined in Chapter 2, it is clear that firms can choose between establishing and profiting from standards, or promoting fully open standards that benefit the industry but level the playing field. Those who play little role in standards setting, but use standards in their business (as do all content businesses), have to decide whether a particular standard is likely to succeed, the costs of implementing and using it, and whether to back just one horse or several. Firms that wish to offer full-featured video over the Internet need to consider whether to invest in aligning their efforts with MPEG-4, Windows Media, or the other alternatives available.
The Gemstar Content Interface Strategy
Firms need not only to place their bets judiciously, but also to make sure they are able to switch courses mid-stream if necessary. There are similar issues with the interfaces that enable access to content. As with standards - and indeed all of the flow elements - controlling these can allow firms to reposition themselves in the content distribution market. Gemstar eBook is now one of the major players in the ebook market, with two of its early moves acquiring Nuvomedia, which makes the Rocket eBook, and Softbook Press, the maker of the Softbook Reader. The original Rocket eBook worked by transferring ebook titles from PCs by serial cable after they had been downloaded from the Internet. Gemstar eBook redesigned the next version of the Rocket eBook to include a modem, which enabled users to get dial-up access to an interactive catalog, and purchase books directly from the device maker. Gemstar eBook had neatly shifted from controlling the interface to moving into the content distribution business. Content providers and interface makers are often involved in intricate mating dances. Content firms generally would like to make their offerings available through all devices, but sometimes they can benefit by aligning themselves with a particular interface. In order to help establish standards, companies will offer lucrative deals to get exclusive content.
3. Develop and Implement Aggregration Strategies
The Aggregation Strategy of Getty Images
No doubt Mark Getty was thinking of the awesome riches accumulated by his grandfather - oil monopolist J. Paul Getty - when he set out with the intention of buying and building a business. He openly admits he was searching for a fragmented industry that he could come to dominate. What he found was stock photography. Today Getty Images is the largest player in a $2 billion industry, the product of 17 acquisitions made since 1995. Getty and his colleagues had realized the value to its media, advertising, and corporate clients of being able to go to one source for their images rather than having to scour through many suppliers. The advent of the Internet and high-quality digital photography has vastly simplified the process of searching for and obtaining images, but the same simple dynamic applies: If you can go to one source rather than many you can dramatically reduce your transaction costs.
How Online Content Aggregation Helps Buyers
One of the greatest boons of the Internet to business and consumers is the ability to bring together information in one place. At the same time as buyers have gained access to many more suppliers, they are now able to consolidate and compare information on all offerings, and go to just one place for all their purchasing activities in any area. That's the theory, anyway. Certainly B2B exchanges such as Free Markets allow purchasers to access global suppliers for complex offerings, AOL's shopping channel brings together retailers of all stripes, and websites like mySimon.com compare the prices of any given product across all online retailers.
Content Aggregation Strategy In The Music Industry
However because the position of aggregator is so powerful - in many cases essentially controlling the relationship with the end-customer - the battle to become the predominant aggregator in any market is often fierce, reflecting many similar dynamics to standards wars. The Pressplay and MusicNet case provides a great illustration of the issues. The reality is that all the five major labels would benefit if they provided one site for consumers to access all music. They have split into two competitive camps, even though consumers will never settle for music from just one group of labels. This is different from other markets, for example cable TV, in which customers are likely to choose the set of channels they prefer rather than needing to access everything. When these aggregators were being formed the question for each label was whether to participate, and if so which group they wanted to join. Each of the major labels is powerful by right of representing top artists that people want to listen to, thus forcing consumers to come to their aggregator site. EMI, a member of MusicNet, has hedged its bets by also making its music available through Pressplay. This means that it is potentially diluting the value of its stake in MusicNet, but accessing a broader market. Independent labels that wish to distribute through these sites may choose to go through both - depending on exclusivity negotiations - but if so must bear the cost of providing their content under multiple formats. In the meantime, the peer-to-peer file sharing networks are effectively aggregating music from all labels, thus making them attractive to users. Napster is now seeking to position itself as a legal subscription service providing access to all content. The major labels want to avoid licensing their content to others, so that customers are forced to go to their online retail units, however this raises antitrust issues. Aggregators have the potential to combine market power to the detriment of consumers, and the Department of Justice has investigated numerous B2B exchanges as well as the music labels' online efforts.
4. Enable Versatile Syndication Models
News Sites Syndication Models
In 1865 the young newswire started by Paul Julius Reuter got its first big scoop when it broadcast news of Abraham Lincoln's assassination before anyone else in Europe. Today, when you point your browser to AOL, Lycos, MSNBC, Yahoo!, or almost any of the other top new sites on the Internet, and you will see news provided by Reuters. The global information provider feeds multimedia content to more than 1,000 client websites, packaged to target specific regional and industry audiences. The Reuters content is delivered in NewsML - an XML format that allows its clients to select and present the information however best suits their websites. Part of the power of NewsML is that it allows stories to be reformatted for different situations, for example using shorter titles for display on mobile devices, or changing references if used in different countries.
Content Syndication As a Business Model
Syndication is one of the best-established business models for content. By the early 1900s there were over 150 comic strips in syndication, and the business model is central to newspapers, radio, television, and just about every other form of content and media. However, in a hyper-connected world, the drivers and nature of syndication are changing. The global scope of distribution means it is difficult to negotiate with all end-users yourself, so syndicating intermediaries like iSyndicate, ScreamingMedia, and Factiva have a vital role to play. The key role of customized content in relationships - as you saw in Chapter 4 - is making access to useful, regularly updated content critical. The increasing cost of developing high-value content means syndication must be a core component of the business model.
Examples of Successful Syndication Models
CBS Marketwatch.com makes close to one third of its revenue from licensing charts and articles to other websites, as well as newspapers and wireless networks. Salon.com has reversed the traditional flow of content by syndicating its material to print newspapers and magazines. The variety of content formats and breadth of distribution possible today means that technology is at the heart of effective syndication. Ad-hoc solutions will not scale effectively. In order to provide content in ways that can easily be used and customized by customers and different media, XML formatting such as that used by Reuters is almost essential. Companies that have a wide range of existing content need to convert it to common formats so it can be used in many forms of distribution. EMI Music Distribution has established a system in which 135,000 items, including songs, videos, lyrics, and cover artwork have been digitized as master copies, which can be converted for use in any media from CDs to mobile phones. These kinds of enabling infrastructure provide a foundation for firms to be flexible in implementing syndication business models as the environment shifts. The scope of syndication is rapidly broadening. Providing information such as product catalogs to distributors and exchanges is effectively a syndication process. As we will see in Chapter 9, syndication is increasingly relevant to services as well as content.
5. Rework Your Product Versioning
The Ministry of Sound Nightclub Example
One of the essential excursions for any youthful visitor to London is the Ministry of Sound nightclub, established in 1991. The owners have parlayed the nightclub's success into one of the premier youth brands in the UK and worldwide, encompassing the world's bestselling dance CD, around 200 dance events annually around the globe, a popular monthly magazine, a radio station, merchandise and more. In its latest addition to its portfolio of businesses, it is launching a digital music store in conjunction with Peter Gabriel's OD2, offering a massive library of dance recordings and videos from major record labels. It provides three services to its subscribers. They can purchase and download individual tracks that can be kept, burned to CDs, or transferred to portable devices. In another service, top DJs compile the latest sounds into monthly music programs that provide unlimited access to streams and downloads, but the music files can only be used for 30 days. Finally, a personal playlist gives users each month unlimited access to streams or downloads of their choice of tracks. Again, these can be played for just 30 days.
Why Content Versioning Matters For Distribution
Versioning - releasing content in a range of versions with different features or at different times - is one of the core strategies in the business.
- Books come out in hardcover before they are released as paperbacks.
- Major films are released first in movie theatres, then in turn on DVD, video, cable programming, and free-to-air TV.
- Financial market quotes are free if they're delayed 20 minutes, but you can pay hefty subscription fees to receive real-time data.
- Software is often available in both a full-featured version, and one with reduced functionality that is cheaper or sometimes free.
The Problem of Digital Piracy
Clearly the ability for users to pass on digital copies, sometimes after cracking the protection, has become a dominant factor. Film and TV content owners are often reluctant to release their programs onto digital TV, because they can be readily copied and shared. The entire economics of the film industry are built around the staged release of movies in different formats, with the premium revenue movie-theater release going first. For now, film studios are doing everything they can to maintain their current system, partly by avoiding any form of early release that could possibly be cracked and made available on the illegal market. However if consumer attitudes to file sharing and broadband technology advance faster than copy protection technologies, it is possible that content owners will have to rethink their versioning strategies.
Originally written by Ross Dawson for Ross Dawson Blog, and first published on April 27th, 2010 as "Five Steps To Effective Content Distribution Strategies".
About Ross Dawson
Ross Dawson is founding chairman of four companies: Advanced Human Technologies, Future Exploration Network, The Insight Exchange and Repyoot. He is author of Developing Knowledge-Based Client Relationships and Living Networks. He also has written white papers for organizations including SAP and Microsoft, and has published over 100 articles in leading publications worldwide. Ross was recently named by Digital Media magazine as one of the 40 biggest players in Australia's digital age.
Photo credits: The Five Steps - Solo Traveler The MPEG-4 Standards Issue - SSilver The Problem of Digital Piracy - Emilie Richards Other images - Clipart -
BCAB Video Rewind
[Country Music] (Jaye Albright's Breakfast Blog)Now, I know what you can spend this beautiful spring weekend doing, watching videos on your computer, replaying last week's British Columbia Association of Broadcasters' convention in Victoria. Mark Ramsey (click to watch it): "The way we think about our industry needs to change. We need to broaden the focus and broaden the language." Bob Garfield tells us we are all doomed (but then he offers a plan and some hope): "Listenomics – listen to customers and users, monitizing those conversatio ...
Now, I know what you can spend this beautiful spring weekend doing, watching videos on your computer, replaying last week's British Columbia Association of Broadcasters' convention in Victoria.
Mark Ramsey (click to watch it): "The way we think about our industry needs to change. We need to broaden the focus and broaden the language."
Bob Garfield tells us we are all doomed (but then he offers a plan and some hope): "Listenomics – listen to customers and users, monitizing those conversations. We must be a master of all platforms, text, audio, and video. Whoever does the best job of listening to the audience and provides what they want will be the winner, who may not even exist yet given the fact that the barriers to entry are falling very fast."
Larry Rosin (click to see his presentation): "How can we push advertising messages that are of interest to our website viewers? Radio station web sites are improved but TV and print sites are leading the local battle. Forty-eight percent say that radio station Web sites have gotten more interesting compared to 17 percent believing them to be worse or less interesting. However, monthly visitation to radio station Web sites (16 percent) among persons 12+ lags visitation to local TV and local newspaper Web sites."
John Parikhal: Five trends impacting your success: Demographic shift, The disappearing middle, Always on, The filter factor creating a Power Shift from "us" to "the end user."
The radio "Presidents Panel:" Denise Donlan CBC, “In a world of choice, why us?” Corus' JJ Johnson, "Radio is still all about great content and great people. Stop living in fear – think forward and do something about it." Chris Gordon, CHUM: "We are leaner and meaner. Now that we seem to be coming out of this recession and the revenue is coming back we all need to invest in brand extension and staff training. The battle for radio is clearly to continue to own the mobile platforms." Pattison's Rick Arnish: "I am very bullish about the future. We have valuable brands & great relationships with advertisers and listeners. Culture is important. We use TTI (Total team involvement) and it helps our culture. We allow our market managers to make decisions, because they know their market better than anyone." Vista's Terry Coles: "The more things change the more things stay the same. We still need to create great content so we can do a better job of serving the audience."
Thanks, BCAB for one of the best meetings I've attended this year, making me excited to see what they have in store in Kelowna in 2011.---------------------------------------------- Website: http://www.albrightandomalley.com -
Apple discontinues Lala
[News] (True/Slant Network Activity)There's been plenty of rumors circulating online about the future of Lala, an online music service, since Apple acquired the site in December. Well, these rumors can be put to rest. Apple is shutting Lala down. I received the following email from Lala just a short while ago: Dear Leor G., The Lala service will be shut down on May 31st. In appreciation of your support over the last five years, you will receive a credit in the amount of your Lala web song purchases for use on Apple's iTunes St ...
There's been plenty of rumors circulating online about the future of Lala, an online music service, since Apple acquired the site in December. Well, these rumors can be put to rest. Apple is shutting Lala down. I received the following email from Lala just a short while ago: Dear Leor G., The Lala service will be shut down on May 31st. In appreciation of your support over the last five years, you will receive a credit in the amount of your Lala web song purchases for use on Apple's iTunes Store. If you purchased and downloaded mp3 songs from Lala, those songs will continue to play as part of your local music library. Remaining wallet balances and unredeemed gift cards will be converted to iTunes Store credit (or can be refunded upon request). Gift cards can be redeemed on Lala until May 31st. Click here [1] or visit Lala.com/support for more information, or to view Lala's Terms of Service. Thank you. Lala Apple has long been heralded as being at the forefront of digital music innovation. Closing down Lala is hardly innovative: It's a sign that they're running to the hills. I discovered Lala in the fall of 2008 while listening to the recently-shuttered radio station, WOXY. After playing a new TV On The Radio tune, the DJ told listeners to head to Lala to stream the new TVOTR album, Dear Science, for free. So I did. And I got hooked. Lala was a great sight to check out music, new and old. It allowed intrepid music fans to test the waters of bands they've never really taken the chance to listen to without suffering economic losses, aka purchasing the music without knowing the content. It, in effect, was truly innovative: Let struggling bands share their music to the world with a one-time play stream and let curious listeners devour obscure or fan-favorite tracks. And, hey, if it's all a good match, listeners may buy the music. So, how does Apple look when they shut down one of the best sources of discovering music online? Well, not very good. Some are musing that this is Apple's way of making their foray into a music listening subscription service [2]. But did they really need to cut out the competition to launch such a service? While technology pundits try and figure out Apple's next moves, I'll be doing the one thing I know I won't be able to do soon: Hunting down the oddest sounds on Lala and taking one last listen. [1] http://www.lala.com/emaillanding?templateName=Shutdown&path=shutdown [2] http://paidcontent.org/article/419-apple-shutting-lala-subscription-itunes-soon/ -
Android apps brought to you by big brands
[iPhone] (Appolicious Advisor)Big brands have recognized the power of social media marketing, and that’s extended to the mobile realm as well. iPhone apps for some of the most recognized brands such as Starbucks (Starbucks Card Mobile, myStarbucks) and MasterCard (Priceless Picks) have created a direct channel for communication between the company and its customers. Recent launches of mobile apps on other platforms have extended the reach of big brands, with more and more moving to Android devices as part of their ove ...
Big brands have recognized the power of social media marketing, and that’s extended to the mobile realm as well. iPhone apps for some of the most recognized brands such as Starbucks (Starbucks Card Mobile, myStarbucks) and MasterCard (Priceless Picks) have created a direct channel for communication between the company and its customers.
Recent launches of mobile apps on other platforms have extended the reach of big brands, with more and more moving to Android devices as part of their overall branding efforts.
Utilities
Progressive’s new Android app took a jab at Geico, who’s recent mobile push didn’t include an Android app. While you can receive quotes from competitors on Progressive’s free Android app, existing customers can also file claims, complete with photos and GPS locales of accidents.
Bank of America is one of the few financial institutions with a secure and official presence in the Android Market. The free Android app offers access to your bank account for paying bills and transferring funds. You can also receive balance updates, and search for bank and ATM locations based on GPS.
Shopping & entertainment
Amazon was an early adopter of the Android platform, teaming up with Google to become a default app on most devices. With an Amazon storefront and mp3 shop, this brand retains its image as a technology-driven tool to save consumers time and money. Both Amazon apps are free.
Online shopping website eBay was a little later to the Android market, but it’s looking to recapture the real-time excitement of auction bidding and treasure-hunting. The free Android app has voice search and alerts, but its improved search tool is how eBay is really looking to provide value to its customers.
Not too many entertainment brands have mobile apps at all, so it’s nice to see a dedicated Android app for the Discovery Channel. View videos from shows, add them to your favorites or share them across your phone’s other social media apps. The free Android app offers access to photos and news, show info and schedules. All that’s missing are alerts for upcoming shows.
DirecTV may be a more encompassing entertainment Android app, but it proves the potential of mobile devices as tools for direct consumer access. The app, which is free for customers, lets you schedule your DVR, view show details, and order movies. Associated apps like NFL Superfan deliver premium DirecTV content straight to your phone.
One brand that transcends shopping and entertainment is Oprah, who recently launched mobile apps across all the major platforms. The $1.99 Oprah Mobile Android app leaves a little to be desired, but the future potential for accessing the aggregate of all her content is evident. See show clips, read magazine articles, search for local show times and tune into her radio station.
The whole kit & caboodle
Facebook has been good about offering native apps across the major platforms, though its free Android app could use some work. As Facebook makes swift moves to make the entire web social, however, much of that will affect the mobile industry as well. Making its brand accessible anytime, anywhere, will strengthen Facebook’s presence and consumer interaction.
Sears2Go is primarily for retail shoppers, but its utility as a time-saver is a great way to combine its brand with a mobile app’s capabilities. Search for products, purchase them directly through the free Android app, or arrange for in-store pick up. With associated apps for Kmart shopping and a personal shopper tool, Sears’ branding is on the right track.
As AOL is seeking multiple ways in which to stabilize and grow its brand, the company has launched a handful of free apps for Android. AOL Lifestream, for instance, combines your social networking activity, with search filters to dig through your friends’ posted content.
-
Scientists develop sensor to predict freak weather, from flash flooding to landslides
[Guardian] (Education: Higher education | guardian.co.uk)In the fight against climate change, scientists have created a sensor that can alert us to freak weatherWhen the town of Cockermouth, Cumbria, was hit by floods late last year, the freak weather led to deaths and serious injuries, and caused huge damage to thousands of homes and businesses. People from all around the UK watched the disaster and called for greater prioritisation of flood defences.Now, a team of scientists from Southampton University has stepped up to the challenge. Led by Dr Kir ...
In the fight against climate change, scientists have created a sensor that can alert us to freak weather
When the town of Cockermouth, Cumbria, was hit by floods late last year, the freak weather led to deaths and serious injuries, and caused huge damage to thousands of homes and businesses. People from all around the UK watched the disaster and called for greater prioritisation of flood defences.
Now, a team of scientists from Southampton University has stepped up to the challenge. Led by Dr Kirk Martinez, a senior lecturer at the university's school of electronics and computer science, the group has created a new sensor device that can help to reduce the unpredictable factor of flash flooding, as well as making other geographical phenomena such as landslides much easier to forecast.
The technology was developed in 2003, when Martinez began working on a sensor probe that was placed under glaciers to measure climate change. Scientists, Martinez says, "weren't making the most of all the newly available technology". He adds: "Most research involved trying to insert sensors on a long wire into the ice. The wires tended to break a lot and the researchers had to regularly go out to the site with a laptop to download all the data. I thought there had to be a way of using wireless technology to develop a new measuring technique."
There was: Martinez was able to design small, fist-sized wireless glacier probes, which have a small, low-power computer and radio inside that enables them to regularly take, store and send measurements to a web server accessible from anywhere in the world. After developing the probes, the researchers used a jet-powered steam "drill" to position the sensors 70 metres deep at various positions in the Skalafellsjökull glacier in Iceland – part of the largest ice cap in Europe.
They were set to record temperature, pressure, movement and the quantity of water in their surroundings to help scientists get an accurate picture of glacial behaviour and predict future movements. Now, the probes are still in place and able to "talk" to each other, so if a range of readings have been the same for a period of time, some of the devices hibernate to save power. If conditions begin to change, one of the probes "wakes up" the rest of them.
The success of the pilot led Martinez to think bigger. "Initially, it was very difficult to develop the probes," he explains. "No one had done it before, so we had to design several versions of everything, from the programmes and electronics to the waterproof cases, before we perfected them enough to venture out to other areas. But once they were in place and working, they sent through data reliably and usefully.
"In Iceland, they have already shown us interesting things, like the fact that the glacier began to warm up in February, even though the land on top of it was still very wintry. So we thought there would be other uses for these sensors."
Martinez took the Southampton-designed probes to the Los Laureles Canyon in Mexico, to see if they would collect data that could help to understand landslides as well as studying melting ice caps.
"The canyon area has no proper drainage system, and very poor-quality housing that faces massive flooding problems," he says. "The streets are not paved and when water flows, it picks up sediment and becomes quite aggressive. So we put our probes in place to measure the ground's tilt, how moist it is, the temperature, and the crushing pressure, to help local scientists prevent landslides. The probes measure every 10 minutes. Put together with meteorological predictions for rainfall and storms, the data can show how and why things are moving, and indicate the start of a landslide. It means that the local experts are receiving regular, accurate data and are working on preventative slope management."
Martinez and his fellow researchers are now looking at ways to make the sensors cheap and easy to install. "At the moment, the probes are handmade so they cost up to £200 each, but this could be cut a lot with mass production," Martinez says. "We're producing them on a non-profit basis right now, but we see environmental monitoring companies buying them to help with their contracts, as well as researchers who want to measure things in remote areas."
In the future, Martinez believes the sensors could be used around the world, from flood-monitoring in Cockermouth to landslide-prediction in South America and Asia. "In Britain, they could have a huge impact on how we anticipate flooding. The sensors' data could not only be used by local environment agencies to trigger an evacuation, but also be directed to a website, so people facing coastal erosion or flooding could check the safety of their homes.
"The exciting thing is that the probes don't need a huge chunk of concrete or a power station to get them to run, they're small, and contain batteries that run for many years." Although they were conceived to fulfil a need of recording data in hard-to-reach environments, Martinez believes one day individual homeowners could buy the sensors to check things such as how fast cliffs are receding, as well as water-monitoring to help people in places like Cockermouth to prepare in advance for flash floods.
"Climate change is happening and we need the combined efforts of measuring what's happening with efforts to prevent it," Martinez says. "It's a great time to be working in this field – the technology is ripe to make a huge difference."
guardian.co.uk © Guardian News & Media Limited 2010 | Use of this content is subject to our Terms & Conditions | More Feeds -
Indy Transponder 16-APR-10 1615z
[Aviation] (Indy Transponder™)This weekend's events - Fencecheck 4/16/10 | Doolittle Tokyo Raiders Reunion 2010 4/17/10 | Charleston Harbor Fest 2010 4/17/10 | Warbirds in Action Air Show 2010 4/17/10 | Thunder Over Louisville 2010 4/17/10 | Bluebonnet Picnic, Fly-in, and L-bird Gathering 2010 4/17/10 | Red Bull Air Race 2010 4/17/10 | American Heroes Air Show 2010 Pilot Makes Emergency Landing in Tomato Field - The Ledger Police Say Engine Failed, but Nobody Was Injured LAKELA ...
This weekend's events - Fencecheck
4/16/10 | Doolittle Tokyo Raiders Reunion 2010
4/17/10 | Charleston Harbor Fest 2010
4/17/10 | Warbirds in Action Air Show 2010
4/17/10 | Thunder Over Louisville 2010
4/17/10 | Bluebonnet Picnic, Fly-in, and L-bird Gathering 2010
4/17/10 | Red Bull Air Race 2010
4/17/10 | American Heroes Air Show 2010
Pilot Makes Emergency Landing in Tomato Field - The Ledger
Police Say Engine Failed, but Nobody Was Injured
LAKELAND | A Titan T-51 Mustang made an emergency landing in a Lakeland tomato field Wednesday after its engine failed when the pilot attempted to alternate between fuel tanks during the Sun 'n Fun Fly-In, according to the Lakeland Police Department.
The pilot tried to land the plane, a three-fourth size replica of a World War II P-51 Mustang, on a dirt road. But a wheel veered off the road and the propeller dug into the dirt of the field at 5809 Timberwood Road, near Ewell Road, southwest of Lakeland Linder Regional Airport, said police Sgt. Terri Smith.
The pilot, William Koleno II, 37, of Geneva, Ohio, and his passenger, Ronald Dalin, 46, of Ashtabula, Ohio, were not injured, officials said.
The incident happened shortly after 1 p.m. in a field ...
AOPA Promotes Engagement At Sun 'n Fun from AVweb Top News
The future of general aviation rests in the hands of today's pilots, AOPA President Craig Fuller said at Sun 'n Fun on Thursday evening, as he kicked off the event's annual AOPA Day, which will be held all day Friday. "At AOPA we are busy doing more than ever before to keep flying strong," Fuller said. "And everywhere I go I meet people who want to help, but they don't know how." Fuller is on a campaign to get grass-roots aviators fully engaged in meeting the challenges ahead. "Being more engaged can be as simple as staying informed about the issues that affect your flying and as involved as hosting a major public event," he said. "But in between are almost infinite opportunities." AVweb spoke with Fuller about some of those opportunities, as well as the challenges facing GA; click here for the podcast. ...
Craig Fuller, President of AOPA from AVWeb Podcast - Podcast
General aviation dodged a bullet on user fees, but there are plenty of other challenges ahead. Craig Fuller talks with AVweb's Mary Grady at Sun 'n Fun about those challenges, including NextGen, avgas, and more, and also the opportunities that GA will be facing in the future.This podcast is brought to you by WxWorx XM WX Satellite Weather and Lightspeed Aviation.
Sun 'n Fun gets $7.5 million grant for new academy building - AOPA Pilot
It is set to open in August 2011 and will be located next to the Florida Air Museum. The current CFAA building holds 175 students. ...
Blue Angels Commander Returns to the Lowcountry - WCIV
Recently, he decided he wanted to fly with the Blue Angels. This is his second year on the team. "I've never seen Charleston from the air," McWherter said ...
WWII Doolittle Raiders reunite in Dayton - Dayton Daily News
The men who risked their lives to participate in a top-secret, World War II bombing raid of Japan didn't know if they had enough aviation fuel in their bombers for the mission.
"I was scared the whole time," said retired Lt. Col. Dick Cole, then a 26-year-old second lieutenant in the Army Air Forces who volunteered for the April 18, 1942, mission. He served as co-pilot in the lead aircraft for the late James H. Doolittle, who orchestrated and led the raid involving 16 B-25 bombers that took off from the aircraft carrier USS Hornet in the Pacific Ocean. Now, Cole and the remaining survivors are battling mortality. ...
Kentucky Air National Guard plays host to military aircraft for Thunder Over Louisville - Unbridled Service
KENTUCKY AIR NATIONAL GUARD BASE, LOUISVILLE, Ky. – Once again the Kentucky Air National Guard Base will be a flurry of activity this week as it plays host to a fleet of military aircraft taking part in this year's Thunder Over Louisville celebration.
A variety of aircraft, ranging from the venerable C-130 Hercules transport to the F-15 Strike Eagle, F-16 Fighting Falcon and F/A-18 Hornet began arriving here this ...
2010 Thunder Air Show - WDRB
More than 100 aircraft are schedule to appear with aerobatic teams and sky divers. The show begins Saturday (April 17th) at 3pm and continues until Thunder ...
Thunder over the airwaves - Louisville Courier-Journal
... Thunder television station and will have exclusive broadcasts from 2:30 to 11 pm including the official fireworks soundtrack and air show coverage. ...
Lots of fun at the Cummins Airshow - Port Lincoln Times
The boomerang fighter pilot for the Cummins Airshow was Jim Whalley who's father was the pilot of the plane during the war. Money raised on the day will go ...
Thrills, Chills and Jaw Dropping Excitement Coming to the 2010 California ... - PR Web
California Capital Airshow today announced that the F-22 Raptor Demonstration Team will thunder into Sacramento headlining the ...
Tricolour Arrows 16 and F, changes in the sky Cervia - Ravennanotizie.it
Entertainment in the sky of Cervia for the arrival of the patrol Tricolour Arrows. For several years the aerobatic choose the base of Cervia for ...
CRASH OF Alphajet Investigators still on site - Dauphiné Libéré
After the crash of a Alphajets of the Patrouille de France on Tuesday morning (read our edition of yesterday), the area remains off limits. Day and night, ...
Crash forces famous Red Arrows to cancel Salthill appearance - Galway Bay FM
The RAF Red Arrows have had to cancel their aerobatic display over Salthill this Summer, after one of their pilots was injured in a ...
Volcanic ash cloud leaves RAF planes at standstill - Lincolnshire Echo
Fortunately the Red Arrows training will remain unaffected as the team are on location is Cyprus. An RAF spokesman said: "All non-operational flying has ...
Weymouth Carnival parade set to stretch to more than 100 floats - Dorset Echo
Other attractions proposed by the carnival committee include aerial displays from the Red Arrows, the Red Devil Parachutists, Breitling wing walkers and the ...
Renegades 'drop in' to Kemble airfield - Wilts and Gloucestershire Standard
The area has a rich aviation heritage and it's nice that a team largely made-up of local people, will be coming along to show off their skills. ...
P-38 Lightning Welch beach, UK. 2010 Latest. - Stick and Rudder [photo AF Times]
This was after, I asked what was the latest, on this aircrafts 'status'. With many thanks to Mr Barry Davis, of Cyngor Gwynedd for very kindly updating for us here on stickandrudder. I have sent this info to other forums, so as to let others know.
click the link for P-381.jpg on this post, and you'll see the response Gary received on his inquiry about the P-38 submerged in Welch waters.
WWII vets provide flights into history aboard B-17 fighter plane By Daily News
It was nearly 66 years ago that Art Sherman, then a bombardier navigator with the 15th Air Force, flew his first mission in a B-24 fighter plane.
It was May 2, 1944, and his was one of a thousand bombers in formation over Italy. And then, right in front of Sherman, two of them collided midair in a fiery explosion.
"After that, I realized I could get killed," recalled Sherman, 88, of Encino. "Was I scared? Of course I was scared, are you crazy?"
But Sherman continued to fly in B-24s, then B-25s, and then the B-17, a four-engine bomber known as the "Flying Fortress."
Memories of those World War II missions came flooding back Thursday as ...
Look to the skies for salute to fallen soldiers - Dahlonega Nugget
The next two arial salutes will include the Vietnam-era aircraft of the Army Aviation Heritage Foundation (AVVBA). Then members of the 101st Airborne ...
Heroes are all around us - Island Park News
This year, with the help of Idaho volunteers, the Idaho Warhawk Air Museum in Nampa recorded its 500th veteran's history for the Idaho Veterans History ...
WWII fighter pilot learned moves from Charles Lindbergh - The Desert Sun
B-25 bombers. I said, 'I've never flown this thing.'" Bellan was told, "It's an easy airplane to fly, don't worry about it." "I said, 'How do I start the ...
Auction in reverse: poster-sized B-1 photo from The Unwanted Blog
A while back I took a series of photos of the B-1 bomber on display at the Hill Aerospace Museum and stitched them together into what I must say is a fairly impressive large image. A few weeks back I had it printed on a 24X36 sheet of matte photo paper. The aspect ratio was just a little off, so there are white "borders" at top and bottom.
Earlier this week I took it down to the Museum, with the intention of showing it to the gift shop's managers and ...
The Ultimate Type Club? from AviationBull
If you want to know something about a specific type of aircraft, the best place to start is probably a type club. As a Cessna 170 owner, I'm a member of the International Cessna 170 Association. It has a catalog of useful and affordable STCs, a ton of corporate knowledge and a great community of owner/enthusiasts. There is a type club for pretty much every kind of plane in the sky, though some are more active than ...
Posts from Making a Kiwi Fly
Bay Youth Symphony auditions - Halifax-Plympton Reporter
PLYMOUTH – The Plymouth Aero Club announces that it is accepting applications for this year's Aviation Scholarships. The scholarships are to be used toward ...
Uncontrolled Airspace #179C "$2.13 Short"
UCAP Daily! Hal & Sandy Shevers of Sporty's Pilot Shop join James, Dave and Jack for this third edition of the Daily. Hal has a run-in with the XM Radio folks, Dave is thinking Brazilian, James is headed for a party, and Jack joins the RAF. All this and more on Uncontrolled Airspace #179C "$2.13 Short"
US Navy & Marines from FenceCheck Forums
A-4 / T-4 (Skyhawk / Scooter) from FenceCheck Forums
Video: Retired Air Force One lands in Houma from Diamond Pilots
VIDEO: Obama Kennedy Space Center visit media coverage from Hyperbola
Top of 24 Hours for April 16, 2010 from AIRFIGHTERS.COM - Top Photos of the Day -
How to Monetize Podcasting
[Music, Radio] (Inside Music Media)By Jerry Del Colliano Adam Carolla, the funny star of radio and television, got 50 million iTunes downloads the first year he became a podcaster. And he still isn't making money. That's 50 million downloads -- and chump change for his efforts. Do you think we broadcasting types need to go back to school to learn media sociology and technology? Taking nothing away from Carolla or any other podcaster that can attract a following, making money in new media requires breaking away from an unheal ...
By Jerry Del Colliano
Adam Carolla, the funny star of radio and television, got 50 million iTunes downloads the first year he became a podcaster.
And he still isn't making money.
That's 50 million downloads -- and chump change for his efforts.
Do you think we broadcasting types need to go back to school to learn media sociology and technology?
Taking nothing away from Carolla or any other podcaster that can attract a following, making money in new media requires breaking away from an unhealthy dependence on spots.
And getting away from the radio model.
With podcasting, you no longer need to follow radio formatics because your fans choose you every day and invite you into their ear canal. That's damn personal.
Carolla is talking about starting a podcast network and that's kind of scary when he's not making money on his first venture.
Most of my readers are familiar with my view that podcasting is one of the new media tools that shows great promise as a revenue producer. To reiterate, podcasting should not sound like radio and should not be sold like radio.
Podcasters are never going to make a lot of money selling commercials in 30-minutes of content and advertisers will probably jawbone the rates down to nothing if you can get them to buy.
Still, podcasting is a winner because it cooperates with the inevitable which is it can be consumed on-demand.
It can be video or audio or both.
It can include text through companion web or iPad pages.
Plus, social networking.
I've been suggesting to radio groups that they should investigate operating new media platforms separate and apart from their broadcast operations.
They don't like it.
So, if you're an ex-broadcaster or an entrepreneur, here's you opportunity to do what they are resisting because radio broadcasters only want podcasting that is somehow connected to terrestrial content. And that's a mistake in my opinion.
Terrestrial broadcasters are still talking about filling up their HD channels when consumers have voted HD out of their lives (not that it was ever in their lives). The radio broadcasters who are with me on this know that they are tying their hands behind their backs when they limit or link new media revenue to terrestrial content.
So, say you take my advice.
What will happen?
On another day we'll talk formatics, acquisition of audience through social networking and assuring in-demand content, but for now, look at how podcasting can make money.
There are three ways:
1. In-content Commercials
Obviously, not my favorite. But if you go this route, make them live-reads. Un-commercials. Refreshingly frank and real. There are ways to get into commercial content without abruptly doing it. NPR-style sponsorships will also work.
2. Subscription Models
Even my true believers don't believe me on subscriptions. The consumer is telling you they are willing to buy things (downloads, apps by the ton and entertainment-related Internet content). If -- and I emphasize if -- podcasting is compelling and addictive, they may pay for it. The right price is the price that is affordable. Trade content can be priced higher than consumer content, but there is a price and there is a motivation if the content is compelling.
3. Event Marketing
I've saved the best for last.
Build an audience and continue to provide excellent content.
Then, build a series of events -- once a quarter or every month if you can (and radio companies can!) -- where you direct your fans to the event.
If you have an AC station and have developed a following, you offer a podcast separate and apart from on-air content that is compelling and addictive. Then, in January the 2011 version of a bridal fair would work. You market to sponsors. Get a venue. Add entertainment. Drive fans to the event through your podcast (but not by doing promos). Ring the cash register.
There are events possible for sports events, outdoor, travel, employment, back to school, auto and just about every category that has eager companies dying to get into new media.
Not commercials on a podcast.
Sponsorship of events.
The Wango Tango of just about every good category that has willing sponsors ready to spend on local events.
I even have one for Lew Dickey.
When I talked with Lew at the NAB Radio Convention he passionately convinced me that radio should be seeking health care dollars. That's great. Well, then -- a health fair. Health clinic.
Of course, most broadcasters would use their terrestrial stations to drive listeners to these events and most companies don't want the expense of ground crews they would need to organize event selling. They like orders that get phoned in to the last salesperson left standing.
But you ....
Well, thanks for the opportunity.
If you have a podcast for humor, you can do a "Laugh Off" and have fans attend and participate. Sell to sponsors.
If you can do a travel podcast and get a loyal following, think of the help the travel industry will need getting back on its feet.
Podcasting is not broadcasting.
It's not even really narrowcasting.
Podcasting is appointment selling.
You have their interest and now you channel fans -- direct them, if you will -- to events they might like that you just happen to own.
When a psychiatrist or psychologist can attract a podcasting audience through appointment selling, the most interested fans will likely choose to attend forums (that can be sponsored by medical companies) or fairs.
Start with one.
Then do another.
Then eventually do one every month of the year if possible.
I use this concept with my media labs.
I talk to my readers every day (in this blog) then attract the people most likely to want to attend one of my conferences (which reminds me, the next Media Solutions Lab is January 27, 2011 at the Phoenician in Phoenix -- save the date).
Then I can do other events on varying topics such as "iPad for Radio" and the best prospects (my readers) opt in.
It's no different than running ads in trade papers but it is also very different.
We are having a "conversation" here and podcasting is also a conversation between interested parties.
I get hundreds of emails a day on specific topics I write about and I answer every one that is directed to me. I have come to know many of you personally through this site and have made friends from the 200,000 plus visitors we get every month.
So, think outside the radio.
Radio talent, content providers, marketers and managers are future podcasting entrepreneurs.
If I ran a major group, I'd hire back the people that were fired and give them entrepreneurial deals where they keep a fair percentage of the earnings and the company owns the podcast.
The WPA of Radio but instead of building dams to harness electrical power, do deals with the talented people you let go to give you juice in new media.
If they can grow the event part of it, they get additional money.
You see, it doesn't have to cost a tightfisted radio company a penny.
The only investment is in time and learning about the exciting and profitable world of new media.
A radio brand is most valuable when it can give birth to content that can be marketed in the digital mobile space.
That's why companies should do the best terrestrial radio they can -- local and live and full of local personalities.
The way it is right now with radio groups spending next to nothing on new media, they are squandering their opportunity to use their local brands to spin-off independent and profitable new media ventures.
(Here's a great Fast Company piece on the king of podcasting downloads -- Adam Carolla).
For those of you who would prefer to get Jerry's daily posts by email for FREE, please click here. Then look for a verifying email from FeedBurner to start service.
Thanks for forwarding my pieces to your friends and linking to your websites and boards.
-
The Participatory Museum: An "Encore" Interview with Nina Simon
[Museums] (ExhibiTricks: A Museum/Exhibit/Design Blog)Since Nina Simon recently released her book, "The Participatory Museum" I thought I'd do an "encore" posting of the interview I did with her a while back. Enjoy! Nina Simon, the creator of the Museum 2.0 blog, is a one-woman idea factory and independent museum professional based in California. I was able to pull her away from her bucolic workspace (see photo above) to answer a few questions about her work and herself: What’s your educational background? I went to WPI, a small engi ...

Since Nina Simon recently released her book, "The Participatory Museum" I thought I'd do an "encore" posting of the interview I did with her a while back. Enjoy!
Nina Simon, the creator of the Museum 2.0 blog, is a one-woman idea factory and independent museum professional based in California. I was able to pull her away from her bucolic workspace (see photo above) to answer a few questions about her work and herself:
What’s your educational background?
I went to WPI, a small engineering college in Worcester, MA with a focus on hands-on learning. I learned to weld and build explosive electronic stuff. I left with a degree in electrical engineering and a minor in math, confident I would never again pick up the phone to hear a friend say, "Nina, come over here with as much metal as you can. I'm discharging a giant capacitor and I just vaporized a fork."
What got you interested in Museums?
I've always been interested in free choice learning. In high school, I got my hands on Grace Llewellyn's book, The Teenage Liberation Handbook: How to Quit School and Get a Real Life and Education and only my obsessive geekiness and the potential of my mom having a heart attack kept me from quitting to pursue my own education. But I did go on to read every book by John Holt and Paulo Friere and spend time on a free school farm in Minnesota.
In college, I taught differential equations and was shocked at how many of my fellow students hated and feared math. I also learned pretty quickly that engineering wasn't a great fit for the creative performer in me. I started searching for a place where I could share my love of math and science without handing out grades, and started working at science museums (the Boston Museum of Science and the Acton Discovery Museums) immediately after graduating.
What are some of your favorite museums or exhibitions?
I love the Museum of Jurassic Technology, a place I visited frequently as a teenager (and continue to visit whenever I'm back in LA). It's one of the few museums that has a mysterious aura to it--it feels like slipping into an attic or a book you read whenever it rains. I feel changed by each visit and that energizes me.
I loved the James Turrell exhibit at the Mattress Factory (2003) for the same reason--mysterious, dark corridors opening into astounding light, like secrets opened just for you.
I love the Exploratorium, a place that also feels like home for me. Each time I go in I feel ready to talk to strangers and interact with lovely, satisfying phemonena. It brings out friendliness and hope. The City Museum does the same. I don't think the City Museum is successful because of the "danger." I think it's successful because, like the Exploratorium, it assumes that its visitors are people worthy of awesome, unusual experiences.
I was really impressed by the Experience Music Project. I learned a ton. The museum uses technology and media intelligently, tells strong stories, and the interactives are killer. While there are definite negatives to the "single player" music booths, I think Quatrefoil did an amazing job creating experiences where you really feel like you could be a musician. I'm the daughter of a musician and I never felt as comfortable messing around with instruments as I did at EMP.
What prompted your interest in 2.0 technologies/communities and starting Museum 2.0?
My husband runs a software company called The Electric Sheep Company that deals with new technologies and a lot of his employees are hyper-connected, creative people. From them, I started learning about the world of Web 2.0, seeing how it was changing the business and social landscape of the internet. A huge revolution happened--and is continuing to happen--very quickly on the Web. It's the most accelerated media change in history. And I started drawing analogues to museums, getting excited about how we might similarly change our media (spaces, exhibits, programs) to engage visitors in new ways as participants and co-creators. I don't think that museums can or should undergo as dramatic and chaotic change as the Web supports. I think we should watch carefully from the sidelines and reach out and snag the good stuff whenever and wherever we find it. And that requires being engaged as a learner in that world.
Of course, there's a more personal reason I started the Museum 2.0 blog. I'm a free choice learner. I didn't want to go to graduate school, but I did want to pursue my own education in museums and learn enough to have something to say to some of the really smart people I was meeting at conferences. The blog really started as a personal learning device. It continues to be that for me, but now there are more co-learners involved.
Tell us a little bit about The Tech’s exhibit development experiments using Second Life and your role in that?
The Tech is experimenting with a new exhibition department model that combines content experts with community managers. The content experts drive exhibitions conceptually, and the community managers translate those concepts into opportunities for creative folks around the world to design interactive elements and exhibit pieces to address those concepts.
There are two over-arching strategic goals with the project--to tap the brilliance and expertise of the whole world for exhibit content, and to develop exhibits on a very short timeline by working in parallel with many virtual exhibit development teams. I led the initial pilot of this model, developing an online community space in Second Life where creative amateurs could work together to design virtual prototypes for exhibits on the theme of technology in art, film, and music.
In three months, over 250 people submitted about 50 exhibit concepts on that theme. I then led the translation of the best of those virtual exhibits into a real exhibition of interactive analogs. The whole process, from the opening of the virtual workshop to the opening of the real exhibition, took 6 months.
I've written a lot about this project and its challenges and successes on the Museum 2.0 blog under the keyword "Tech Virtual," which you can find on the right sidebar under "Past Posts by Topics".
What are some of your best/favorite examples of both Web 2.0 and Museum 2.0?
There are several different kinds of Web 2.0 and Museum 2.0 projects. The best of these share a few commonalities: easy and rewarding entry point, clear benefits of the networked effects of more and more people participating, high quality experience for the lurking non-content provider (most Web 2.0 users are lurkers, not creators).
My current favorite Web 2.0 services are Flickr, the photo-sharing site, Twitter, the short-form communication platform, and Pandora, the personalized internet radio station. I love Flickr because it gives me access to a huge range of images I could never find through other search engines. I love Pandora because it exposes me to new music in an intelligent way. I love Twitter because unlike blogs, which are soap boxes (and I love my soapbox!), Twitter is a level playing field way to share information with others.
There are also some Web 2.0 services, like del.icio.us and LibraryThing, which I use, but rarely for the social functions. They keep my stuff (websites, books) in order.
On the museum side, I love every example of art museums letting visitors write labels (San Jose Museum of Art in the past, Tacoma Art Museum currently). I thought the Art Gallery of Ontario's In Your Face portrait exhibit was fabulous. I liked how the London Science Museum invited visitors to contribute their own toys to a larger curated exhibition on play. I'm interested in a range of visitor co-created exhibits, including Brooklyn Museum of Art's Click! and the Minnesota Historical Society's MN150.
Can you talk a little about some of your current projects?
I'm working with a few museums to strategize about how participatory design will be worked into their plans, whether for individual exhibitions or programs or for large-scale institutional planning. Some of these have to do with visitor co-creation of exhibits, as at the Chabot Space Science Center, where I'm helping plan a three-week institute in which teens will design exhibits as part of a larger exhibition on black holes. Others have to do with pushing the boundaries of how visitors are engaged in exhibits, as at the Monterey Bay Aquarium, where I'm helping conceive an exhibit component that encourages visitors to take a social/political action related to global warming.
I'll be teaching a museum grad course in the spring at the University of Washington (Seattle) on social technologies, and I look forward to working with those students on designing exhibits and experiences that intentionally support visitors (strangers) talking to and interacting with each other.
I'm also starting up a personal project with my dad, a podcast show called Museum Hater. He's a musician with a lot of free time, an artsy boomer who never goes to museums. We're going to visit museums and talk about why he (and lots of people) never go to museums. It will be funny, but we're also trying to dig into that essential question: who doesn't come and what keeps them from doing so? We usually approach that question with regard to underrepresented ethnic groups. But there are lots of people of all kinds who don't visit museums, and I think we need confront that and find out why.
How do you think museums will be different 10 years from now?
Not different enough. I think museums will keep dragging their feet on visitor participation, citing technological complexity when the real obstacle is the lack of willingness to give up authority. I hope that collections-based museums will move towards designing exhibits that set up the artifacts as opportunities for discussions. I hope that science and history museums will move away from big attraction-style setups to more open-ended and experimental attempts. I hope that programs and exhibits will fuse into a more holistic form of content sharing in the museum. I hope we can let people sit on couches and eat in the museum. But I expect there to be a gap between these hopes and reality.
What 2.0 technologies/techniques do you think are underutilized currently in museums?
There are two related techniques I think we are most lacking. First is profile power--the ability for a visitor to be recognized and responded to as a unique individual. On Web 2.0 sites, everything revolves around you. Your Facebook page shows you what your friends are up to. Your Netflix account shows you what you rented, what you enjoyed, and what you might enjoy. Even at the library, your card relates you to certain books and fines. But at most museums, even members are faceless. We have so little data about what people like, what brings them in, what brings them back. And that makes for poor audience development both in terms of providing a sticky experience (by making them feel personally valued) and cultivating potential donors.
The second thing is the right to a personalized visit. There's this weird bias in museums, especially collections-based ones, against confronting the reality that visitors like some exhibits and artifacts more than others. We don't make it easy for people to express their preferences and receive custom content (i.e. other exhibits you might like) based on that. Again, Netflix isn't offended if you rate a movie poorly--in fact, that information HELPS them serve you better. We need to turn our heads around to a model where we understand that we can provide overall better museum experiences if we respond to visitors' likes and dislikes.
If money were no object, what would your “dream” exhibit project be?
Hm. Two dreams. First, I'd like to build a place that operates as a bar but also provides social interactives--objects and experiences that encourage people to interact with each other. But since this is a dream I'm hoping to realize in the next five years, let me tell you about another one.
I'd like to work with a collection-based museum to create an entirely networked visitor experience. By this I mean that the museum tracks data about the visitor in every way--which artifacts they visit, how long they stand in front of each piece--and responds to the visitor constantly to provide new content and opportunities of interest. Conceptually, this means treating every visitor as a unique individual, offering the exhibits, the programs, and the other visitors that might interest that person as they move through the space. This is as much related to gaming as it is to social media. Games (and Web 2.0 sites) store what you've already done. They give you new challenges and rewards based on your previous actions.
How do you decide on topics for your Museum 2.0 blog?
I keep a running list of things I "should" write about--projects that come up, interesting articles people send me. I am vigilant about posting 2-3 times a week, never less than 2, even if I'm working overtime on other things. I focus on four main areas of interest: relevant projects (social media, games, art) happening outside museums, experiments happening inside museums, theoretical arguments about the future of museums, and explanations/demystifications of technologies. I try to balance these within a given week so that I don't post twice in a row about Web 2.0 tools or any other specific element.
I spend about equal amounts of time weekly learning about new things (reading, interviewing people, visiting exhibits) as I do writing about them. It really is an educational experience for me.
Are museums good forums for 2.0 interactions and communities?
YES! This is why I'm so excited about the whole idea. Web 2.0 doesn't mean that the real world is obsolete. In fact, most active users of Web 2.0 sites are frequently scheduling meetups in-person to connect live. And there is no ideal place for those meetings--no real world analog to the community spaces popping up on the Web. I think museums have a huge opportunity to become those analogs, to become physical places that experiment with ways in which regular people can create and share content with each other. We already have congregant spaces. We're trusted places about content. We have stuff. Now all we need is the desire and the trust to make it happen.
2.0 and Green Design are two of the hottest topics right now in the museum biz. Do you see any connections between the two?
Both get more lip service than action. Both sound expensive. I'm glad to see that much of the green design discussion is moving to include our practices (cradle to cradle exhibit production, for example) and not just "ideas we share with visitors." The same thing has to happen with 2.0--it can't just be a talkback wall. It has to be part of how we do business to be legitimate.
I think it's interesting that both 2.0 and green design are in large part reactions to visitor pressure. Kids are the greatest champions of recycling in America. They expect it from their families, their schools, and hopefully from their museums. Likewise the ability to judge, comment on, and remix content.
This is a good thing. The more we feel the need to respond to visitor cultural expectations, the more relevant we will be to their lives.
What’s it like to live “off the grid” in the shadow of Silicon Valley?
Awesome! As an engineer at heart, I love living with systems that are easy to master and fix without a specialist. It's elegant in a scrappy, rustic way. We compost our human waste for fruit trees. We get our power from the sun. We don't have fancy Dwell magazine-style green systems--it's more like summer camp in the country. It was interesting to move here and realize which things we didn't need (like flush toilets) and which were necessary (hence a major winter project to move from dial-up to high-speed internet). And we've met several other hippie/techies living similarly in this area.
My partner's work involves much more computer time than mine, and when we lived in the city, he was always working. Here, things are different. I love living in a place where it is so easy and compelling (and on cloudy days, necessary) to unplug. We spend our free time building tree houses and wandering in the woods. It keeps my life balance healthy.
Thanks again to Nina for taking the time for our interview. Check out Nina's interesting and enthusiastic musings at the Museum 2.0 blog.
Know another "big thinker" inside or outside the museum biz that you'd like us to interview? Drop you suggestions into an email or the Comments Section below.
Don't miss out on any ExhibiTricks posts! It's easy to get updates via email or your favorite news reader. Just click the "Free Updates" link on the right side of the blog.
P.S. If you receive ExhibiTricks via email (or Facebook or LinkedIn) you will need to click HERE to go to the main ExhibiTricks page to make comments or view multimedia features (like videos!) -
Online Content Monetization: Critical Viewpoints From George Siemens And Gerd Leonhard
[Social Media] (Robin Good's Latest News)How are publishers going to monetize online content in the future? With the launch of the iPad, Rupert Murdoch still picking on Google and positive signs of recovery from the economic recession, the discussion on online content is hotter than ever. Photo credit: David Meerman Scott With some revenues back in their wallets, publishers are starting again to explore alternatives business models they can use to monetize their content. Are paywalls a sound strategy? Or is it the freemium model the ...
How are publishers going to monetize online content in the future? With the launch of the iPad, Rupert Murdoch still picking on Google and positive signs of recovery from the economic recession, the discussion on online content is hotter than ever.
Photo credit: David Meerman Scott With some revenues back in their wallets, publishers are starting again to explore alternatives business models they can use to monetize their content. Are paywalls a sound strategy? Or is it the freemium model the better way to go? To make greater sense of this issue myself, I have prepared two unpublished video interviews with educational technologies, learning and connectivism expert George Siemens and with Swiss media futurist Gerd Leonhard, in which I inquire both on the future of online content monetization and distribution. The key takeaway emerging from these conversations is that content is no longer a separate entity that you can take, share and sell “as it is”. What really matters now is what you sell around your content. It may be the ease of consumption, of access, the curation work that lies behind it or the personal touch that you deliver with the content. It can be a million different things, but it is this additional "value" that opens the doors to new sustainable and effective business models. I have already addressed this free / paid content issue before, for example when I discussed the best strategy to market a film DVD online. You might want to check that out. If you are interested in understanding better how the notion of “free” is changing and how the value of content curation is rapidly increasing and becoming the foundation of a new online business model, I think you will enjoy a great deal what these two guys have told me. Here the two video interviews complemented with their full text transcriptions:
Online Content Monetization: George Siemens' Critical Viewpoints
Duration: 7' 07" George Siemens: The free-time stage is not over, but one thing I am concerned about, and that I will not quite get to the news initiative. I just want to talk a little bit about the software end, because this is something I am concerned about. There was initially in late 90s, early 2000 a lot of interest in open-source software. I remember individuals would move, for example, when Movable Type announced they were not as open as people had thought they were. Huge groups moved over to WordPress, and there were some publications on people saying that - Mark Pilgrim posted on this - Movable Type was not open enough. It was open, but not open enough. What ended up happening was people who wanted to write custom code and make those kind of adjustments, they were interested in Movable Type as much because they did not have that control. WordPress, no problem, they could do what they wanted. We had this flare-up, where people were saying: "Openness is critical." What happened last five years though? That openness model has fallen to the background, because we have misplaced - this is an early statement that Stallman mentioned - it was not about open or free as in beer, it was free as in freedom, as in liberty. What happened now, many people are using a raft of Google sites, whether it is Gmail, Google Docs or whatever else, they are using Zoho, the podcasting service that will host their sites, PodBean and other stuff. They are happy to use free in a monetary sense - which is OK now - but it will become a significant issue, because free in a monetary sense is not the premise for a suitable sustained future in a content or in a publishing kind of a field. It has to be free as in access, free as in liberty. To that regard - and I have been whining about this lately - Google has done a big disservice, because if you want to get your email out of Gmail there are ways to do this, but it is not as simple as doing an export out of WordPress to move your resource into a different blog. Those are some of things that are frustrating me. A lot of educators now are starting to say: "We want zero cost instead..." - they are not making that choice explicitly, they are doing it by the tools they select, by relying on some of these tools that are not open source, but they do not have to pay to use them. That is the backdrop that I wanted to get to answering your question, if I was talking to newspaper people. The way to ensure a healthy society and to ensure a democracy is for critical conversations to be in the open. If you start having conversations that are only accessible by certain groups of people, or only accessible by certain people, then you start to undermine the notion of a free and an open society to a degree. It might not be catastrophic when it first starts to happen, but eventually we end up creating, within content, a social-class distinction that we do not have right now in an open Internet - or in a partial-opened Internet. There is already content being walled-in, which would mean that in order to read the key information in The Wall Street Journal, will has to happen? I have to have a certain level of economic status in order to pay for it. I fully understand why The Wall Street Journal wants to make money and I am not sure how they will make money in the future, but I am quite confident they will not make it by charging for content. What you are suggesting is that - and this is the same point I was making about the people who filter some of the information, who play that middle role - the content is not the value point, but the commentary on the content, THAT could be a value point. That is what some of the people might be willing to pay for. They might be willing to say:"I want to hear what Robin Good thinks about the fact that Skype might be sold by eBay. What are the implications of that? And if I already have a strategy and place in my own company to use Skype, what should I be thinking about in order to not get blind-sided by Skype?"
That is different now. Now you are asking for someone to invest particular expertise and share a particular structured prospective on a subject, that is different than saying: "Should information about Skype sale be available for free or not?" In my eyes, yes. Information should be free, but commentary? That is a slightly different slant, and it is something we could spend a long time talking about because... At what point does commentary become information and then ought to be free? I think for you to say:"I have spent a decade trying to stay on top of this field - new tools, collaborative technologies - I have invested very heavily in a time prospective on knowing what it is going on."
For you to then say: "I would continue to share all the information, all the news about who gets sold, what is happening here, what is going on there." I would continue to make all of that available free, for anyone who wants, because that is the premise of a reasonable healthy society. And then for you to say: "If you have contextually specific questions that I can answer to tap into my expertise, my wealth of knowledge that I have required over the years of following these trends.", yes that is a value point and that is the point earlier that I mentioned. Simply sharing information or content it is not a point in which we can build an economic structure. There is a distinction here. One is: What generates value for content? What you are doing is you are generating value, you are adding value by putting physical effort in. You are taking time. You are doing something with this in order to create a product that is more contextualized to the needs of a particular organization, which is different than just simply making your content an information available for free. The distinction I am making is: If I post something on my site, it has zero cost to be re-posted. Somebody can cut and past that and it is not like a book. A book had an input cost. We had to buy paper, print, your people operating the printing press. There was a value process created through the publication of a physical book. People were investing dollars in products and cost. When you do it online, the ability to duplicate content online is virtually zero. Getting back to the point I was making. For you to then find a value point, it has to be based on something that you are contributing time and effort in, that cannot be duplicated by cut and paste. What you are suggesting is you are providing specialized commentary, a unique prospective. You are saying: "This is what is impacting this field. I am picking out the important resources and that are going to be contextually relevant to you as an organization." Is that a value point? Yes, it is. Pure information without that kind of commentary, that does not have an economic value point.
Online Content Monetization: Gerd Leonhard's Critical Viewpoints
Duration: 3' 07'' Gerd Leonhard: The future of news and online publishing and magazines. Of course, this is a heavy question. First of all, I think the issue of monetizing as it used to be, which is essentially by owning the printing truck and the distribution network and then you can sell the ads, is winding down. But clearly on the web you cannot sell things in the same way. Murdoch has a point in saying that "we used to collect dollars and now we get pennies". That is probably the truth for digital at this time. However, I think that Kevin Kelly from Wired Magazine has the right term for this, he calls them "the new generatives". We need to find new ways so that we can package content that generates the revenues, rather than forcing scarcity, for example by micro-payments or putting a sort of road blocks into them. I think that the road blocks are so marginal that you do not notice - the payment is built and then it is fine, but most of the time they would not be that way. I think new generatives, for example, would include software. When I buy my next generation smartphone, The New York Times sells me an application for $20 that has all these benefits of having direct access through the application to the New York Times, therefore I am not just buying the content. I am buying the convenience, the packaging, the handling, all the extra stuff that they offer me. Pandora, for example, online radio station which unfortunately we cannot get anymore in here. Pandora U.S. has just lunched Pandora One, and Pandora One goes for the iPhone and the BlackBerry, so mobile applications and also for the desktop. What they do, is they do not sell the music, they sell all the extra stuff, so you get a stand-alone player, ads-free radio streams, higher quality bitrate. The question is not so much: "Can we sell the content?", but "can we sell anything around it?" Clearly we cannot sell the content only. I think that is probably true for premium - we can for certain things - but in general, probably not. This is not new, because Cable TV has the same approach. We sell everything around it: The convenience, the ease, the selection, the curation and everything. These models are just now being developed and it would be too early for us to say that, because right now we are having trouble selling content - for example music, that it cannot be done. I think we are just at the point where we are just at the beginning of the iceberg of looking at these new models. But one thing is for sure: If content owners do not give permission for the content to be experimented with and to be tried - like PRS, MCPS in the UK does not want to license YouTube, or has refused, or the other way around, actually, but it has not come to a deal - then content would be used without permission. If that is the preferred mechanism then we have a bad situation in the ecosystem. Permission is crucial.
Video clips originally recorded by Robin Good for MasterNewMedia, and first published on April 9th, 2010 as "Online Content Monetization: Critical Viewpoints From George Siemens And Gerd Leonhard".
About George Siemens
From late 2009, George Siemens holds a position at the the Technology Enhanced Knowledge Research Institute in Athabasca University. He was former Associate Director in the Learning Technologies Centre at the University of Manitoba. George blogs at www.elearnspace.org where he shares his vision on the educational landscape and the impact that media technologies have on the educational system. George Siemens is also the author of Connectivism: A Learning Theory for the Digital Age and the book "Knowing Knowledge" where he developes a learning theory called connectivism which uses a network as the central metaphor for learning and focuses on knowledge as a way to making connections.
About Gerd Leonhard
Gerd Leonhard is a media futurist as well as an author and writer, a media and Internet entrepreneur, a strategic advisor, and a keynote speaker & presenter. If you want to get a good feel for what he does, you can check out Gerd's blog MediaFuturist or visit his Youtube channel.
-
The Spectrum Buy Back Plan and Radio
[Music, Radio] (Inside Music Media)By Jerry Del Colliano I’ve been trying to nicely but firmly tell my friends in terrestrial radio that they have to change. Put the best programming ever on the air at this critical point where the public is being bombarded by new media options. Instead, they cut talent, management, sales and water down live local radio. Put 25% of their operating budget into the Internet and the mobile Internet. Consumers are demanding products in this space not so much on traditional terrestrial signals. ...
By Jerry Del Colliano
I’ve been trying to nicely but firmly tell my friends in terrestrial radio that they have to change.
Put the best programming ever on the air at this critical point where the public is being bombarded by new media options.
Instead, they cut talent, management, sales and water down live local radio.
Put 25% of their operating budget into the Internet and the mobile Internet. Consumers are demanding products in this space not so much on traditional terrestrial signals.
Instead, there isn’t one radio company that spends as much as 3% on new media each year in spite of the fact that it is the growth business of the future.
Now, the ultimate wake-up call comes from Julius Genachowski’s FCC.
The FCC wants to make way for increased broadband needs prompted by consumer use of mobile Internet by buying back spectrum space from AM, FM and television operators.
This could provide Internet access that is 25 times faster and if you ask most people who use the Internet they would prefer to have a speedy Internet than a traditional radio or antenna TV service. And wireless speedy Internet, too.
Oh, and the FCC plan could raise $20 billion in revenue from broadband-hungry companies.
Let’s put it like this, as the years go on consumers are going to want these Apple products that are already sopping up bandwidth. As some of my readers point out, the real crisis is more than just the advent of on-demand new media, but how to cram it all into the existing spectrum.
The FCC, Congress and President Obama appear to be headed in this direction.
It probably will not surprise you to hear that the NAB is opposing it.
I’ll tell you I could be a staunch supporter of the NAB’s position to preserve spectrum space for good old radio if good old radio was actually good old radio. That is, this crap Cumulus, Clear Channel, Citadel and other lesser companies are trying to pass off as compelling live local radio is actually going to help the FCC win the day over spectrum buy back.
Radio operators have given up on live local radio so it should not startle anyone to see that the government is looking to radio and TV to give up spectrum space on the dial.
For television stations, they’ve already found a new home in the digital space and with programming beamed to satellite and cable systems one could argue that traditional over-the-air broadcasting signals are passe today.
Consolidators have reduced radio markets to a series of ghost towns where in essence nobody is home to live up to the very local license commitments operators made to get use of the airwaves.
It’s going to be tough for the radio lobby to argue that the predominant programming de jour – voice tracking from somewhere else --- is contributing to a good use of spectrum space.
Anyway, radio owners are hot to get their “stations” on iPods and cell phones so I can hear the argument now – who needs all that spectrum space for terrestrial radio? Or for the time being, who needs as much terrestrial radio as we now have?
I could write this column every day about another local station forced into repeater radio but you wouldn't want to see a grown man cry.
Here’s the cold hard truth.
NAB is going to lose this battle eventually just as it will lose the performance tax exemption in the next few years.
The world has changed, but radio has not.
Consumers covet their cell phones and their Internet. The radio industry thinks listeners can’t live without a radio when what they can't live without is their mobile devices.
On-demand is the growth industry ahead but broadcasters stubbornly stick to their fantasy that 24/7 broadcasting is essential. They talk a good talk but for most of them they don’t believe it enough to even program live and local 24/7.
The cable companies, phone companies and wireless providers are hell bent on expanding to meet the real needs of the American consumer and radio, once untouchable, is now more expendable – at least the spectrum space powering some of the 10,000 plus stations are.
If you’re madder than hell and want to take this out on somebody, look no further than your market leaders – Clear Channel, Citadel and Cumulus. They have already inflicted a lot of damage on live local radio and now what’s coming next is on them.
How can the industry argue that radio is a lifeline in communities around the nation when most owners are turning their operations into repeater radio live from somewhere other than the local community to which they are licensed to operate?
How can the industry testify before Congress on the need for local radio when they aren’t doing local radio? I’d love to see Dickey, Suleman and Hogan try to wiggle around that issue.
In other words, the radio industry that has been self-destructive for almost 15 years now has finally dealt itself a final blow.
It’s all unnecessary but it’s going to happen nonetheless.
Consumers want more mobile and Internet and less traditional broadcasting. Congress gets it and the President wills it so this issue is not going away even if Lew Dickey himself throws a tea party.
I guess that would make Dickey a teabagger but what he and his kind really are is carpetbaggers (a person perceived as an unscrupulous opportunist).
So now, on top of the greed that made them fire their listeners' favorite talent, cut local services, news and weather, reduce marketing ranks by making it impossible for salespeople to make a living and turn their fiduciary license obligations into a joke – they will preside over the biggest land grab in the history of broadcasting.
No, not the stations they stole from the public through consolidation.
The terrestrial signals that cable companies, mobile operators and phone companies will take from them -- the signals they made less precious by turning live local radio into a cheap repeater network.
Now, the government is coming to take them away, ha ha! They’re coming to take them away, ho, ho!
Obviously these broadcasters can't make a compelling case to keep the public's air frequencies (and yes, it does belong to the people, not equity owners disguised as broadcasters). Consumers need more broadband, faster speeds.
Wireless.
Universal.
Fast.
Able to sustain the digital needs that are going to require more spectrum.
Tom Taylor said in a recent article that “Now AM/FM/TV broadcasters know where they stand with the FCC – they’re second-class citizens”.
But it’s not real broadcasters who suddenly made terrestrial broadcasting second0-class citizens. They know better.
It’s the consolidators who had their way with live local radio.
Now, you mark my words, the FCC is about ready to have their way with broadcasters who can no longer make a convincing argument that they need spectrum space for repeater radio.
For those of you who would prefer to get Jerry's daily posts by email for FREE, please click here. Then look for a verifying email from FeedBurner to start service.
Thanks for forwarding my pieces to your friends and linking to your websites and boards.
-
Y Combinator presents 26 new startups
[Silicon Valley, Startups, Venture Capital, Silicon Valley, CA, Digital Media] (VentureBeat)Startup incubator Y Combinator is hosting its semi-annual Demo Day today. Twice a year, the Mountain View, Calif.-based incubator parades its latest batch of companies onstage to present before potential investors. This afternoon, 26 companies will pitch their business plans. Approximately half of them have not yet launched. We’ll be in Mountain View to cover the ones that catch our fancy. Y Combinator companies generally receive about $5,000 plus an additional $5,000 per founder and are r ...
Startup incubator Y Combinator is hosting its semi-annual Demo Day today. Twice a year, the Mountain View, Calif.-based incubator parades its latest batch of companies onstage to present before potential investors.
This afternoon, 26 companies will pitch their business plans. Approximately half of them have not yet launched. We’ll be in Mountain View to cover the ones that catch our fancy.
Y Combinator companies generally receive about $5,000 plus an additional $5,000 per founder and are relocated to Y Combinator’s Mountain View destination for three months, in return for a 2-10% ownership. The program’s alumni include Loopt, Justin.tv, Weebly and Scribd.
Below are 21 of the companies presenting today that agreed to be mentioned, along with descriptions that they provided. Five others are still in stealth mode, and requested to go unnamed.
LaunchHear
Founders: Alex Krupp, Allan Young
LaunchHear is a platform for introducing new & unreleased products to digital influencers. We reduce the cost of sending free products to bloggers and tweeters by 10x. We also host Swagapalooza, the first invitation-only event for only the most-followed bloggers and tweeters from across the country.NewsLabs
Founders: Paul Biggar, Nathan Chong
NewsLabs turns an experienced offline journalist into VentureBeat or TechCrunch for their niche. We provide tools, traffic, monetization and community to allow journalists to succeed as personal brands online, while allowing them to focus on the writing and reporting.Seeing Interactive
Founders: Lloyd Armbrust, Jason Novek
A white-label Yelp for newspapers: Think Yellow Pages + Cars + Homes + Craigslist all launched as one package for small US markets. We work through local newspapers, TV or Radio stations to brand the product as their own and make money through monthly fees and upsells.Notifo
Founder: Chad Etzel
Creating a mobile phone push notification platform which allows any service/business/app/website/anyone to send instant notifications to their users’ mobile phones without the need to develop applications for specific hardware models.Zencoder
Founders: Jon Dahl, Brandon Arbini, Steve Heffernan
Cloud services for video encoding, delivery, and monetization (AWS for video)Nowmov
Founders: Thomas Pun, James Black, David Kelso
Nowmov shows you the hottest videos on Twitter RIGHT NOW. We discover the most talked about videos well before our competitors do (YouTube, Redux and Bitly.tv). Our user experience intentionally mimics TV watching — discovery is passive, rather than requiring the user to click around. Videos are presented continuously in an elegant user interface. Users can skip and replay clips at any time just like surfing TV channels.Crocodoc
Founders: Ryan Damico, Bennett Rogers, Peter Lai, Matt Long
Crocodoc makes it easy to collaboratively mark up and share documents online. Our goal is to do to Adobe Acrobat what Gmail did to Outlook: replace a popular desktop application with a better online version.Gamador
Founders: Kevin Lacker, Dan Silberman
We make social games. We launch faster, iterate faster, and use metrics better.Cardpool
Founders: Anson Tsai, Tim Wong
Secondary market for the $100 billion / year gift card market.Tweetflow
Founders: Troy Kruthoff, Robert Bagley, Josh Unfried
Replace your twitter profile page with a custom website. Crowd source and engage content from the tweet stream with language processing technology to automatically identify questions, praise and complaints mentioning your brand. Collaborate with team members, site visitors and twitter users with our embedded multi-account twitter client and CRM. Track results and tweet smarter with built-in analytics and dashboards.CHROMAom, Inc.
Founders: Darius Monsef, Aaron Epstein, Chris Williams
Profitable and reaching over 1 million visitors per month with the largest color community on the web, we’re positioned to turn our online dominance into a global color authority. In the near future, we see a world where every color – in the products we buy, brands we trust or spaces we live in – will be influenced by CHROMAom.Answerly.com
Founders: Joe Fahrner, Jason Konrad
Answerly has developed a technology and methodology to identify under-served, high value segments of the web search market and rapidly prototype vertical search engines to address these opportunities. Our first product, Answerly.com, is a Q&A search engine that receives nearly 1MM questions per month which we monetize through targeted advertising and referrals to online experts and local service providers.Zenedy
Founders: Dan Morin, Jeff Morin
The current practice of creating content around a perceived audience interest and attempting to monetize it through potentially unrelated advertising is an inefficient business model. Zenedy is taking the opposite approach by first determining algorithmically what content people are searching for, then identifying what portion of that content could effectively be monetized through targeted advertising, and finally contracting out the creation of that content to qualified freelance writers. This model minimizes the risks associated with creating content based on little or no data, and results in content which quickly pays for itself, and then continues to generate revenue into the foreseeable future.Data Marketplace
Founders: Matt Hodan, Steve DeWald
Data Marketplace helps people find, buy and sell data online. We are like Amazon.com, but for data. Sellers publish data to Data Marketplace for buyers to purchase and download. We reduce friction between buyers and sellers by (a) making it easier for buyers to find and access the data they need, and (b) offering sellers a more efficient sales and distribution channel than is currently available. In addition to the marketplace, we are developing a number of new technologies that facilitate paid information exchange, including a social data request and fulfillment system and payment gateway for third-party APIs and data feeds.Embedster
Founders: Denis Mars, Arend Naylor
Imagine if you as the site owner could make money every time someone played a video (such as YouTube, Vimeo, etc) on your website or blog. Embedster makes this possible.Etacts
Founers: Howie Liu, Evan Beard
Etacts is Salesforce for everyone–an individual CRM that keeps track of people and relationships (instead of deals). We also fix the email overload problem by adding social data and previous communication history to your emails and filtering emails by the importance of the sender.Embedly
Founders: Sean Creeley, Arthur Gibson
Embedly is a single source solution for embeddable any piece of content on the web.500Friends
Founders: Justin Yoshimura, Hong Hu
500Friends enables online retailers to dramatically increase their brand image, traffic, and sales by effectively leveraging social media. Merchants use our technologies to identify active social networkers and offer them rewards such as discounts, loyalty points, and charitable contributions in exchange for sharing the site with their friends. We’re already generating sales for our existing clients!Infoharmoni
Founders: Kovas Boguta, Paulius Jurgutis
Infoharmoni visualizes the real-time social web. We aggregate content, aggregate people, aggregate relationships and then express those visually, in real-time and over time. Our tools visually slice and dice the stream and put that into actionable context by correlating it with business data. This lets marketers demonstrate ROI on today’s most relevant platforms: Twitter, Bit.ly, Gowalla and Foursquare.140Bets
Founders: Jason Wilk, Paras Chitakar
140Bets makes social sports (and soon pop culture) betting applications for Twitter, Facebook and Mobile platforms.Greplin
Founder: Daniel Gross
Greplin is a search engine that runs through all of your cloud data. Much like Google indexes webpages, Greplin indexes your Facebook, Gmail, Twitter, Basecamp etc data and provides a fast, cross-service full-text search.Companies: Y Combinator
-
Brazil after Lula: left vs left
[Citizen Journalism] (openDemocracy)As a cooling Rio summer sees the refreshing "March waters" clean the streets of Ipanema and the souls of the cariocas after the carnival, the political season is warming up. Beyond the next big occasion for many Brazilians - the South Africa-hosted football world cup in June 2010 - lies a series of nationwide elections on 3 October: for the Brazilian congress, state governors and legislatures, and for the presidency itself (where if necessary a second-round run-off will be held on 31 October). W ...
As a cooling Rio summer sees the refreshing "March waters" clean the streets of Ipanema and the souls of the cariocas after the carnival, the political season is warming up. Beyond the next big occasion for many Brazilians - the South Africa-hosted football world cup in June 2010 - lies a series of nationwide elections on 3 October: for the Brazilian congress, state governors and legislatures, and for the presidency itself (where if necessary a second-round run-off will be held on 31 October).
What makes the presidential contest all the more riveting is that for the first time since 1984 one of the great figures of modern Brazilian politics, President Luis Inácio Lula da Silva will not be a candidate. After waging three unsuccessful contests (in 1989, 1994, and 1998), Lula won the presidency in 2002 and has served two terms which in many ways have transformed Brazil. Now he is leaving the stage, since Brazil’s constitutional term-limits forbid a third consecutive period in office; though so successful has Lula been, that his return in 2014 must be at least a possibility. In any event, Brazilians are now faced with a great democratic test in which new figures - albeit in most cases familiar ones in the Brazilian political scene - will emerge to command the stage.
What does this moment reveal about the nature of Brazilian democracy in 2010, and about Lula’s own impact and legacy?
A dynamic of continuity
The campaign starts officially at the beginning of April 2010. Brazil’s leading parties are preparing intensely for the fight, none more so than the two giants: President Lula's Partido dos Trabalhadores (Workers’ Party / PT) and the former president Fernando Henrique Cardoso's Partido da Social Democracia Brasileira (Social Democratic Party / PSDB). Their competition promises to be one of the most intriguing aspects of the election.
The other parties’ candidates are already flourishing their own wares and doing their best to attract media attention. A few days after the glamorous performances at Rio’s Sambódromo, Marina Silva - Lula’s former environment minister, now a senator running for president on the ticket of the Partido Verde (Green Party / PV) - lands in the city’s Santos Dumont airport. The choking traffic delays her arrival at the powerful national radio station, CBN, so she tweets to say she is on her way.
In the interview, she declares that her campaign represents a "political realignment" in Brazil, one that could break the polarisation between the PT and the PSDB: "My mission is to show people that we have to build a symphony, to create an orchestra - something that changes our way to produce, consume, and our relationship with nature" (see Sue Branford, "Brazil's Amazonian choice", 19 May 2008).
It is an attractive image which also points to a deeper truth about the coming contest. For Brazil’s presidential election of 2010 will in my view rather consolidate the current polarisation in the country’s political scene between these two major forces, making them and their leading politicians - and not candidates per se - decisive in the outcome. That is the logic behind the green senator’s desire for a different alignment; and the reason why she has no chance of winning.
Moreover, I would argue that this current PT/PSDB standoff is a very positive trend for the Brazilian polity, and one that underpins the country’s current economic advance that has received so much worldwide attention and praise (see “Brazil: democracy as balance”, 15 November 2008). Whoever is victorious after (most likely) a second round in November 2010, there will be overall continuity. The political substance of this continuity is also worth noting: in Brazil today, nobody wants to be “on the right”.
Across boundaries, agreement
A clue to the shape of post-Lula Brazil is that the two certain candidates for the respective major parties have each been close presidential servants. José Serra, the governor of São Paulo who represents the PSDB, is a very experienced politician with a huge profile in the country’s richest state; but he also gained national visibility and power as health minister in Fernando Henrique Cardoso's administration (1994-2002). In 2002, Serra actually won the political fight for succession against other of Cardoso's ministers, but lost to Lula in what was the former lathe-operator’s first victory.
For her part Dilma Rousseff, Lula’s chief-of-staff, has never been a candidate in any major election before. Her rise to power was facilitated by the mensalão corruption scandals of 2006-07 which engulfed influential PT figures such as José Dirceu (Rousseff’s predecessor as chief-of-staff)and Antonio Palocci (Brazil’s former finance minister), who otherwise would have been certain candidates for the presidency (see “The green and yellow phoenix”, 28 September 2006).
Dilma Rousseff, a distant product (as her name suggests) of the great Bulgarian diaspora that also produced Venezuela’s Teodoro Petkoff, has for months been doing her best to accrue the benefits of closeness to an enormous popular incumbent. Indeed, the influential Brazilian polling institute Datafolha measures Lula’s approval-rating as the highest recorded for any president in Brazil since 1990, with 73% of Brazilians saying that Lula's government is “good” or “very good”. No wonder that Dilma travels around the country with Lula and is often pictured alongside him.
It is already evident, however, that an effort is being made to transform the 2010 election into a comparison of Brazil’s two longest administration’s since the end of the military dictatorship in 1985: Cardoso's (1994-2002) and Lula's (2002-10). The rhetorical heat hasn’t waited for the official campaign to start: the PT’s new head, José Eduardo Dutra, said in November 2009 that Brazilians "will compare two projects known to them”, while Cardoso retorted that "Lula is passing through an euphoric moment" that leads him "to distort what has happened in my government".
This comparison will play out in coming months, with the (very similar) economic record of the two governments being a key issue. The Cardoso side are bound to argue that context is everything: for it was Cardoso's Real plan that rebalanced the Brazilian economy after decades of chronic instability, and thus left Lula an enviable freedom of governance.
A shared road
The trend towards a stable political duopoly at the heart of Brazilian democracy is also favoured by the pragmatic character of the country’s politics since the restoration of democracy after military dictatorship. These two decades have strengthened the political parties and - even with a popular leader as Lula - diminished the once-dominant “personalising” trend that elevated charisma into a political principle. Indeed, the Brazilian political scientist César Romero Jacob has written that any candidate for the presidency in Brazil must now work in at least four “power-structures”: the educated urban middle class, the evangelicals, the populism of the periphery, and the regional oligarchies.
Lula, for example, made an alliance with the evangelicals in choosing José Alencar to be his vice-president. Alencar, from the Partido Republicano Brasileiro (Brazilian Republican Party / PRB), is a conservative politician who has been a vocal critic of same-sex marriage and of homosexuality. The current president, always loved by the Brazilian urban middle class, has won many votes in the periphery and among regional oligarchies (often mediated through the support of politicians with a strong regional base, such as ex-president José Sarney in north and northeast Brazil).
In addition, the success of Lula’s social programmes like Bolsa Família - which distributes a small amount of income to 15 million Brazilian families, and has had a huge progressive impact on their human security - both helps in poverty-reduction and also reinforces local political authorities in very poor regions against traditional oligarchies, thus guaranteeing political support (and votes) for the government on the periphery.
True, this process was started in Cardoso’s administration but was consolidated and expanded in Lula’s and this may work in Dilma Rousseff’s favour. In fact, some polls suggest that 40% of those who receive the Bolsa Família will vote for Dilma Rousseff against 25% who prefer José Serra. In a broad sense, the alliances and strategies that made Lula’s election possible in 2002 and 2006 - after three successive defeats - will be behind Dilma Rousseff in 2010.
The PSDB side, without the benefit of incumbency, also seeks to build a coalition for victory. The key figure for the party's political strategy is Aécio Neves, governor of the state of Minas Gerais. Neves is the grandson of Tancredo Neves, a politician of historic stature strongly linked to the democratisation process in Brazil; he was elected president by the Brazilian congress in 1985, in the first free election after two decades of the military regime, but died before assuming the presidency.
Aécio Neves has served two terms as governor of Minas Gerais, whose voting power is second only to that of São Paulo in Brazil, and retained 70%-plus levels of popularity among the mineiros. He has never hidden his desire to be the PSDB candidate in the 2010 election, but as a younger man he has not yet been able to overtake position of Serra, an older and more senior figure, within the party.
This makes the prospect of a joint José Serra-Aécio Neves ticket very attractive to the PSDB, though Neves has yet to be persuaded of the virtues of being a vice-presidential candidate. This partnership could secure a majority of votes in Minas Gerais and heavy support from politicians linked to the powerful governor, and in addition deflect the criticism of those who see Serra as too paulista and rather an arrogant politician.
Some in the PSDB even see opening a glorious path to a sixteen-year political hegemony, with a re-elected Serra in 2014 passing the baton to Neves for two further terms. Brazilians in the Lula era have, after all, learned to dream.
A left-hand drive
At this early stage, the outcome in 2010 is in the balance José Serra leads in the polls, though he has lost some ground to Dilma Rousseff: the Datafolha agency gives him 32% support and Dilma 28% (as against 37% for Serra and 23% for Dilma in in December 2009). These emerging great rivals are also not very different from each other in political character: both are centralisers and politicians who value administration skills.
But whatever the election outcome, Brazil’s current political map guarantees the existence of a strong opposition and an alternative source of power; it thus strengthens the country’s political institutions and political continuity (see "The price of democracy in Brazil", 21 May 2009).
In general terms, the administrations of Cardoso and Lula were very similar. Both sustained economic stability and applied policy in social areas that had been completely neglected for decades. Cardoso put more emphasis on healthcare and basic education; Lula on the universities, the Bolsa Família and infrastructure.
It may be too that the Partido dos Trabalhadores believes more than the Partido da Social Democracia Brasileira in the capacity of the state to solve social and economic problems. The two parties also have somewhat different approaches towards foreign policy, though this too has its limits; both Serra and Cardoso would be considered “liberals” in the United States sense.
Thus the PSDB is most definitely not a party on the “right wing” of Brazilian politics, even if this is what the PT would like it to be. Psdebistas are much more social democrats than liberals or conservatives. But it is also true that the need for political alliances has moved the PT from the left to the centre - and kept it there (see “Brazil's new political identity”, 2 November 2009).
Within this context, Brazil’s party-polarisation both guarantees continuity and makes the centre-left the dominant position in the country. It may seem paradoxical, but this makes the 2010 election more interesting than ever. It can be said again: welcome to politics, Brazil.
-
Paid Radio
[Music, Radio] (Inside Music Media)By Jerry Del Colliano When I heard recently that KPIG, the west coast alternative station, was going to give up its advertising platform in favor of paid subscriptions, I said, “you go girl!” And I didn’t even know the gender of the pig. From all reports, in the first week the sale of subscriptions exceeded the previous advertising revenue. This may come as a surprise to some, but probably not to my readers. After all, I am an advocate of the paid Internet. The Internet of the future. ...
By Jerry Del Colliano
When I heard recently that KPIG, the west coast alternative station, was going to give up its advertising platform in favor of paid subscriptions, I said, “you go girl!”
And I didn’t even know the gender of the pig.
From all reports, in the first week the sale of subscriptions exceeded the previous advertising revenue.
This may come as a surprise to some, but probably not to my readers. After all, I am an advocate of the paid Internet.
The Internet of the future.
The one that will allow businesses and entrepreneurs to actually earn a living.
A hoax has been foisted upon the Internet by a generation of cool kids who want what they want for free and by Google, the “Evil Empire” of new media comparable to that of the enemy we know all too well as Clear Channel.
On one hand, very smart business people are making dumb decisions based in part on these two considerations.
For example.
Google has everyone thinking paid search and targeted banner ads are it – the one way to monetize the Internet.
I ask, when have you clicked on a link lately? Click rates for banner ads are notoriously very low.
When have you watched a pre-roll video ad all the way through? Or at all?
Better yet, when did you actually buy something from so-called targeted search or advertising models?
Google gets rich and everyone else sits there saying, “freemium is the way to go”.
My other example is the hoax that has been foisted upon baby boomer CEOs by a very foxy young generation that these media executives cannot begin to understand. This generation wants what they want when they want it.
But who doesn’t?
Gen Y has just institutionalized it.
“Don’t take away my free Internet” --- we hear. And consumers will never pay for something they can get for free. There are studies out there all the time saying consumers will reject having to pay for content.
Hmmmm!
Public Television.
Public Radio.
Free -- and the content is so compelling that they don’t even need pay walls in place to get donors to make contributions. That's a model from which to start.
And don't forget Pandora, the biggest Internet entertainment success with 40 million faithful willing to do the unthinkable to keep the content coming -- pay. There are other examples.
My view is that the Internet will, of course, be the crossroads of lots of free information, ideas and entertainment. And that advertising will certainly monetize these ventures for the owners of the content.
But we’re entering a new age. You know that, but oddly enough, media CEOs don’t seem to get it. The first decade of this century was devoted to the Internet coming of age. The next ten years will see the maturation of the mobile Internet.
That means, content everywhere.
Cell phones, cars, airports, laptops, iPads and God knows what else will come to market in the years ahead.
So pay radio is an option.
Increasingly, terrestrial free radio is often worth exactly what listeners are paying for it – nothing.
Live local radio works best and I believe, assuming these stations grow their rates instead of fold them under pressure, that advertising (local and national) will continue to make local radio a good business.
But local radio the way I define it is not just limited to a terrestrial signal. If radio operators don't have content on podcasting, webcasting, blogging, applications and other mobile platforms then I am not optimistic about radio as a growth business.
Open your eyes and what do you see – an entire world listening to radio.
No … sorry, I got carried away with happy talk.
What do you really see?
Radio is the last thing that increasing numbers of consumers want whether it's 24/7 terrestrial signals or rehashed content online from morning shows.
Jerry Lee wisely pulled the plug on his WBEB (B-101) stream from Philadelphia citing royalty expenses. But what he needs to do is develop new and different content aimed at the B-101 audience base that he already owns. And "content" does not always mean music.
Radio must be multi-platform and multi-platform does not mean cramming a radio signal onto the Internet. In fact, fewer than 3 percent of all listening comes to owners who stream their terrestrial signal.
KPIG could be a whopping success.
Those same young people who tell you it's free or they’ll flee are the ones who are also making Steve Jobs richer by buying apps – the majority of which they don’t even use after they install them.
Record labels, like radio stations, are off in their own world thinking the market will once again come to them instead of them going to the market. You see how that is working out.
Citadel, Clear Channel and Cumulus are in the process of shutting down local radio as we know it works best to own a network of repeater signals with all ad sales eventually coming to them as advertisers bid on this commodity.
Google is smiling. Hey, that’s their idea. Use somebody elses content and make money.
The KPIG model is priced at $5 a month, $25 for six months, $50 for a year.
You’ll notice that KPIG’s system is rightly a true subscription not a metered approach.
It doesn’t punish fans for listening longer by costing more. That’s the concept The New York Times will fall on its face with next year when it switches to metered subscriptions. The more you read, the more you pay.
How idiotic!
KPIG has over 10,000 listeners a month. If 1,000 of them subscribe, they generate $50,000 with no cost of acquisition. Grow the brand through viral social networking and the money increases.
I’ve shared with you that I am turning this space into a paid subscription site this summer. It’s $99 a year or $9.99 a month. We’re blessed to have many readers now and hopefully lots of them will stick around. If they do, I have unique content as a business model.
What is exciting is that there is no longer one way to monetization in radio, television or print.
Free works with advertising (less so with bidding for ads).
Paid works where content is unique and compelling.
The product had better be good if consumers are being asked to pay for it.
Imagine if listeners were supporting radio stations with their subscriptions before consolidators came along. Once their personalities were fired, cheap programming installed and voice tracking implemented, listeners would stop listening and paying).
The arrogant sobs sitting at the head of media companies (see, I couldn’t say that if I had advertisers), are about to miss the Internet playoffs.
They were never in the game in the first place.
Many of my young students who are coming of age and paying for things online could well be the beneficiaries.
They get it.
Of course, the Internet is free.
But it isn’t only just free.
Now there are lots of new opportunities on the horizon.
For those of you who would prefer to get Jerry's daily posts by email for FREE, please click here. Then look for a verifying email from FeedBurner to start service.
Thanks for forwarding my pieces to your friends and linking to your websites and boards.
-
Drumbeat: March 9, 2010
[Green, Oil ] (The Oil Drum - Discussions about Energy and Our Future)Mexico Oil Politics Keeps Riches Just Out of Reach VENUSTIANO CARRANZA, Mexico — To the Mexican people, one of the great achievements in their history was the day their president kicked out foreign oil companies in 1938. Thus, they celebrate March 18 as a civic holiday. Yet today, that 72-year-old act has put Mexico in a straitjacket, one that threatens both the welfare of the country and the oil supply of the United States. The national oil company created after the 1938 seizure, Pemex, is ...
Mexico Oil Politics Keeps Riches Just Out of ReachVENUSTIANO CARRANZA, Mexico — To the Mexican people, one of the great achievements in their history was the day their president kicked out foreign oil companies in 1938. Thus, they celebrate March 18 as a civic holiday.
Yet today, that 72-year-old act has put Mexico in a straitjacket, one that threatens both the welfare of the country and the oil supply of the United States.
The national oil company created after the 1938 seizure, Pemex, is entering a period of turmoil. Oil production in its aging fields is sagging so rapidly that Mexico, long one of the world’s top oil-exporting countries, could begin importing oil within the decade.
Mexico is among the three leading foreign suppliers of oil to the United States, along with Canada and Saudi Arabia. Mexican barrels can be replaced, but at a cost. It means greater American dependence on unfriendly countries like Venezuela, unstable countries like Nigeria and Iraq, and on the oil sands of Canada, an environmentally destructive form of oil production.
“As you lose Mexican oil, you lose a critical supply,” said Jeremy M. Martin, director of the energy program at the Institute of the Americas at the University of California, San Diego. “It’s not just about energy security but national security, because our neighbor’s economic and political well-being is largely linked to its capacity to produce and export oil.”
Oil drops below $81 after monthlong rally
Oil prices dropped sharply to below $81 a barrel Tuesday, due to a stronger dollar and profit taking on a monthlong run fueled by growing investor optimism about global economic growth.
Gasoline prices at high for the yearMotorists are well down the road to higher pump prices as warmer weather and the driving season approach.
Average retail gasoline prices, continuing a surge that started last month, have now matched their 2010 high on the way to prices that many analysts believe will top $3 per gallon this spring.
Exxon Lowers Bar, Buys Assets Previously Deemed Unattractive(Bloomberg) -- Exxon Mobil Corp., BP Plc and Total SA are investing in assets that previously weren’t worth their time or money after oil-rich nations reduced access to reserves and exploration drilling faltered.
Efforts to find new sources of crude and natural gas are failing more often, with San Ramon, California-based Chevron Corp.’s exploration failure rate jumping to 35 percent last year from 10 percent in 2008. Countries such as Venezuela are making it more expensive for companies to develop their resources, if they’re allowed in at all. And previously developed fields are drying up, reducing oil companies’ future supplies, or reserves.
Samsung Heavy Wins Order From Shell for Floating LNG(Bloomberg) -- Samsung Heavy Industries Co. won an order to build a floating natural-gas facility for Royal Dutch Shell Plc, the first deal between the two under a 15-year supply contract signed last year.
INTERVIEW - Algeria sees global LNG recovery in 2-3 yearsALGIERS (Reuters) - The global slump in demand for liquefied natural gas (LNG) is temporary and demand will recover within the next two to three years, Algerian Energy Minister Chakib Khelil said in an interview on Monday.
"If we look at the long term, definitely from the environmental point of view and from the point of view of satisfying global demand, there is going to be a big need for natural gas," Khelil told Reuters.
A conventional fuel, an unconventional futureThe recent announcement that Korea Gas Corp. would invest $1.1-billion to participate in the development of EnCana's huge gas shale holdings in northeastern British Columbia is another signal that Canada's natural gas industry has entered a profoundly important new stage that, at earlier times, government policies made impossible.
Shell’s Arrow Bid May Spur Coal-Bed Gas Takeovers(Bloomberg) -- Royal Dutch Shell Plc and PetroChina Co.’s A$3.3 billion ($3 billion) bid for Arrow Energy Ltd. may spur more takeovers of Australian producers of coal-bed gas, a growing source of supply for Asian energy importers.
Sasol may abandon fuel liquids plant if no govt funding - paperJOHANNESBURG (Reuters) - Petrochemical group Sasol (SOLJ.J) may abandon its planned 80,000 barrel-a-day South African coal-to-liquid Mafutha plant if the government does not help finance it, the Business Day newspaper reported on Tuesday.
The paper quoted Sasol Chief Executive Officer Pat Davies as saying the world's top maker of motor fuel from coal would let the government determine its funding component for the project, while the company proceeds with its preparatory works currently in feasibility stage.
Mitsui Said to Consider Returning to Singapore Oil Trading(Bloomberg) -- Mitsui & Co., the Japanese trading group that earns half its profit from energy, may restart oil product trading in Singapore after withdrawing from the city- state in 2007, according to two people familiar with the matter.
The Tokyo-based company pulled out from Asia’s biggest oil- trading center when it shut its Singapore unit Mitsui Oil (Asia) Pte in 2007 after losing $81 million from naphtha transactions hidden by a trader. The cover-up resulted in the imprisonment of three former employees by Singapore courts last year.
Time for ‘bold action’ to reduce oil use in Greater SudburyCanada’s economy is highly dependent on oil. Many Canadians believe western Canada’s oil sands deposits will be our salvation. The oil sands, however, are a major atmospheric carbon emitter, which will exacerbate global climate change significantly, while also fouling the region’s water supply.
Should we all be driving hybrids to prepare for the impending high oil prices and volatility? Perhaps, but the report asserts, “There is real danger that the focus on technological advances in cars is making consumers and governments complacent.”
EPA probes whether shale gas drilling contaminates water suppliesThe top U.S. environmental regulator said she was "very concerned" about fluids blamed by some for polluting water supplies near sites where drillers use them to extract natural gas from shale deposits. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency chief Lisa Jackson said she hopes her agency will launch a study this year into the nature of fluids used in the hydraulic fracturing process of natural gas drilling.
Fracking Fluids Part I: A controversy coming to an energy investment near youThe controversy surrounding fracking fluids is getting louder. Websites and media savvy organizations are getting more press on this issue, using a very simple and powerful pitch – are the chemicals used in fracking fluids in oil and gas wells contaminating our drinking water?
North American investors have not been directly hit by this issue yet, meaning that a company’s stock hasn’t plummeted because they had to stop drilling over these concerns – yet.
Challenging conventional wisdom on renewable energy's limitsIn making the case for a rapid conversion away from heavily polluting energy sources like coal and nuclear power to cleaner generation, renewable energy advocates often confront the argument that their scheme is impossible due to the intermittent nature of sun and wind.
But a groundbreaking study out of North Carolina challenges that conventional wisdom: It suggests that backup generation requirements would be modest for a system based largely on solar and wind power, combined with efficiency, hydroelectric power, and other renewable sources like landfill gas.
Tuning the energy innovation engine at MITBOSTON--The MIT Energy Conference here on Saturday covered a little bit of everything--"China speed," climate change, financing gaps, government policy, nuclear and natural gas, and, of course, science experiments--as entrepreneurs, business people, and academics tried to get their arms around big-picture energy challenges.
The Massachusetts Institute of Technology has become a hotbed for clean-energy innovation over the past four years, attracting students and faculty to the field, some of whom have spun out promising companies.
I.B.M. Opens Energy Lab in BeijingIn another sign of China’s emergence as an epicenter of green technology, I.B.M. has opened a lab in Beijing to develop smart grid software for the global market.
IEA: safety, non-proliferation key premises for nuclear developmentSafety and non-proliferation are two key premises for global expansion of nuclear power and countries seeking nuclear use must adhere to these principles, Executive Director of the International Energy Agency (IEA) Nobuo Tanaka stressed here Monday.
UAE believes in responsible use of nuclear powerThe United Arab Emirates’ interest in developing nuclear energy is motivated by the need to develop additional sources of electricity.
This is to meet future demand projections and to ensure the continued rapid development of the country's economy, UAE Foreign Minister H.H. Sheikh Abdullah bin Zayed Al Nahyan affirmed here today.
Israel 'to unveil plans to build nuclear power plant'Israel is expected to unveil plans this week to build a nuclear power plant, reports say.
They say an announcement will be made by Israeli Infrastructure Minister Uzi Landau at an energy forum in Paris.
Israel is facing a crisis over electricity supplies, but environmental objections have blocked efforts to build a new coal-fired plant.
Don't buy Obama's greenwashing of nuclear powerLast month, inspectors found dangerous chemicals in the groundwater near the Vermont Yankee nuclear reactor. The situation demonstrates that from the mining of uranium ore to the storage of radioactive waste, nuclear reactors remain as dirty, risky, and as costly as they ever were. If President Obama's recent enthusiasm for nuclear reactors has led you to believe otherwise, you've bought in to the administration's greenwashing of nuclear.
Solar Industry Learns Lessons in Spanish SunFarmers sold land for solar plants. Boutiques opened. And people from all over the world, seeing business opportunities, moved to the city, which had suffered from 20 percent unemployment and a population exodus.
But as low-quality, poorly designed solar plants sprang up on Spain’s plateaus, Spanish officials came to realize that they would have to subsidize many of them indefinitely, and that the industry they had created might never produce efficient green energy on its own.
Lending Scheme to Bring Solar to Cambodia’s PoorWith access to solar-powered energy products for Cambodia’s rural poor extremely limited, the solar energy company Kamworks and the Cambodia Mutual Savings and Credit Network are partnering to provide low-interest loans to customers hoping to outfit their homes with solar panels, while Kamworks will provide and install the equipment.
Ethanol Making Comeback as Valero Sees Profit Where Gates Lost(Bloomberg) -- Ethanol, the commodity that cost Bill Gates more than $44 million the last time prices collapsed, is poised to rally as much as 20 percent as the fastest drop since 2008 spurs demand.
Falling corn prices and record ethanol supplies have driven the price down 17 percent in three months to $1.634 a gallon, its worst run since 2008’s fourth quarter. It will average $1.96 a gallon at the peak of the U.S. summer driving season as refiners from Valero Energy Corp. to Sunoco Inc. mix more into gasoline made from increasingly pricey oil, according to the median of 10 analyst estimates compiled by Bloomberg.
European Activists Sue Over Biofuels StudiesEnvironmental lawyers and activists on Monday sued the European Commission for failing to release studies investigating the impact of biofuels on the environment.
Whetting Singapore's thirst for rice"To produce one bowl of rice it takes about 500 liters of water," said Dr. Bouman.
"For a city like Singapore, the question is whether the 688 billion liters of water needed to produce the country's rice will remain available."
Worldwide, water for agriculture is becoming increasingly scarce as groundwater reserves drop, water quality declines because of pollution, irrigation systems malfunction, and competition from urban and industrial users increases.
Climate change will also reduce water availability in large parts of the world. And, by 2025, 15-20 million hectares of irrigated rice will suffer some degree of water scarcity.
Cool it on efforts against new rules, EPA chief asksWASHINGTON — The head of the Environmental Protection Agency on Monday pushed back against lawmakers' attempts to halt the EPA's regulation of greenhouse gases from power plants, refiners and other industrial facilities.
EPA Administrator Lisa Jackson said the agency's proposed new rules, which would take effect next year, could help ignite new demand for clean energy technology.
Instead of trying to block new rules, lawmakers should spend their energy focusing on “new legislation to do something” about climate change, Jackson told reporters after a speech at the National Press Club.
Asking “what would nature do?” leads to a way to break down a greenhouse gasANN ARBOR, Mich. – A recent discovery in understanding how to chemically break down the greenhouse gas carbon dioxide into a useful form opens the doors for scientists to wonder what organism is out there – or could be created – to accomplish the task.
University of Michigan biological chemist Steve Ragsdale, along with research assistant Elizabeth Pierce and scientists led by Fraser Armstrong from the University of Oxford in the U.K., have figured out a way to efficiently turn carbon dioxide into carbon monoxide using visible light, like sunlight.
California to amend 'cool cars' ruleThe state, which gave initial approval of the new rules in June, aims to sharply reduce solar energy in vehicles to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. The California Air Resources Board is working to finalize the regulations in the coming weeks. The final rules must be in place by May 7.
But the California Police Chiefs Association, California State Sheriffs Association, Crime Victims United of California and other groups warn that the new standards, requiring window glazing to keep car interiors cool, could degrade signals from cell phones, and from ankle monitoring bracelets worn by felons.
Fidel Castro warns of dangers threatening humanityFormer Cuban leader Fidel Castro warned of many dangers currently threatening the planet and the humanity such as mass destructive weapons and climate change.
"For the first time, the human species, in a globalized world full of contradictions, have created the ability to destroy themselves," Castro said in an article released on Monday.
How does America end up with such terrible national security strategies?Last month I wrote a blog post on the appallingly, monumentally bad Quadrennial Defence Review (QDR) of 2010 — the document the US Defence Department is required to produce as a basis for developing the military force structure and strategic requirements for the next four years. This document, meant to analyse the threats to the United States, failed to mention radical Islam as a threat in its over 100 pages. It also passed over the threat of Iranian nuclear weapons with only a one-sentence mention. Yet the top officials of the Defence Department did not fail to notice the REAL threat facing the United States. The QDR devoted several pages to the serious threat inherent in… climate change.
Monbiot: The trouble with trusting complex scienceThere is no simple way to battle public hostility to climate research. As the psychologists show, facts barely sway us anyway.
Wild relatives of crops seen aiding climate fight(Reuters) - Farm experts plan to track down wild relatives of crops such as rice or wheat with traits that make them able to resist global warming in a project costing perhaps $50 million, a leading expert said on Tuesday.
"The wild relatives of cultivated crops ... are largely uncollected or conserved in gene banks," said Cary Fowler, head of the Rome-based Global Crop Diversity Trust which co-manages a "doomsday" seed vault on an Arctic island north of Norway.
Move to train truckers to be greenerThe UK government has launched a new proposal to encourage more lorry drivers to take eco-driver training in a move to save up to 3m tonnes of carbon emissions.
Over five years, a saving of around £300m in fuel costs could be achieved, according to transport minister Paul Clark.
India backs Copenhagen climate deal: ministerNEW DELHI (AFP) – India has decided to formally back a climate change accord struck in Copenhagen last year that includes non-binding limits on global warming, Environment Minister Jairam Ramesh said Tuesday.
Climate forest deal in sight: IndonesiaWASHINGTON (AFP) – Wealthy and developing nations should be able to seal an agreement this year on deforestation, unlocking a key part of the next treaty on global warming, Indonesian negotiators said Monday.
Should Scientists Fight Heat or Stick to Data?You want to know why Al Gore and his movie have proven to be such an abject failure? (And yes, failure is the right word — polling shows no net increase in public concern about global warming in the years following the movie — for two decades its been roughly a third of the public who are seriously worried about global warming.) It’s for this very reason. A very dull and dispassionate voice was chosen to deliver a supposedly dire and passionate message. It was one of the worst cases of bad casting in history. Gore is ultimately “a scientist” when it comes to communication instincts. You can see it played out in his movie and two books as he’s slowly come to the realization that you need something more than information to reach the masses. Duh.
Contrary to popular belief, young people are not more politically engaged on the issue of climate change than older Americans, according to a new climate poll conducted by researchers at American, Yale and George Mason universities.
The researchers found "adults under the age of 35 are significantly less likely than their elders to say that they had thought about global warming before today, with nearly a quarter (22 percent) of under-35s saying they had never thought about the issue previously. Only 38 percent of those between the ages of 18 and 34 say that they had previously thought about global warming either 'a lot' (10 percent) or 'some' (28 percent), compared to 51 percent of those 35-59 and 44 percent of those 60 and older.
It’s easy to imagine an apocalyptically soggy future for New York—high waves soaking the hem of Lady Liberty’s robes, flash floods roaring through subway tunnels, kayakers paddling down Wall Street—and just as easy to dismiss it all as another end-of-days Hollywood fantasy. Global warming may be powerful and real, but so is denial, and the urge to postpone thinking about that particular item on the world’s to-do list is almost irresistible. Coastal cities, however, don’t have that luxury. For centuries, New York has been steadily expanding into its harbor; when the steroidal storms of the not-too-distant future start pummeling our shores, the waters will push back.
So Barry Bergdoll, the head of the Museum of Modern Art’s architecture and design department, divvied New York Harbor among five teams of designers and challenged them to figure out how a low-lying metropolis might deal with rising sea levels and violent storm surges. Their answers will appear (starting March 24) in the MoMA exhibit “Rising Currents: Projects for New York’s Waterfront,” and they vary from spongy streets to reefs made of glass or oysters to apartment buildings dangling above the brine.
Developed countries outsource emissions: study
Developed countries are "outsourcing" more than a third of their carbon emissions associated with products and services to other countries, researchers say.
A study of trade data found that some countries in Western Europe have more than half of their total carbon dioxide emissions occurring elsewhere, especially in developing countries such as China.
-
If you think Ashcroft is a scandal, what about the attacks on the BBC? | David Mitchell
[Politics, Guardian] (Politics news, UK and world political comment and analysis | guardian.co.uk)No broadcaster in the world can match the BBC and its critics should stop belittling itWhen the Conservatives' deputy chairman, Lord Ashcroft, revealed that his party donations are dwarfed by the sums he's withholding from the nation by tax avoidance, the Tories didn't panic. They decided the crisis didn't require large-scale political fire-fighting – a little squirt would do. But George Osborne's terribly busy these days so they plumped for Michael Gove.I doubt he was thrilled. Ashcroft is wh ...
No broadcaster in the world can match the BBC and its critics should stop belittling it
When the Conservatives' deputy chairman, Lord Ashcroft, revealed that his party donations are dwarfed by the sums he's withholding from the nation by tax avoidance, the Tories didn't panic. They decided the crisis didn't require large-scale political fire-fighting – a little squirt would do. But George Osborne's terribly busy these days so they plumped for Michael Gove.
I doubt he was thrilled. Ashcroft is what an old-school Tory might describe as "the sort of chap who wants to run the club but won't pay his subs", the club in this case being Britain. It's a difficult position to defend and interesting that Ashcroft didn't try himself. Maybe he kept saying: "Shut up or I'll buy you!" when he practised TV interviews. That doesn't go down as well on Channel 4 News as it does when booking a table at a busy Belizean restaurant.
Gove did a decent job fielding Jon Snow's questions and then beetled over to the BBC to face Newsnight's Kirsty Wark. Gove's tactic was to keep repeating that the other main parties were bankrolled by men with equally poor senses of civic duty and ignore Wark's point that Ashcroft's role as deputy chairman made his case different. Then, at the end, Gove went on to the attack.
"We'll be watching, Kirsty," he said darkly (although it's not as if he ever sounds like Bagpuss) and then, in a significant tone: "The broader question will be, 'Is the BBC failing in its duty to hold other parties to account?'", leaving Wark to wrap up the interview in a fluster ill-concealed by a pretence of being hurried. Maybe she had the director general screaming in her earpiece: "Tell him we'll get rid of CBeebies if he'll just leave us alone!"
How should Gove's remarks be interpreted? The cheap tricks of a deft debater? The usual politician's paranoia about BBC bias? Maybe it's my own paranoia but I thought he meant: "We're not going to have to take much more of this shit. There are going to be some changes round here."
The next morning, as Mark Thompson announced his plan to close a couple of radio stations, slim down the website, spend less on imported programmes and sport and generally get his tanks off the Murdochs' lawn, and reseed it, he insisted in the Guardian: "The proposed changes are not a piece of politics." Smashing! That means they can't be. If politics were involved, he'd have to say so, wouldn't he? There's probably some sort of law, like with salt in ready meals. But who can blame him for addressing political realities when the Tories are sharpening their knives live on Newsnight?
Over the last two years, as recession and internet have obliterated their profits, the BBC's competitors have conspired to make headlines out of its failings. Not even Katie Price's insatiable thirst for publicity can elicit as much press as the corporation gets while trying to keep a low profile. Every night, it's metaphorically falling out of some nightclub, inadvertently showing its muff.
And the politicians have joined in, as if they genuinely believe this torrent of negative coverage is an expression of public concern rather than corporate envy. This, in turn, forces the director general to court the politicians. Not that he can ever win, as Ed Vaizey, the shadow culture minister demonstrated. When it was first leaked that 6 Music may close, he welcomed it; three days and a Twitter storm later, he said he'd become "an avid listener". What would Thompson have had to jettison to keep him onside for a whole week?
The BBC exists in a nest of paradoxes. First, it's supposed to be impartial yet accountable – impartial politically, but accountable to the licence fee payer. But how is that accountability to manifest itself other than through politicians whom its impartiality should empower it to ignore? Getting people to text in their snow pictures seems to be the current best guess.
Second, it's supposed to provide content that the free market wouldn't otherwise support and not hamper commercial competitors too much, and yet remain popular enough to prevent viewers resenting the licence fee. People, including Thompson last Tuesday, say the BBC should "concentrate on what it does best", but most of us wouldn't pay £142.50 a year just for the Proms and Storyville. We also want Strictly Come Dancing, Football Focus and, in millions of cases, Jonathan Ross.
And third, the licence fee is unfair. It's basically a poll tax (maybe that's why Mrs Thatcher kept it). It would be much fairer to fund the BBC from income tax. But that would destroy its independence and leave its future in jeopardy at every budget. That's why I firmly believe that the licence fee is the only workable system, a fudge though it undoubtedly is.
These contradictions make it very easy to find fault with the BBC and let its critics evade the real question which is, simply: do we want it or not? It's a binary choice, all or nothing. I once came across a very persuasive analysis of organisations (it's from the book Intelligent Leadership by Alistair Mant) which divides them into two categories: bicycles and frogs.
A bicycle is put together from interchangeable parts. You can take a bicycle-like system apart, polish or improve elements and then reassemble it into something that works better. A frog, however, evolved as a whole. If you chop a little bit off, it'll muddle along. And another little bit and another and it'll still be a frog, albeit a less functional one. But finally, with one tiny further change, it will cease to be a frog and nothing you can do will ever put it back together. Well, the BBC is an organisation to melt Miss Piggy's heart.
Its anatomy isn't perfect, as I've discovered while making The Bubble, a BBC news-based panel show with which BBC News has refused to co-operate. But sometimes a frog kicks itself in the head, I suppose – or to characterise BBC News's decision in a way to better reflect how they see themselves in relation to comedy, head-butts itself in the rectum.
I understand why the BBC frustrates the private sector – it makes business much harder for them. But I don't know why they expect the public to care, other than out of concern for the Murdoch and Rothermere families' finances. In all their whingeing, they've consistently failed to point to any other country where, thanks to the unfettered function of a free market, better television, radio and online content are available.
On the contrary, the BBC is the envy of the world. Why are we letting its competitors, and the politicians they have frightened or bought, tell us that we can't keep it as it is?
guardian.co.uk © Guardian News & Media Limited 2010 | Use of this content is subject to our Terms & Conditions | More Feeds -
Microrings for 60 Gigahertz Wireless
[Future, Nanotechnology] (Next Big Future)The wireless house of the future might use a system being developed at Purdue University that could eliminate wires for communications in homes, businesses and cars. The researchers designed and built a miniature device capable of converting ultra fast laser pulses into bursts of radio-frequency signals using innovative "microring resonators." Such an advance could enable all communications, from high-definition television broadcasts to secure computer connections, to be transmitted from a singl ...
The wireless house of the future might use a system being developed at Purdue University that could eliminate wires for communications in homes, businesses and cars. The researchers designed and built a miniature device capable of converting ultra fast laser pulses into bursts of radio-frequency signals using innovative "microring resonators." Such an advance could enable all communications, from high-definition television broadcasts to secure computer connections, to be transmitted from a single base station. (Purdue University, Michael Esposito) Purdue University researchers have developed a miniature device capable of converting ultrafast laser pulses into bursts of radio-frequency signals, a step toward making wires obsolete for communications in the homes and offices of the future. The Purdue researchers have miniaturized the technology small enough to fit on a computer chip....
[[ This is a content summary only. Visit my website for full links, other content, and more! ]] -
Emily Bell | The BBC might look as if it's in retreat. But its dominance remains
[Guardian] (Media: BBC | guardian.co.uk)Thompson is the man who, even before becoming director general, articulated a vision of the BBC's multichannel future. But the world has changed"How big should the BBC be?" is the 21st century equivalent of the rhetorical question "how long is a piece of string?" With a licence fee set at around £3bn and the cost of making all manner of digital content dropping sharply, the corporation has been able to spread its wings across a vast amount of the media market.Todaythe BBC tackled an issue which ...
Thompson is the man who, even before becoming director general, articulated a vision of the BBC's multichannel future. But the world has changed
"How big should the BBC be?" is the 21st century equivalent of the rhetorical question "how long is a piece of string?" With a licence fee set at around £3bn and the cost of making all manner of digital content dropping sharply, the corporation has been able to spread its wings across a vast amount of the media market.
Todaythe BBC tackled an issue which has been stalking the corporation for the best part of a decade with its strategic review. It is a tide which has risen very slowly but inevitably, to the point that makes one wonder why the fabled strategy department and highly-paid management board were so slow in filling the sandbags.
Suddenly we are at action stations with director general Mark Thompson taking brisk charge of the bailout operation, suggesting that the BBC would focus on "five" key areas; journalism, music, culture, drama, comedy, children's programming and events. Which is more than five, but perhaps this is a trick of BBC downsizing, to announce five areas and pick seven.
Certainly the shocking outcome of the BBC strategic review is that the casualties are two radio stations, 6 Music and Asian Network which seemed niche, but were well-supported parts of the output. This brutality seems to be aimed at teaching the politicians a lesson, and strategically retreating from being a multichannel broadcaster. Ed Vaizey, the affable shadow broadcasting minister whose party have publicly called for the BBC to have its wings clipped, announced himself a recent convert to 6 Music, having taken the precaution of listening to it at the weekend.
The news that the BBC is also to slash its web presence looks like a dramatic retreat from an expansionist strategy, but it's just good housekeeping. In fact, in a former web strategy review, conducted several years ago, there was a strong recommendation that the corporation should cull its websites to a quarter the existing number (which was, and is probably still is somewhere north of 2,000).
The BBC does appear to be bowing to the kind of political and lobbying pressure that makes its considerable army of fans feel like taking to the barricades themselves. Officious Tories, envious Labourites, commercial competitors and worst of all, James Murdoch have piled in to the debate over the BBC's size and scope. Despite its misjudgments, the public instinctively values what the BBC does above the collective output of all the former. But the pruning carried out by Thompson's team, while politically motivated, will also suit the BBC's long-term strategy.
It is clear that by introducing extra channels such as 6 Music on the radio and BBC3 and 4 on the television, the corporation has absolved its main broadcast outlets of featuring the more differentiated programming, which sets it apart from commercial rivals. Comedy and documentaries can thrive on BBC2, and supported by the growing power of the iPlayer, make the need for more channels redundant.
With dominant broadcasting outlets like BBC1 and 2 and Radio 1 and 2, a brilliant on-demand service and an archive that will be increasingly available to all, the BBC not only does not need so many channels, but the cost of supporting and marketing them is becoming a distraction from making programmes.
Thompson is the man who, even before becoming director general, articulated a vision of the BBC's multichannel future. But the world has changed much more quickly than Thompson or anyone else could have predicted. Instead of scattered brands across the web, mass audiences have coalesced around the one or two vital and best services that meet their immediate needs. The BBC might look like it is in retreat, but it is perfectly placed to carry on being the dominant force in British media for the foreseeable future.
guardian.co.uk © Guardian News & Media Limited 2010 | Use of this content is subject to our Terms & Conditions | More Feeds -
The Legacy of Radio’s Less is More
[Music, Radio] (Inside Music Media)By Jerry Del Colliano Clear Channel President John Hogan’s claim to fame is the slogan “Less is More” which back in the early part of the decade was supposed to mean fewer commercials, shorter commercials – hell, anything Clear Channel wanted it to mean. It was a big flop as even they know now. (If they don’t, they should ask their sales execs and market managers). But we can’t just blame Clear Channel for less is more. Most other consolidated radio operators operate under the ...
By Jerry Del Colliano
Clear Channel President John Hogan’s claim to fame is the slogan “Less is More” which back in the early part of the decade was supposed to mean fewer commercials, shorter commercials – hell, anything Clear Channel wanted it to mean.
It was a big flop as even they know now. (If they don’t, they should ask their sales execs and market managers).
But we can’t just blame Clear Channel for less is more.
Most other consolidated radio operators operate under the same assumption and the reason for that is that less costs less and that’s what radio is all about now.
My Sunday New York Times got wet before I could retrieve it this past week. You’d think the Times would be happy that I pay for a printed paper I don’t read (I read it online like most of you do). But I am romantically attached to the Sunday Times so I keep buying the print version.
Now the Times sends me a letter wrapped in one of the weekday issues like a dead fish telling me that from now on if a paper isn’t delivered for whatever reason or it gets wet and I need another, they won’t be replacing it.
I can get a credit by calling in, but no paper.
What’s telling is that they remind me that I can read that day’s New York Times online. How stupid. I’m doing that AND paying them for a paper I don’t really need and when I get my iPad I really won’t need it. Don’t tempt me.
You see, less is more.
That idiot running Ryanair in Europe is actually thinking of charging passengers to use the bathroom (swipe a credit card and go). The airlines are leaders in less is more. That’s why they charge for basic services and comforts like pillows and checked bags instead of a real price for flying on an airplane.
Southwest doesn’t do that.
Southwest is all about less but they don’t tell customers they are going to get more. They tell you you’re going to get less by paying less.
There is a new study out by Nielsen that says 79% of users would no longer access a website that charges them -- that’s making the assumption that they could get the same info for free.
Who don’t know that!
Free or paid?
I’d take free, how about you?
However, when I can’t get what I want for free and I really want it, then I’ll have to consider paying.
This brings me to my passion that is the transition from traditional to new media.
You know all those many local radio personalities out there who have a following but no radio station at which to work?
They may be able to charge micropayments for podcasts, blogs and websites. That is assuming the personalities are unique enough that the audience does not want to live without them.
I have a hard time convincing people this early on that this is exactly what is going to happen.
Howard Stern will be resigned by Sirius XM -- both parties need each other and the money is still better than Howard can get elsewhere. John Hogan doesn’t really want him. He just wants to drive up the price Mel Karmazin is going to pay by saying Clear Channel would love to have Stern.
Stern is a personality who could make money charging reasonable micropayments and if he didn’t overdo it, he could also have promotional money coming in not in the form of commercials but tie-ins.
So, you ask – how can a radio personality make radio-type money charging micropayments? It’s all in the numbers and how addicted their fans are.
But there is also a free model (I knew you’d like this one better).
A former radio personality does a 30-minute daily podcast for free, rebuilds the lost audience but does few or no commercials – after all, digital listeners are funny about putting up with commercials. Remember, they want what they want when they want it and don’t want commercials.
Then, this same personality does a once a year concert, event, convention, gathering where fans pay, sponsors pay and money flows in.
In the past, radio was a simple and effective model.
You listen to programming content and put up with commercials. The commercials pay for the personalities and content (and debt service).
But now, there is a new model developing.
Use new media to assemble your audience, grow it virally through social networking (and I’m not talking about simply using Twitter and Facebook).
Deliver the content on devices that your fans prefer – consider charging micropayments as one alternative or doing an annual paid event that assembles your fans and sponsors and allows you to go commercial-free the rest of the year.
Oprah can do it.
Dr. Drew Pinsky can do it.
But local personalities can also do it.
The future of what used to be broadcasting is a totally new revenue model and a changing delivery system.
What doesn’t ever change is the talent, but fortunately you’ve got that already because talent knows no boundaries such as transmitters and towers.
For those of you who would prefer to get Jerry's daily posts by email for FREE, please click here. Then look for a verifying email from FeedBurner to start service.
Thanks for forwarding my pieces to your friends and linking to your websites and boards.
-
Goodbye Radio… we still love you, but more progressive industries await
[Radio] (Mobile Radio Simplified)It is no secret that our emphasis here at CelleCast has been in wedding ourselves to the talk radio industry at a partnership level to help them edge in to the digital future in a way they could own. We dumbed down the process immensely. We focussed on accessibility. We made the promotion process drop dead simple. We explained in all our meetings that the return would start small, but grow over time as the future was ours to prospect together. We also made a strong case that radio had a great op ...
It is no secret that our emphasis here at CelleCast has been in wedding ourselves to the talk radio industry at a partnership level to help them edge in to the digital future in a way they could own. We dumbed down the process immensely. We focussed on accessibility. We made the promotion process drop dead simple. We explained in all our meetings that the return would start small, but grow over time as the future was ours to prospect together.
We also made a strong case that radio had a great opportunity to lead in the social media space. Maybe that was where we lost em. When broadcasters were asking questions about how to use Twitter, we were already explaining that although tweeting is fine, that radio should use our tools to make an audio version of Twitter that flows from radio’s strengths. Audio community. Imagine what kind of buzz could be created when every member of a vibrant talk radio audience was given a microphone!
What I kept forgetting, even though I kept telling myself not to, was that radio has been traditionally foot dragging. These are the people that stuck to ‘what works’ back in the 50’s when TV was the new media invention. I bet my hopes that the lesson was learned, when in fact it is in radio’s DNA to ignore any opportunity that does not bring an immediate return.
I have been talking with my advisors, both formal and informal about this for over a year now. They are either slightly more or slightly less optimistic than I have been about a change. What we are doing now is going around the whole beast. Opportunities presented and ignored can simply mean a new audience for the opportunity must be sought.
We are going to talk to the publishing industry. We are going to talk with corporate communications departments. We are going to talk to universities and other institutions that are not entrenched to the point that they confuse their distribution tool with their business model. Stay tuned.
In closing, I want to share with you a great bullet list I heard from Bob Garfield in his Hear 2.0 interview, where he explains what he would do today if he were forced into the role of having to own and/or manage a radio station. He would:
- Invest alot in great talent
- Leverage localism to the max
- Invest in making the most robust website possible.. ready for mobile, wireless, IP radio
- Establish a culture that understands that new technology trumps terrestrial radio and create a full service, platform independent, media company.
- Reduce ad slots, as the current level of clutter is more intrusive and value diminishing in audio than it is in print.
To really appreciate where Bob is coming from, you need to hear the whole interview conducted by Mark Ramsey last May.
-
Streams of Content, Limited Attention
[User Interface] (UX Magazine)The flow of information through social media. In his seminal pop-book, Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi argued that people are happiest when they can reach a state of "flow." He talks about performers and athletes who are in the height of their profession, the experience they feel as time passes by and everything just clicks. People reach a state where attention appears focused and, simultaneously, not in need of focus at the same time. The world is aligned and everything just feels rig ...
In his seminal pop-book, Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi argued that people are happiest when they can reach a state of "flow." He talks about performers and athletes who are in the height of their profession, the experience they feel as time passes by and everything just clicks. People reach a state where attention appears focused and, simultaneously, not in need of focus at the same time. The world is aligned and everything just feels right.
Consider what it means to be "in flow" in an information landscape defined by networked media, and you will see where Web 2.0 is taking us. The goal is not to be a passive consumer of information or to simply tune in when the time is right, but rather to live in a world where information is everywhere. To be peripherally aware of information as it flows by, grabbing it at the right moment when it is most relevant, valuable, entertaining, or insightful. Living with, in, and around information. Most of that information is social information, but some of it is entertainment information or news information or productive information. Being in flow with information is different than Csikszentmihalyi's sense, as it's not about perfect attention, but it is about a sense of alignment, of being aligned with information.
As of late, we've been talking a lot about content streams, streams of information. This metaphor is powerful. The idea is that you're living inside the stream: adding to it, consuming it, redirecting it. The stream metaphor is about reaching flow. It's also about restructuring the ways in which information flows in modern society.
Those who are most enamored with services like Twitter talk passionately about feeling as though they are living and breathing with the world around them, peripherally aware and in-tune, adding content to the stream and grabbing it when appropriate. This state is delicate, plagued by information overload and weighed down by frustrating tools.
For the longest time, we have focused on sites of information as a destination, of accessing information as a process, of producing information as a task. What happens when all of this changes? While things are certainly clunky at best, this is the promise land of the technologies we're creating. This is all happening because of how our information society is changing. But before we talk more about flow, we need to step back and talks about shifts in the media landscape.
From Broadcast to Networked
For the last few centuries, we have been living in an era of broadcast media, but we have been switching to an era of networked media. This fundamentally alters the structure by which information flows.
Those who believe in broadcast structures recognize the efficiency of a single, centralized source. There's some nostalgia here. The image is clear: 1950s nightly news, everyone tuning in to receive the same message at the same time. There are the newspapers, the radio stations, the magazines—all telling the same news-y story. Centralized sources of information are powerful because they control the means of distribution. There is also the town gossip, the church, and the pub. These too were centralized channels for disseminating information.
Broadcast media structures take one critical thing for granted: attention. There is an assumption that everyone will tune in and give their attention to the broadcast entity, even though that was never true in the first place. As TV channels and publishing brands proliferated, we've seen that attention can easily be fragmented. Over the last few decades, increasing numbers of entities have been fighting for a smaller and smaller portion of the pie. Even gossip rags started competing for attention.
The opportunities for media creation have been rising for decades, but the Internet provided new mechanisms through which people could make their own content available. From blogging to social network sites to media sharing sites to sites that provide social streams, we are seeing countless ways in which a motivated individual can make their personal content available. There were always folks willing to share their story but the Internet gave them a pulpit on which to stand.
Internet technologies are fundamentally dismantling and reworking the structures of distribution. Distribution is a process by which content creators find channels through which they can disseminate their creation. In effect, they're pushing out the content. Sure, people have to be there to receive it, but the idea is that there are limited channels for distribution and thus getting access to this limited resource is hard. That is no longer the case.
As networked technologies proliferate around the world, we can assume that there is a channel of distribution available to everyone and between everyone. In theory, anyone could get content to anyone else. With the barriers to distribution collapsing, what matters is not the act of distribution, but the act of consumption. Thus, the power is no longer in the hands of those who control the channels of distribution, but those who control the limited resource of attention. This is precisely why YOU were Time magazine’s the Person of the Year in 2006. Your attention is precious and valuable. It's no longer about push; it's about pull. And the “Law of Two Feet” is now culturally pervasive.
While we're dismantling traditional structures of distribution, we're also building out new forms of information dissemination. Content is no longer being hocked, but links are. People throughout the network are using the attention they receive to traffic in pointers to other content, serving as content mediators. Numerous people have become experts as information networkers.
To many people, this seems like old news. Isn't that the whole point of Web 2.0? Isn't that what we've been living? Sure, of course. But now that we're seeing Web 2.0 go mainstream, we're seeing all sorts of folks get into the game. What they're doing often looks different than what early adopters were doing. And the business folks are all trying to turn the Internet into a new broadcast channel (don't worry, they're failing). But we need to talk about these shifts so we can talk about what innovation needs to happen.
If folks are going to try to get in-flow with information, we need to understand how information flows differently today. Let me highlight four challenges, points where technological hope and reality collide.
Four Core Issues
1) Democratization. Switching from a model of distribution to a model of attention is disruptive, but it is not inherently democratizing. This is a mistake we often make when talking about this shift. We may be democratizing certain types of access, but we're not democratizing attention. Just because we're moving towards a state where anyone has the ability to get information into the stream does not mean that attention will be divided equally. Opening up access to the structures of distribution is not democratizing when distribution is no longer the organizing function.
Some people might immediately think, "Ah, but it's a meritocracy. People will give their attention to what is best!" This too is mistaken logic. What people give their attention to depends on a whole set of factors that have nothing to do with what's best. At the most basic level, consider the role of language. People will pay attention to content that is in their language, even if they can get access to content in any language. This means Chinese language content will soon get more attention than English content, let alone Dutch or Hebrew content.
2) Stimulation. People consume content that stimulates their mind and senses. That which angers, excites, energizes, entertains, or otherwise creates an emotional response. This is not always the "best" or most informative content, but that which triggers a reaction.
This isn't inherently a good thing. Consider the food equivalent. Our bodies are programmed to consume fat and sugars because they're rare in nature. Thus, when they come around, we should grab them. In the same way, we're biologically programmed to be attentive to things that stimulate: content that is gross, violent, or sexual and that gossip which is humiliating, embarrassing, or offensive. If we're not careful, we're going to develop the psychological equivalent of obesity. We'll find ourselves consuming content that is least beneficial for ourselves or society as a whole.
We are addicted to gossip for a reason. We want to know what's happening because such information brings us closer to people. When we know something about someone, there's a sense of connection. But the information ecology we live in today has twisted this whole thing upside down. Just because I can follow the details of Angelina Jolie's life doesn't mean she knows I exist. This is what scholars talk about as parasocial relations. With Facebook, you can turn your closest friends into celebrities, characters you gawk at and obsess over without actually gaining the benefits of social intimacy and bonding.
Stimulation creates cognitive connections. But it is possible for there to be too much stimulation. We don't want a disconnected, numb society, nor a society of unequal social connections. So driving towards greater and more intense stimulation may not be what we want.
Of course, there's money here and people will try to manipulate this dynamic for their own purposes. There are folks who put out highly stimulating content or spread gossip to get attention. And often they succeed, creating a pretty unhealthy cycle. So we have to start asking ourselves what balance looks like and how we can move towards an environment where there are incentives for consuming healthy content that benefit individuals and society as a whole. Or, at the very least, how not to feed the trolls.
3) Homophily. In a networked world, people connect to people like themselves. What flows across the network flows through edges of similarity. The ability to connect to others like us allows us to flow information across space and time in impressively new ways, but there's also a downside.
Prejudice, intolerance, bigotry, and power are all baked into our networks. In a world of networked media, it's easy to not get access to views from people who think from a different perspective. Information can and does flow in ways that create and reinforce social divides. Democratic philosophy depends on shared informational structures, but the combination of self-segmentation and networked information flow means that we lose the common rhetorical ground through which we can converse.
Throughout my studies of social media, I have been astonished by the people who think that XYZ site is for people like them. I interviewed gay men who thought Friendster was a gay dating site because all they saw were other gay men. I interviewed teens who believed that everyone on MySpace was Christian because all of the profiles they saw contained biblical quotes. We all live in our own worlds with people who share our values and, with networked media, it's often hard to see beyond that.
Ironically, the one place where I'm finding people are being forced to think outside their box is the Trending Topics on Twitter. Consider a topic that trended a while ago: #thingsdarkiessay. Started in South Africa, this topic is fundamentally about language and cultural diversity but, when read in a U.S.-context, it reads as fundamentally racist. Boy did this blow up, forcing a lot of folks to think about language and cultural differences. Why? Because Trending Topics brings a topic that gained traction in a segment of the network to broader awareness, often out of context. Unfortunately, it's hard to get meaningful dialogue going once a Trending Topic triggers reactions.
In an era of networked media, we need to recognize that networks are homophilous and operate accordingly. Technology does not inherently disintegrate social divisions. In fact, more often then not, in reinforces them. Only a small percentage of people are inclined to seek out opinions and ideas from cultures other than their own. These people are and should be highly valued in society, but just because people can be what Ethan Zuckerman calls “xenophiles” doesn’t mean they will be.
4) Power. When we think about centralized sources of information distribution, it's easy to understand that power is at stake. But networked structures of consumption are also configured by power and we cannot forget that or assume that access alone is power. Power is about being able to command attention, influence others' attention, and otherwise traffic in information. We give power to people when we give them our attention and people gain power when they bridge between different worlds and determine what information can and will flow across the network.
In a networked culture, there is also power in being the person spreading the content. When my colleagues and I were examining retweets in Twitter, we saw something fascinating: a tension between citationality and attribution. In short, should you give credit to the author of the content or acknowledge the person through whom you learned of the information? Instinctually, many might believe that the author is the most important person to credit. But, few ideas are truly the product of just one individual. So why not credit the messenger who is helping the content flow? We found that reasonable people disagreed about what was best.
In a broadcast model, those who control the distribution channels often profit more than the creators. Think: Clear Channel, record labels, TV producers, etc. Unfortunately, there's an assumption that if we get rid of limitations to the means of distribution, the power will revert to the creators. This is not what's happening. Distribution today is making people aware that they can come and get something, but those who get access to people's attention are still a small, privileged few.
Instead, what we're seeing a new type of information broker emerge. These folks get credit for their structural position. While the monetary benefits are indirect, countless consulting gigs have arisen for folks based on their power as information brokers. The old controllers of information are losing their stature (and are not happy about it). What's emerging is not inherently the power of the creators, but the power of the modern-day information brokers.
Making It Work
As our information ecosystem evolves, we will see some radical changes take place. First, I believe that information spaces will get more niche. We will see evidence of this in the ways people direct their attention, and also in what new enterprises are succeeding. Successful businesses will not be everything to everyone; that's the broadcast mentality. Instead, they will play a meaningful role to a cohort of committed consumers who give their attention to them because of their relevance.
To be relevant today requires understanding context, popularity, and reputation. In the broadcast era, we assumed the disseminator organized information because they were a destination. In a networked era, there will be no destination, but rather a network of content and people. We cannot assume that content will be organized around topics or that people will want to consume content organized as such. We're already seeing this in streams-based media consumption. When consuming information through social media tools, people consume social gossip alongside productive content, news alongside status updates. Right now, it's one big mess. But the key is not going to be to create distinct destinations organized around topics, but to find ways in which content can be surfaced in context, regardless of where it resides.
Making content work in a networked era is going to be about living in the streams, consuming and producing alongside "customers." Consuming to understand, producing to be relevant. Content creators are not going to get to dictate the cultural norms just because they can make their content available; they are still accountable to those who are trafficking content.
We need technological innovations. For example, tools that allow people to more easily contextualize relevant content regardless of where they are and what they are doing and tools that allow people to slice and dice content so as to not reach information overload. This is not simply about aggregating or curating content to create personalized destination sites. Frankly, I don't think this will work. Instead, the tools that consumers need are those that allow them to get into flow, that allow them to live inside information structures wherever they are, whatever they're doing. The tools that allow them to easily grab what they need and stay peripherally aware without feeling overwhelmed.
Finally, we need to rethink our business plans. I doubt this cultural shift will be paid for by better advertising models. Advertising is based on capturing attention, typically by interrupting the broadcast message or by being inserted into the content itself. Trying to reach information flow is not about being interrupted. Advertising does work when it's part of the flow itself. Ads are great when they provide a desirable answer to a search query or when they appear at the moment of purchase. But when the information being shared is social in nature, advertising is fundamentally a disruption.
Figuring out how to monetize sociality is a problem, and not one that’s new to the Internet. Think about how we monetize sociality in physical spaces. Typically, it involves second-order consumption of calories. Venues provide a space for social interaction to occur and we are expected to consume to pay rent. Restaurants, bars, cafes… they all survive on this model. But we have yet to find the digital equivalent of alcohol.
As we continue to move from a broadcast model of information to a networked one, we will continue to see reworking of the information landscape. Some of what is unfolding is exciting, some is terrifying. The key is not be all utopian or dystopian about it, but to recognize what changes and what stays the same. The future of Web 2.0 is about information flow and if you want to help people, help them reach that state.
This article is based on a talk I gave at O’Reilly’s Web 2.0 Expo last November. This could not have been written if it weren't for an inspiring conversation with Dan Gillmor.
-
The attack on climate science is the O.J. moment of the 21st century
[Social Entrepreneurship] (Grist - the Latest from Grist)by Bill McKibben This essay was originally published on TomDispatch and is republished here with Tom’s kind permission. —- Twenty-one years ago, in 1989, I wrote what many have called the first book for a general audience on global warming. One of the more interesting reviews came from The Wall Street Journal. It was a mixed and judicious appraisal. “The subject,” the reviewer said, “is important, the notion is arresting, and Mr. McKibben argues convincingly.̶ ...
by Bill McKibben
This essay was originally published on TomDispatch and is republished here with Tom’s kind permission.
—-
Twenty-one years ago, in 1989, I wrote what many have
called the first book for a general audience on global warming. One of
the more interesting reviews came from The Wall Street Journal. It
was a mixed and judicious appraisal. “The subject,” the reviewer said,
“is important, the notion is arresting, and Mr. McKibben argues
convincingly.” And that was not an outlier: around the same time, the
first president Bush announced that he planned to “fight the greenhouse
effect with the White House effect.”
I doubt that’s what the Journal will
say about my next book when it comes out in a few weeks, and I know
that no GOP presidential contender would now dream of acknowledging
that human beings are warming the planet. Sarah Palin is currently
calling climate science “snake oil,” and last week the Utah
legislature, in a move straight out of the King Canute playbook, passed
a resolution condemning “a well organized and ongoing effort to
manipulate global temperature data in order to produce a global warming
outcome” on a nearly party-line vote.
And here’s what’s odd. In 1989, I could fit just about every
scientific study on climate change on top of my desk. The science was
still thin. If my reporting made me think it was nonetheless
convincing, many scientists were not yet prepared to agree.
Now, you could fill the Superdome with climate-change research data.
(You might not want to, though, since Hurricane Katrina demonstrated
just how easy it was to rip holes in its roof.) Every major scientific
body in the world has produced reports confirming the peril. All 15 of
the warmest years on record have come in the two decades that have
passed since 1989. In the meantime, the Earth’s major natural systems
have all shown undeniable signs of rapid flux: melting Arctic and
glacial ice, rapidly acidifying seawater, and so on.
Somehow, though, the onslaught against the science of climate change
has never been stronger, and its effects, at least in the U.S., never
more obvious: Fewer Americans believe humans are warming the planet. At least partly as a result, Congress feels little need to consider
global-warming legislation, no less pass it; and as a result of that failure, progress toward any kind of international agreement on climate change has essentially ground to a halt.
Climate-change denial as an O.J. moment
The campaign against climate science has been enormously clever, and
enormously effective. It’s worth trying to understand how they’ve done
it. The best analogy, I think, is to the O.J. Simpson trial, an event
that’s begun to recede into our collective memory. For those who were
conscious in 1995, however, I imagine that just a few names will make
it come back to life. Kato Kaelin, anyone? Lance Ito?
The Dream Team of lawyers assembled for Simpson’s defense had a
problem: It was pretty clear their guy was guilty. Nicole Brown’s blood
was all over his socks, and that was just the beginning. So Johnnie
Cochran, Robert Shapiro, Alan Dershowitz, F. Lee Bailey, Robert
Kardashian et al. decided to attack the process, arguing that
it put Simpson’s guilt in doubt, and doubt, of course, was all they
needed. Hence, those days of cross-examination about exactly how Dennis
Fung had transported blood samples, or the fact that Los Angeles
detective Mark Fuhrman had used racial slurs when talking to a
screenwriter in 1986.
If anything, they were actually helped by the mountain of
evidence. If a haystack gets big enough, the odds only increase that
there will be a few needles hidden inside. Whatever they managed to
find, they made the most of: In closing arguments, for instance,
Cochran compared Fuhrman to Adolf Hitler and called him “a genocidal
racist, a perjurer, America’s worst nightmare, and the personification
of evil.” His only real audience was the jury, many of whom had good
reason to dislike the Los Angeles Police Department, but the team
managed to instill considerable doubt in lots of Americans tuning in on
TV as well. That’s what happens when you spend week after week dwelling
on the cracks in a case, no matter how small they may be.
Similarly, the immense pile of evidence now proving the science of
global warming beyond any reasonable doubt is in some ways a great boon
for those who would like, for a variety of reasons, to deny that the
biggest problem we’ve ever faced is actually a problem at all. If you
have a three-page report, it won’t be overwhelming and it’s unlikely to
have many mistakes. Three thousand pages (the length of the latest
report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change)? That pretty
much guarantees you’ll get something wrong.
Indeed, the IPCC managed to include, among other glitches, a
spurious date for the day when Himalayan glaciers would disappear. It
won’t happen by 2035, as the report indicated—a fact that has now
been spread so widely across the Internet that it’s more or less
obliterated another, undeniable piece of evidence: Virtually every
glacier on the planet is, in fact, busily melting.
Similarly, if you managed to hack 3,000 emails from some scientist’s
account, you might well find a few that showed them behaving badly, or
at least talking about doing so. This is the so-called “Climategate”
scandal from an English research center last fall. The English
scientist Phil Jones has been placed on leave while his university
decides if he should be punished for, among other things, not complying
with Freedom of Information Act requests.
Call him the Mark Fuhrman of climate science; attack him often enough and
maybe people will ignore the inconvenient mountain of evidence about
climate change that the world’s scientific researchers have, in fact,
compiled. Indeed, you can make almost exactly the same kind of fuss
Johnnie Cochran made—that’s what Rep. James Sensenbrenner
(R-Wis.) did, insisting the emails proved “scientific fascism,” and
the climate skeptic Christopher Monckton called his opponents “Hitler
youth.” Such language filters down. I’m now used to a daily diet of
angry email, often with subject lines like the one that arrived
yesterday: “Nazi Moron Scumbag.”
If you’re smart, you can also take advantage of lucky breaks that
cross your path. Say a record set of snowstorms hit Washington, D.C. It
won’t even matter that such a record is just the kind of thing
scientists have been predicting, given the extra water vapor global
warming is adding to the atmosphere. It’s enough that it’s super-snowy
in what everyone swore was a warming world.
For a gifted political operative like, say, Marc Morano, who runs the Climate Depot website,
the massive snowfalls this winter became the grist for a hundred posts
poking fun at the very idea that anyone could still possibly believe
in, you know, physics. Morano, who really is good, posted a link to a
live webcam so readers could watch snow coming down; his former boss,
Sen. James Inhofe (R-Okla.), had his grandchildren build an igloo on
the Capitol grounds, with a sign that read: “Al Gore’s New Home.” These
are the things that stick in people’s heads. If the winter glove won’t
fit, you must acquit.
Why we don’t want to believe in climate change
The climate deniers come with a few built-in advantages. Thanks to
ExxonMobil and others with a vested interest in debunking
climate-change research, their “think tanks” have plenty of money,
none of which gets wasted doing actual research to disprove climate
change. It’s also useful for a movement to have its own TV network,
Fox, though even more crucial to the denial movement are a few
right-wing British tabloids that validate each new “scandal” and put it
into media play.
That these guys are geniuses at working the media was proved this February when even The New York Times ran a front page story,
“Skeptics Find Fault With U.N. Climate Panel,” which recycled most of
the accusations of the past few months. What made it such a glorious
testament to their success was the chief source cited by the Times:
one Christopher Monckton, or Lord Monckton as he prefers to be called
since he is some kind of British viscount. He is also identified as a
“former advisor to Margaret Thatcher,” and he did write a piece for the
American Spectator during her term as prime minister offering his prescriptions for “the only way to stop AIDS”:
... screen the entire population regularly and ... quarantine all carriers of the disease for life. Every member of the population should be blood-tested every month ... all those found to be infected with the virus, even if only as carriers, should be isolated compulsorily, immediately, and permanently.
He speaks with equal gusto and good sense on matters climatic—and now from above the fold in the paper of record.
Access to money and the media is not the only, or even the main,
reason for the success of the climate deniers, though. They’re not
actually spending all that much cash and they’ve got legions
of eager volunteers doing much of the internet lobbying entirely for
free. Their success can be credited significantly to the way they tap
into the main currents of our politics of the moment with far more
savvy and power than most environmentalists can muster. They’ve
understood the popular rage at elites. They’ve grasped the widespread
feelings of powerlessness in the U.S., and the widespread suspicion
that we’re being ripped off by mysterious forces beyond our control.
Some of that is, of course, purely partisan. The columnist David Brooks, for instance, recently said:
“On the one hand, I totally accept the scientific authorities who say
that global warming is real and it is manmade. On the other hand, I
feel a frisson of pleasure when I come across evidence that contradicts
the models ... [in part] because I relish any fact that might make Al Gore
look silly.” But the passion with which people attack Gore more often
seems focused on the charge that he’s making large sums of money from
green investments, and that the whole idea is little more than a scam
designed to enrich everyone involved. This may be wrong—Gore has
testified under oath that he donates his green profits to the cause—and scientists are not getting rich researching climate
change (constant blog comments to the contrary), but it resonates with
lots of people. I get many emails a day on the same theme: “The game is
up. We’re on to you.”
When I say it resonates with lots of people, I mean lots of
people. O.J.‘s lawyers had to convince a jury made up mostly of black
women from central city L.A., five of whom reported that they or their
families had had “negative experiences” with the police. For them, it
was a reasonably easy sell. When it comes to global warming, we’re
pretty much all easy sells because we live the life that produces the
carbon dioxide that’s at the heart of the crisis, and because we like
that life.
Very few people really want to change in any meaningful way, and
given half a chance to think they don’t need to, they’ll take it.
Especially when it sounds expensive, and especially when the economy
stinks. Here’s David Harsanyi, a columnist for The Denver Post:
“If they’re going to ask a nation—a world—to fundamentally alter
its economy and ask citizens to alter their lifestyles, the believers’
credibility and evidence had better be unassailable.”
“Unassailable” sets the bar impossibly high when there is a
dedicated corps of assailants out there hard at work. It is true that
those of us who want to see some national and international effort to
fight global warming need to keep making the case that the science is
strong. That’s starting to happen. There are new websites and iPhone apps to provide clear and powerful answers to the skeptic trash-talking, and
strangely enough, the denier effort may, in some ways, be making the
case itself: If you go over the multi-volume IPCC report with a fine-tooth comb and come up with three or four lousy citations, that’s
pretty strong testimony to its essential accuracy.
Clearly, however, the antiseptic attempt to hide behind the
magisterium of Science in an effort to avoid the rough-and-tumble of
Politics is a mistake. It’s a mistake because science can be—and, in
fact, should be—infinitely argued about. Science is, in fact,
nothing but an ongoing argument, which is one reason why it
sounds so disingenuous to most people when someone insists that the
science is “settled.” That’s especially true of people who have been
told at various times in their lives that some food is good for you,
only to be told later that it might increase your likelihood of dying.
Why data isn’t enough
I work at Middlebury College, a topflight liberal arts school, so
I’m surrounded by people who argue constantly. It’s fun. One of the
better skeptical takes on global warming that I know about is a weekly radio broadcast on our campus radio station run by a pair of undergraduates. They’re
skeptics, but not cynics. Anyone who works seriously on the science
soon realizes that we know more than enough to start taking action, but
less than we someday will. There will always be controversy over
exactly what we can now say with any certainty. That’s life on the
cutting edge. I certainly don’t turn my back on the research—we’ve
spent the last two years at 350.org building what Foreign Policy called “the largest ever coordinated global rally” around a previously
obscure data point, the amount of atmospheric carbon that scientists
say is safe, measured in parts per million.
But it’s a mistake to concentrate solely on the science for another
reason. Science may be what we know about the world, but politics is
how we feel about the world. And feelings count at least as much as knowledge. Especially when those feelings are valid. People are getting ripped off. They are powerless against large forces that are, at the moment, beyond their control. Anger is justified.
So let’s figure out how to talk about it. Let’s look at ExxonMobil,
which each of the last three years has made more money than any company
in the history of money. Its business model involves using the
atmosphere as an open sewer for the carbon dioxide that is the
inevitable byproduct of the fossil fuel it sells. And yet we let it do
this for free. It doesn’t pay a red cent for potentially wrecking our
world.
Right now, there’s a bill in the Congress—cap-and-dividend,
it’s called—that would charge Exxon for that right, and send a check
to everyone in the country every month. Yes, the company would pass on
the charge at the pump, but 80 percent of Americans (all except the top-income
energy hogs) would still make money off the deal. That represents good science, because it starts to send a
signal that we should park that SUV, but it’s also good politics.
By the way, if you think there’s a scam underway, you’re right—and to figure it out just track the money going in campaign
contributions to the politicians doing the bidding of the energy
companies. Inhofe, the igloo guy? Over a million dollars from energy and utility companies and executives in the last
two election cycles. You think Al Gore is going to make money from
green energy? Check out what you get for running an oil company.
Worried that someone is going to wreck your future? You’re right about that, too. Right now, China is gearing up to dominate the green energy market. They’re making the investments that mean
future windmills and solar panels, even ones installed in this country,
will be likely to arrive from factories in Chenzhou, not Chicago.
Coal companies have already eliminated most good mining jobs, simply
by automating them in the search for ever higher profits. Now, they’re
using their political power to make sure that miners’ kids won’t get to
build wind turbines instead. Everyone should be mighty pissed—just
not at climate-change scientists.
But keep in mind as well that fear and rage aren’t the only feelings
around. They’re powerful feelings, to be sure, but they’re not all we
feel. And they are not us at our best.
There’s also love, a force that has often helped motivate
large-scale change, and one that cynics in particular have little power
to rouse. Love for poor people around the world, for instance. If you
think it’s not real, you haven’t been to church recently, especially
evangelical churches across the country. People who take the Gospel
seriously also take seriously indeed the injunction to feed the hungry
and shelter the homeless.
It’s becoming patently obvious that nothing challenges that goal
quite like the rising seas and spreading deserts of climate change.
That’s why religious environmentalism is one of the most effective
emerging parts of the global warming movement; that’s why we were able
to get thousands of churches ringing their bells 350 times last October
to signify what scientists say is the safe level of CO2 in the
atmosphere; that’s why Bartholomew, patriarch of the Orthodox church
and leader of 400 million eastern Christians, said, “Global warming is
a sin and 350 is an act of redemption.”
There’s also the deep love for creation, for the natural world. We
were born to be in contact with the world around us and, though much of
modernity is designed to insulate us from nature, it doesn’t really
work. Any time the natural world breaks through—a sunset, an hour in
the garden—we’re suddenly vulnerable to the realization that we care
about things beyond ourselves. That’s why, for instance, the Boy Scouts
and the Girl Scouts are so important: Get someone out in the woods at
an impressionable age and you’ve accomplished something powerful.
That’s why art and music need to be part of the story, right alongside
bar graphs and pie charts. When we campaign about climate change at 350.org,
we make sure to do it in the most beautiful places we know, the iconic
spots that conjure up people’s connection to their history, their
identity, their hope.
The great irony is that the climate skeptics have prospered by
insisting that their opponents are radicals. In fact, those who work to
prevent global warming are deeply conservative, insistent that we
should leave the world in something like the shape we found it. We want
our kids to know the world we knew. Here’s the definition of radical:
doubling the carbon content of the atmosphere because you’re not
completely convinced it will be a disaster. We want to remove every
possible doubt before we convict in the courtroom, because an innocent
man in a jail cell is a scandal, but outside of it we should act more
conservatively.
In the long run, the climate deniers will lose; they’ll be a
footnote to history. (Hey, even O.J. is finally in jail.) But they’ll
lose because we’ll all lose, because by delaying action, they will have
helped prevent us from taking the steps we need to take while there’s
still time. If we’re going to make real change while it matters, it’s
important to remember that their skepticism isn’t the root of the
problem. It simply plays on our deep-seated resistance to change.
That’s what gives the climate cynics ground to operate. That’s what we
need to overcome, and at bottom that’s a battle as much about courage
and hope as about data.Related Links:
EPA’s Jackson establishes deliberative path to control global warming pollution
Why Congress must revise the Clean Air Act
ConocoPhillips, BP America, and Caterpillar quit climate coalition
-
MacGyver of the Day: HAM Radio Hacker Diana Eng [DIY Week]
[Tech, Goodtweet (Twitter material), Hot Topics, Lifehacks] (Lifehacker)&hl;&fs;&fmt;Ed. note: All this week, Senior Editor of MAKE magazine Phil Torrone is joining us to highlight a few modern day MacGyvers as we continue celebrating the DIY ethic at Lifehacker. Today's maker: HAM radio enthusiast Diana Eng. Hi Lifehackers! MAKE is best known for sharing all the goodness of making things for yourself, learning new skills and many times, voiding warranties Marcus Chan of the San Francisco Chronicle said we're the "The kind of magazine that would impress MacGyver" &m ...
&hl;&fs;&fmt;Ed. note: All this week, Senior Editor of MAKE magazine Phil Torrone is joining us to highlight a few modern day MacGyvers as we continue celebrating the DIY ethic at Lifehacker. Today's maker: HAM radio enthusiast Diana Eng.
Hi Lifehackers! MAKE is best known for sharing all the goodness of making things for yourself, learning new skills and many times, voiding warranties... Marcus Chan of the San Francisco Chronicle said we're the "The kind of magazine that would impress MacGyver" — and that's what this week is about. It's a little known fact, but MAKE even has the creator of MacGyver writing at MAKE: Lee D. Zlotoff! Lee is a writer/producer/director among whose numerous credits is creator of MacGyver (you can see his articles here).
So with all that being said, Lifehacker asked me to put together a list of my favorite MacGyver-like makers out there who inspire us all to hack, mod, and learn skills that can get us out of jams… and maybe sometimes cause a little trouble—the good kind.
First up: Diana Eng. Fashion nerd, hacker, maker, HAM radio ambassador.
Here's what she says about herself on her site...
Nerd and Fashion Designer
Diana Eng is a fashion designer who specializes in technology, math, and science. Her designs range from inflatable clothing to fashions inspired by the mechanical engineering of biomimetics. At 22, her inflatable dress (cocreated with Emily Albinski) made the cover of ID Magazine. In 2005, she was a designer on season 2 of the Emmy nominated hit TV show, Project Runway. She won Yahoo Hack Day in 2006 along with her two-team mates for designing and creating a blogging purse in less than 24 hours. She has worked as an assistant designer in research & development at Victoria's Secret. She is the author of Fashion Geek: Clothes, Accessories, Tech. Her work has been featured in exhibits both in the U.S. and internationally around the globe, and has graced the pages of such publications as Women's Wear Daily, Wired, and Craft Magazine. Diana is Make's ham radio correspondent. Diana currently designs in the NYC fashion industry and is a founding member of Brooklyn based hacker group NYC Resistor.Okay, so you're thinking that maybe the hacker group thing is hacky and could be handy if you need to use a laser cutter, but how often will you need a LED dress in jam? There's more! Diana recently posted that she's joining the ARRL Public Relations Committee. What's this? The ARRL is the national membership association for Amateur Radio operators. If you've heard of HAM radio, this is it.
HAM radio is one of the oldest and most popular DIY hobby activities around the world. These folks were doing "free phone calls" and "Skype" before there was an internet. "Amateur Radio operators have shown an insatiable curiosity to explore and populate the high frontiers of the electromagnetic spectrum." Not only that, but when disaster strikes, HAM radio operators are usually called upon to function and/or help emergency communications.
They're not dependent on cell phone towers or overloaded systems in times of crisis; they're distributed and long range. They help, they learn, and they share information. Diana is the type of person you need when you want to tap in to the space station to hear it go by or when you need to coordinate rescue plans when a hurricane drops in.
Anyone can become a HAM. It's a fun hobby, it's a great skill, and Diana's other project "Fairytale Fashion" can even teach you about electronics. If you're interested in HAM, she's created a ton of great videos over on MAKE, which I've embedded below, along with some other great resources. Grab a seat, and when you're done—who knows—maybe you'll be exploring the spectrum or helping out your community in the future!

Catching satellites on ham radio
Ham Radio 101: Getting Started Without a License
Ham radio fun for holiday air travel
Seeing radio waves with a light bulb
Hobby Radio guide&hl;&fs;&fmt;
How-To: Set up an HF portable radio while hiking&hl;&fs;&fmt;
And while interstellar space communication is still being worked on Diana shows you How-To: Make a Star Trek Bluetooth Communicator.
Phil Torrone is Senior Editor of MAKE magazine, contributing editor to Popular Science, and creative director of Adafruit Industries, where they make educational electronics and kits like the TV-B-Gone and some "other" hacky projects that sometimes make the rounds in these parts of the web. You may have seen MAKE in bookstores, public television, online, or been to one of their Maker Faires (there will be 3 this year, they are expecting over 100k attendees!). His personal site is http://www.braincraft.com.
-
The Stoopidity of Warner Music
[Music, Radio] (Inside Music Media)By Jerry Del Colliano It’s hard to believe that an established record label could be – to use a term we made famous in Philadelphia -- so stoopid! I don’t mean to disparage any individual here, but to comment on what looks to me to be a real bad business plan for Warner Music. And knowing the lemmings in the music industry, I would expect at least one of the other big four labels to catch Warner’s Disease. Edgar Bronfman, Jr is claiming Warner Music Group is making money and if so, ...
By Jerry Del Colliano
It’s hard to believe that an established record label could be – to use a term we made famous in Philadelphia -- so stoopid!
I don’t mean to disparage any individual here, but to comment on what looks to me to be a real bad business plan for Warner Music.
And knowing the lemmings in the music industry, I would expect at least one of the other big four labels to catch Warner’s Disease.
Edgar Bronfman, Jr is claiming Warner Music Group is making money and if so, it is not due to anything he has done. If I am a shareholder, I’m either taking an Ambien and joining Rip Van Winkle or I’m selling.
Let’s dissect Bronfman’s Folly:
Against Free Streaming
That means Spotify and every other free streamer hoping to get consumers to pay monthly fees in return for all the music they can consume – and eventually on a cloud without having to wait for it to download.
Bronfman doesn’t bother to address the issues of whether Warner is going to try and get out of its existing free streaming licensing agreements or just wait for them to expire. He also doesn’t address the Lala inspired initiative that Apple is said to be working on.
The labels hate Apple and its CEO Steve Jobs.
Forget the consumer.
This is personal.
For Making ISPs Their Toll Collector
Like other label execs, Bronfman can’t get beyond the model that would have your ISP charge you a monthly fee to license all the music you don’t even want to hear. The only people this plan works for are the big four label execs.
Ever try to get hundreds of Internet Service Providers to agree on anything?
It’s like trying to get the big four labels to agree to even one thing. It isn’t going to happen. And neither is bundling this music into a mobile device.
Nonetheless, this is a major record exec with his head up in a cloud -- the wrong cloud.
Bronfman is one of the reasons there is so much piracy. Who wants to pay monthly fees – unless it is part of a cool Apple system, but then again you already know how he feels about Apple.
For Warner Monetizing Its Acts
That’s why he’s against VEVO which Universal is embracing (told you these guys can’t agree on anything except suing consumers). Bronfman wants to sell his bands' music and that’s just ducky – except, that’s not how consumers work.
Why buy the cow when you can get the milk for free – so to speak.
Against Cherry Picking
Looks like the music industry has to get rid of all these old guys who still think they can sell entire albums in a consumer world that only wants what they want when they want it.
Just because they could force baby boomers and Gen Xers to buy entire albums for one or two cuts doesn’t mean Gen Y is that foolish. In fact, Gen Y buys Lady GaGa when GaGa entices them and not before. Otherwise, they cherry pick.
Looks like Bronfman is in for a big disappointment.
What is scary is that Warner makes the most money from digital of all the labels and look how their CEO is seeing the future. He either doesn’t mean it or doesn’t get it.
For 360 Deals on the Cheap
So what did you expect? A label that will pay artists what they deserve? That ain’t gonna happen. As I have said in the past, it is the labels who put artists in the poorhouse, not consumers stealing music.
Bronfman dearly wants 360 deals where they in effect get a piece of everything – now follow this – but they don’t want to pay crazy money to sign them. And there you have the problem. Why should artists do 360 deals with labels that – if you’ll pardon me – aren’t really that good at – well, doing 360 deals?
I’d hire GaGa first. I’m only half kidding.
If an artist goes with Warner, they get screwed (surprise/surprise).
They could agree to do a set number of albums for the label but the 360 money and all the merch could extend beyond the album stipulation.
For Labels Not Managers
Bronfman sees Live Nation and Ticketmaster as being in different businesses than record labels.
But wait.
Why do you need a record label if these venue operators can handle everything else?
Look, Live Nation is reaping the results of its own stupidity (not just the recession) therefore, neither the labels nor touring companies look very smart right now.
For a Warner-EMI Merger
I hope he gets it. Then two clueless labels will be one. And neither will be relevant beyond any interest in their catalog.
When has the music industry gone on a discovery binge – instead, they cutback expenses and staff?
When has the music industry offered a legal alternative to iTunes that had any heft other than moan about having to sell the cuts consumers want – when they feel like paying?
So here we are – ten years after the labels got taken by Napster and blindsided by Apple and they still look stoopid.
Against free streaming when Apple is about to get into that business with or without them.
Against file sharing which is the new radio -- that’s the music discovery replacement for djs and stations.
Against fair deals with bands and acts --- without even acknowledging that labels are not really good at 360 and acts don’t really need them.
Against motherhood.
Okay, I lied. But they are against anything consumers want and technology can give them and that's almost as sacred as motherhood in the music industry.
Music is one of the few things people cannot live without. How do you screw up the music business?
Ask Edgar Bronfman.
He’ll tell you.
For those of you who would prefer to get Jerry's daily posts by email for FREE, please click here. Then look for a verifying email from FeedBurner to start service.
Thanks for forwarding my pieces to your friends and linking to your websites and boards.
In the February 16th post, “Why Radio Will Only Be an $8 Billion Business by 2016,” there were several references to BIA/Kelsey data and a reproducing of a BIA/Kelsey chart. To set the record straight, BIA/Kelsey projects radio industry revenues of $14.6 billion from the over the air advertising sales and an additional $749 million in online sales in 2013. At this point in time, BIA/Kelsey does not have an estimate for radio industry revenues for 2016. Additionally, the projection lines included in the chart are those of mobile industry sources, not BIA/Kelsey projections. I appreciate BIA helping to set the record straight. While BIA/Kelsey does not project more than five years out, I agree with mobile execs who believe on the present path radio will be an $8 billion business by 2016. Sorry for any misunderstandings. I wanted you to have all the facts. -
Cumulus Now Screwing Its Market Managers’ Pooch
[Music, Radio] (Inside Music Media)By Jerry Del Colliano If you take Cumulus CEO Lew Dickey at face value, his vision of radio is kind of non-local, operated with efficiencies through central command in Atlanta and based on a selling model that only Mr. Burns could like. I say that because evidence is leaking from Cumulus markets that even if you are a Dickey Nation true-believer you are not immune to getting screwed. Light the coals, the Cumulus sweat lodge is in operation (and I say that with all due respect to legitimate re ...
By Jerry Del Colliano
If you take Cumulus CEO Lew Dickey at face value, his vision of radio is kind of non-local, operated with efficiencies through central command in Atlanta and based on a selling model that only Mr. Burns could like.
I say that because evidence is leaking from Cumulus markets that even if you are a Dickey Nation true-believer you are not immune to getting screwed.
Light the coals, the Cumulus sweat lodge is in operation (and I say that with all due respect to legitimate religious sweat lodges not the ones making the headlines lately).
At the heart of the issue is turning radio into a commodity business.
Some Cumulus market managers have figured it out and that’s why I am sharing it with you.
I am told that some Cumulus market managers working side by side with the Dickey Doo Money Machine are placing spot schedules daily in all markets.
One informant told me,
“Three markets that I checked, he's placed over 2000 units in the month of January. EACH! And there was no corporate "push down" of revenue for all the fourth quarter inventory they took, and no push down for January”.
Here’s the deal.
Many Cumulus budgets this year are being done quarterly and there is a new spreadsheet that calculated total inventory available divided by the revenue goal the Dickeys handed out as their “base rate”.
What they didn't take into account is that apparently corporate is taking upwards of 25% of the inventory and running "no charge" commercials -- at least at the market level they are no charge. There are likely payments being made at the corporate level for these spots but the markets aren't seeing the money.
This is another example of how Lew Dickey earns his nickname – “Tricky”.
Dickey's plan accomplishes a couple of things: first it tightens the inventory so it drives the base rate up in every market.
And, as my reader puts it:
“…it allows them to keep the revenue and how they account for it I don't know, but by keeping it, they can still on their books credit the market with the revenue but not have to recognize it in the market which might give the market manager a chance to hit budget and make a bonus.
Pretty slick.
In other words, Tricky Dickey bases his managers’ goal on an increase of last year, set their rates based on available inventory and then take upwards of 25% of that inventory and sells it at the corporate level but runs it at the market level.
Ingenious!
If screwing your local manager’s budget is your end goal.
Foolish.
If motivating them to even meet their numbers starts with stealing inventory for corporate use.
So commodity selling is already well underway at Cumulus.
The Dickeys own Cumulus. Let me correct that. The banks own Cumulus and the Dickeys have to kiss their butts to stay afloat. Nonetheless, you get my point.
They can do what they want with their stations. I never knew anyone – even former Cumulus employees -- that wasted any time crying over that fact.
But, their markets are dependent on the cash flow to make budget, pay staff, or pay bonuses based on performance.
To quote an insider:
“It's like having the market managers prepare their team for the Super Bowl, train them, have the game plan in place, and then just before game time, tell the market manager oh, you can only have 8 players on the field. Well the plan was figured out based on a full team, inventory, and they are taking 25% of it. Wouldn't the more ethical way (don't laugh) to have done that is at least tell the market managers you were taking the inventory so they could redevelop a plan based on that reality?”
Needlessly mean.
This half-baked plan sets up the perfect way to give their loyal managers a no-win situation.
What could motivate smart people (even if they are mean like the Dickeys0 to pull such a blatant screwing of their local market manager’s pooch (so to say) when doing so acts as a major disincentive to revenue growth as the economy tries to rebound.
The arrival of commodity radio.
This is the future – like it or not – and I don’t like it.
The current group of radio CEOs who are down on their last knee begging creditors for a chance to keep running the groups they have ruined are simply doing what is expected of them.
Equity holders want to keep it simple. Rarely do they successfully turn around the companies they buy.
Rarely do they care.
Their lives are built on fees and with equity shareholders there is never a recession in fees. Isn’t this the same problem on a larger level that has taken our overall economy down?
In Haiti, it used to be Papa Doc and Baby Doc.
In the Soviet Union, strongmen building walls.
In China, Mao.
In the U.S. it is a bloodless coup by financial companies having their way with the U.S. economy no matter which political party is in power.
And in radio, that means any strategy to monetize a losing operation even at the expense of the managers working to replenish the failed company’s coffers is --- well …
Business as usual.
For those of you who would prefer to get Jerry's daily posts by email for FREE, please click here. Then look for a verifying email from FeedBurner to start service.
Thanks for forwarding my pieces to your friends and linking to your websites and boards.
-
Super Bowl Salvation. The Final Jamboroo [Ballsdeep]
[Sports] (Deadspin)Drew Magary's Thursday Afternoon NFL Dick Joke Jamboroo runs every Thursday during the NFL season. Find more of his stuff at his Twitter feed.The following is a very loose account: -The snow began here in DC on Friday afternoon, with TV and radio stations all across the mid-Atlantic warning everyone to stay inside and not try driving in the snow, because people in the mid-Atlantic can't drive for shit. -I live in a house that is susceptible to the occasional power outage, which is fine. They usu ...
Drew Magary's Thursday Afternoon NFL Dick Joke Jamboroo runs every Thursday during the NFL season. Find more of his stuff at his Twitter feed.
The following is a very loose account:
-The snow began here in DC on Friday afternoon, with TV and radio stations all across the mid-Atlantic warning everyone to stay inside and not try driving in the snow, because people in the mid-Atlantic can't drive for shit.
-I live in a house that is susceptible to the occasional power outage, which is fine. They usually don't last long. But I fucking dread blackouts with every fiber of my being. On Friday night, the snowfall totals made a blackout all but inevitable. During the course of the night, I kept waking up every two hours to check to see if my alarm clock was still glowing. At 1AM, it was still glowing. At 3AM, it was still glowing. At 5AM, it stopped glowing. Fuck.
-There is a certain mental protocol I go through with any blackout. Perhaps yours is different. But here is mine:
ONE MINUTE IN: Oh, fuck! Blackout! Maybe it's one of those quick ones where the power comes back on five seconds later.
FIVE SECONDS LATER: Shit.
FIVE MINUTES IN: Call the power company. The bitchwhore auto voice asks for my account number. "It's right on your monthly statement." WELL I DON'T KNOW WHERE THE FUCK THAT IS, LADY. OPERATOR OPERATOR OPERATOR. Did you people know we have no power? I may not be able to watch TV tonight, and that would be a fucking tragedy. I DEMAND YOU PRIORITIZE MY HOME OVER ALL HOSPITALS AND FIRE HOUSES.
TEN MINUTES IN: Call everyone else. Mom, do you have power? Yes? I fucking hate you. Jack, do you have power? No? Oh, thank God I'm not alone in my suffering. This sucks, am I right?
HALF HOUR IN: It's a law of blackouts that my phone will always be juuuust on the verge of running out of power at the precise moment the blackout hits. What will I do when there are no more illuminated screens to stare at anywhere in the house? HERE COMES THE DRINKING.
ONE HOUR IN: Okay, power won't be back for a while. Whatever. This'll be fun! We'll light candles and carry around flashlights! And drink wine! And eat fine cheeses! And we'll talk about the kind of things that college professors surely talk in their TV-free homes at night! It'll be romantic, just like Amish living!
TWO HOURS IN: This fucking blows.
THREE HOURS IN: Power flickers back on for exactly one second, then goes back out. Worst tease ever. I'd rather be punched mid-coitus.
FOUR HOURS IN: What kind of batteries does this flashlight take? D? Oh, Christ. D's. The freak batteries, occupants of the lower rung of battery hell, along with the goddamn 9-volt. There's nothing but AA's in this fucking house. I'll be damned if the remote runs out of juice.
FIVE HOURS IN: There's always that moment during a blackout where you're annoyed that the power hasn't come back, and then you feel like both an asshole and a pussy because you can't go five hours without power while some poor guy in Haiti is trapped underneath seven stories of rubble. They don't even have power in Rwanda, you know. I can suck it up. I really can.
SIX HOURS IN: NO I CAN'T! GAHHHHH!!! After a few hours of any blackout, I begin to have those daymares of the power NEVER coming back. This is it. Civilization has come to an end. The grids have failed, and we are all on our own now. It won't be long until we must begin foraging for ourselves out in the open, like wild beasts. Soon, we shall all join roving hordes, eating beans out of tin cans found in dumpsters, feasting upon other humans who cross our path and feel the sting of our blades. The time of man has begun its rapid decline. WE'RE ALL GOING TO DIE.
SEVEN HOURS IN: There comes a point in any blackout where you feel the same way you feel when you're at work late. If you're at work late enough, you eventually just accept your fate and stop giving a shit. You're not going to go out drinking. You're not going to be able to watch a movie. You're just trapped and fucked. This is about when I hit that wall.
EIGHT HOURS IN: I ask the Mrs. if she'd rather go without power for 24 hours or me for 24 hours. She says power. She is SO full of shit. Honey, I'd trade you for a working microwave in five seconds flat.
NINE HOURS IN: Better move everything in the fridge and freezer into the snow. If the ham goes bad, I'll never forgive myself.
TWELVE HOURS IN: Okay, let's do the whole romantic wine with candles thing while we eat cold soup out of can. This will be fun!
FOURTEEN HOURS IN: This is not fun. This house is getting really fucking cold. It's amazing how a normal, warm home can assume Baltimore crackhouse ambience within mere hours of losing power. WE ARE LIVING LIKE FUCKING VERMIN HERE.
POWER FINALLY BACK ON: Thank fucking CHRIST. Sometimes, the power will go back on during your little romantic candle thing, and you'll happily cast aside that bullshit to turn the TV back on. Regardless of when it goes back on, I'm always eternally grateful I have power to begin with, and then go back to taking it for granted five seconds later.
-So that's the mental protocol. Only our power never came back on last weekend. We spent Friday night sleeping in eight layers of clothing and wool hats. It made me feel like a hobo, in kind of a cool way. I totally wanted to start a fire on the floor of the bedroom.
This blackout me put my family and I in grave danger… of not being able to watch the Super Bowl. And that would be horrid. I was never going to let that happen. So I said to the Mrs., "We have to get out of here. FOR THE KID'S SAFETY." Or something made up like that. And so, on Sunday morning, we made the decision to make a break from the powerless house and try and get to my in-laws' home ten minutes away. They had power, and television, and hot food. All good things.
-After getting stuck on an unplowed road roughly 73 times on the way to the in-laws, we finally make it. Power. Warmth. Hot chocolate. FUCK AND YES.
-Mere hours after reaching our in-laws, both my wife and I come down with the single worst case of stomach flu I've ever had. In fact, a little research of the symptoms after the fact reveals the formal name of gastroenteritis, the same illness you get when you're stuck on a cruise ships with a bunch of filthy old people. You do not want gastroenteritis. Every trip to the bathroom presented me with the delightful choice of either pissing my insides out of my ass, or heaving until my throat was dangling out of my mouth. There's no real way you can win with that decision. Either way, it's going to be unpleasant. And it was! My wife, for her part, went to the bathroom, got sick, and fainted. I heaved and shat 900 times and began violently shaking. Usually, throwing up makes you feel better, as when you are shitfaced. You feel bad, throw up, and then PRESTO! You're a new man. You could still hook up tonight! Not so with this. More vomiting just induces more vomiting. My father-in-law, a very good man, walked by the bathroom and saw me, in my boxers, crumpled on the floor, shaking, the toilet rimmed with my filth.
HIM: You don't look good, Drew. Maybe you should go to the hospital.
ME: Super Buhhhhh. Super Buhhhhh…
-My father-in-law looks up home remedies to help cease vomiting, because I cannot stop and have not stopped for hours. He finds that hot water with a teaspoon of cinnamon is said to work. He gives it to me. It seems to work. Thirty seconds later, I throw it all back up. It gives my vomit a pleasant, coffee cakish scent. Nice change of pace.
-Due to the fact that I was shoveling snow most of Sunday morning, and vomiting most of Sunday afternoon, all of the muscles in my limbs cease working. Quite literally. I lack the power to stand. My hands and feet feel like they are vibrating, which is kind of cool. I cannot decide if I am freezing to death or burning to death. It seems to alternate.
-My daughter also begins throwing up. Sunday was her birthday. Happy Birthday, kid. I got you East African deathworm. There are three toilets in my in-laws home, and they are now all occupied with people puking and shitting their guts out. Now, imagine taking in house guests and seeing them immediately blast fluid out of every orifice of their bodies in your home. That would be unpleasant. And I vomit LOUD. Sounds like I'm going down a roller coaster. HUNHWAAAAAAAAA!!!!! OH GOD HERE COMES ANOTHER ONE HUNHWAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!!
-There is a point in any stomach flu in which all you can think about is how fucking sick you are, and that just makes you even more sick. I started throwing up and then I just kept thinking about throwing up, then I thought about shit that would make me want to throw up, like artichoke dip, or aspic, or reading something on Bleacher Report. And thus the cycle continued. You need distractions. You need something to take your mind off of your own twisted insides. And, while I would prefer to never have stomach flu, it's a nice stroke of luck to contract it at the precise moment that the biggest sporting event of year - a broadcast in which even the advertisements, while overrated, make for compelling viewing - is taking place for the next four hours.
-I drag myself on my big fat belly down the stairs to the basement and put the game on. I should be having chili with this game. But that's likely a bad idea. I call Ufford on the phone and he says I sound like I just ran 200 yards. You would think, given my girth, this is how I usually sound when indulging in any physical movement. But this labored breathing is a bit more severe than my usual shit.
-The game begins and I can barely make out the teams. My father-in-law places a bucket near me on the couch. I don't remember much about the first half, except that the Go Daddy ad was a piece of shit, because it's always a piece of shit.
-I fall asleep during The Who. I am told this was not unusual among even the non-ill.
-The third quarter begins and I'm still feeling like driftwood when Nantz's voice cracks on the onside kick call, and my eyes blast open. At first, it seems like the Colts were going to recover. Then the Saints turn out to have the ball, and I do the most pathetic little fist pump ever seen. They score, and suddenly a game which started out 10-0 and appeared destined to end boringly and exactly as most everyone predicted, begins to kick ass.
-I started drinking water. Shitloads of it. Even if it came back up, I felt like I needed to do it, lest I pull a Korey Stringer. My body had nothing in it. I keep drinking. I stop puking. My rectum finally retreats back into my body. I'm feeling better just as the game is starting to get really good.
-By the time Tracy Porter picks off Manning and seals the game, I can finally jump to my feet and say HOLY FUCKING SHIT. The storm in my body has passed, and the Saints are about to become Super Bowl champs. Also, I can go the fuck to bed now.
At last I am fully recovered, my ass no longermaking like a fire hydrant. And so, as we bring this NFL season to close, you will find few folks out there more appreciative of the restorative effect the NFL has both on one's soul and one's digestive tract than I. I thought I was about to fucking die on Sunday. This is because I am a pussy. But, thanks to one kickass final football game of the year, I did NOT die. And I got to see Peyton Manning suck it. So thank you, NFL. Once again, your powers know no bounds. Thank you. A million times, thank you.
Now come back fucking soon, or I'll be really mad. With all that said, let's close down the Jamboroo.
The Games
None. Time to pack the throwgasms away. Oh, how I will miss you, dear throwgasms. There is only one real plus to the Super Bowl being over, and it is this: No more radio interviews with old assholes who won the Super Bowl for another 51 weeks. God, how I hate that. Every year, all these old pricks descend on radio row to try and claw back into the public consciousness. It's horrible. "Welcome to the program, JEFF BOSTIC! LET'S TALK WITH JEFF BOSTIC FOR AN HOUR! HOW ABOUT THAT SUPER BOWL YOU GUYS WON A ZILLION YEARS AGO, JEFF?" Guhhhhhh.
In fact, when I listen to sports talk radio, I never want to hear anyone interviewed. Ever. Not players. Not coaches. Certainly not old and crippled players I no longer care about. Interviews are a waste of fucking time. If you're a sports talk radio station, please stop interviewing people and go back to your regular schedule of arguing about sports movies, ranking quarterbacks, and doing all the pointless shit you usually do. That's all I ever want out of a sports talk radio station.
Last Week: 1-0 (1-0 vs. spread)
Postseason: 6-5 (5-6 vs. spread)Song To Get You Through The Offseason
&hl;&fs;&fmt;
"California," by Low. No more running through brick walls for a while. One day, when I have a billion dollars and the Jamboroo rights have been licensed in Borneo and 57 other countries, I will spend the entire NFL offseason somewhere warm and pleasant all year round. There, I will drink, eat grilled meats, and smoke pot until my butler tells me it's time to start watching football again.
Electric Boys Video Of The Week
&hl;&fs;&fmt;
"All Lips And Hips," by Electric Boys. Few bands can pull off using a sitar successfully. Electric Boys were not one of them. Anyone ever go to a place where there's a belly dancer and get pissed after five minutes that the belly dancer isn't a real stripper? I get like that.
Open Mailbag Tuesdays
If you want to get into the Deadspin Tuesday Mailbag, a couple pointers. One: Try not to bring up topics from the last mailbag. It's already been covered. Two: Keep it relatively concise, unless you're that dude who knew everything about toilet testing. Three: Keep emailing. Sometimes, shit doesn't make it in simply because I don't have time to get to it. That may seem hard to believe given that my entire life consists of wasting both my time and yours, but it's the truth. Four: Using proper spelling and grammar as best you can. I'm too lazy to capitalize "I" for you. And thank you to all the emailers who have pitched in to that column. It's been a blast, and it'll be here all year round.Player That Deserves To Die A Slow, Painful Death
Pierre Garcon. Nice drop, fucko. And could you maybe try using a condom next time? Paul Shirley doesn't want his tax money paying for your filthy, ball-dropping offspring.Nazi Shark's Vegas Futures Lock Of The Week
Lots of sports sites, to demonstrate the arbitrary nature of gambling, like to have animals like monkeys pick games to see if they can outwit their human counterparts. There's no reason we at Deadspin can't also get in on the fun. So we've asked National Socialist German Workers' Party member Rolf, who also happens to be a shark, to pick one game a week. Take it away, Nazi shark."Next year, I like the Dolphins at 40-1 to win Super Bowl 45. There is a new biography of Eva Braun coming out, and I think you will find it illuminating. Did you know both Eva and the Fuhrer loved architecture? It's true! So the next time you go on and on about how badddd Dachau was, maybe you should take a look at the flying buttresses and rethink your opinion."
2009 Nazi Shark Record: 9-11 (1-3 playoffs). 9-11? EERIE.
Great Moments In Poop History
Fear not. Great Moments in Poop isn't going away. It'll be back next week in the Jamboroo's replacement column.From reader Sam comes a story I call THREE O'CLOCK POOP:
In 8th grade typing/computer class, all of the computers were situated at the perimeter of the room, which is where we spent most of every class; though usually the first and last 5 minutes or so of each class we'd sit at our desks in middle of the room, like any other normal class.
We'd just got back to our seats in the middle of the room with a few minutes left in class. Everyone's talking, waiting for the bell to ring, when the kid right next to me let out a really loud fart, which a lot of us sitting around him heard, and laughed about. I remember the kid sitting right in front of the farter turning around and exclaiming how utterly nasty the smell was, and said something like, "you better check your pants". A few of us around him then smelled it and it was truly godawful and we let him know about it. Farter then joked, seemingly at least, about how maybe he should check his pants. We thought he was kidding.
Farter then walked up to the teacher's desk at the front of the room and I heard him mutter something to our female teacher about going to the bathroom, and I remember the teacher shaking her head and sternly saying, "please take your seat, the bell is going to ring in a minute". Farter then must have quickly whispered something or made some gesture to her, because he quickly left the room with her permission. Moments after he left, the kid next to me yelled, "OH MY GOD, HE SHIT ON THE FLOOR", while pointing to a huge pile of diarrhea sitting right in front of the teacher's desk where Farter had just been standing. Making matters worse, there were 2 other smaller, but substantial, piles of diarrhea in the aisle between the desks, one of which was a mere few feet from me. Our teacher was at a loss for words, her face beet red, as she tried to calm the students, but to no avail. Bell or not, we all bolted for the door, screaming our heads off. As all the other classes soon emptied out into the hallway, I recall most of us running around to the nonwitnesses, exclaiming how our classmate had just shit his pants/the floor.
8th grade has to be the worst grade ever to do something like that. Kindergarten? No big deal, it happens. 4th grade? Kids would've forgot, forgiven, moved away, etc. Senior year in high school? Classmates would've probably handled it more maturely, and graduation would've been around the corner. But the end of 8th grade? A mere few months before high school begins? When the girls are all starting to put out? When everyone, me included, couldn't be any more immature? Bad timing to shit yourself for sure, as the poor kid was never able to let this down throughout the next 4+ years.
I suppose had he been wearing tighty whities and/or long pants, he would've been able to keep this accident "in house", so i guess the moral of the story is that if you're going to shit yourself in class, don't wear boxers and shorts.
A sage bit of wisdom from Sam. All you eighth graders out there best heed his words, lest you dribble a trail of poop out of class like some kind of poopy Hansel and Gretl.
Offseason Warming Soup Of The Week
Chicken soup. Warm. Inoffensive. Saved my ass this week. My actual ass.
During my bout with stomach flu, my mother-in-law baked a birthday cake for my kid, and the smell of it wafted through the house, making me feel even sicker. Such a cruel world when even the smell of golden, delicious cake is enough to turn your stomach.
Offseason Cheap Beer Of The Week
Blue Diamond! Described on its website as "Above average". Well, with that kind of endorsement, who are you to resist? From reader DZ:
Your toothpicks story reminds me of a game I used to play in college involving beer and potentiality for major injury/death. We called the game Blue Diamond after the beer we drank. Essentially there was a liquor store in St. Paul on Marshall Ave., the only place in the city you could get the beer. We lived across the street, so copious amounts of Blue Diamond were drunk during our college days.
Anyways our friends rented a house and in their backyard they had a trampoline. The backyard was tiny and basically consisted of this gigantic trampoline and about 10 yards by 4 yards for chairs, grills, hanging out.
One day we invented a game where about 5 of us were jumping on the trampoline some one would shake up a can of Blue Diamond, toss it into the middle of the trampoline and then 5 drunk and high college kids would jump around trying to avoid getting hit by the can. If you got hit you had to immediately roll off the trampoline grab the beer and slam it. Lots of strategery and lots of hilarity.
Also this trampoline was conveniently located next to a very old rusty fence which probably gave us several staph infections.
I would play that game. Look at that beer. Man, that looks like shit. I MUST HAVE IT. Bonus: Blue Diamond is also the name of the folks who make those delightful smokehouse almonds. I could eat a barrel of those.
Robert Evans' MVP Watch!
Time to start thinking about who the leaders are for the NFL's MVP award in 2010. Legendary Hollywood producer Robert Evans joins us to give us his assessment. Take it away, Mr. Evans.
"Baby, my favorite for the NFL's MVP next year is… Tony Romo of the Dallas Cowboys! Feisty? You bet! A taste for blondes? Only to match ol' Evans here!
"Well, the season is over. Time for me to retire to my vacation abode on the exotic island of Mallorca! There, my good friend Jon Voight and I will take in the fresh air, have a game of tennis, enjoy fresh manchego cheese with quince paste, and make love to some of Spain's finest young offerings! Oh, you should see Voight around a young Spanish woman. LIKE AN OWL! Focused? You bet! Vigilant? Always!
"Sometimes, Voight will tell me about his relationship with his daughter, the superstar Angelina Jolie! They don't talk much. I think that hurts him deeply. You can see it in his eyes when he says her name. His whole face just appears to sag. It's like there's a piece of his life that he knows is missing, that he set out to sea long ago that he'll never retrieve. Such a sad thing. I'll never have the heart to tell her I shtupped her during the casting process for Sliver. She didn't make the cut. Not as much of a wildcat as you might think. GIVE ME JENNIFER TILLY ANY DAY!"
Sunday Afternoon Movie Of The Week For Everyone
&hl;&fs;&fmt;
The Year Of Living Dangerously. Linda Hunt plays a man in this movie. She even won an Oscar for it. I assumed, while watching the entire film, that there was going to be a scene where Hunt's character would be outed as a woman. Because it was a woman playing the character of a man. But no, she plays a little dude the whole way through. I am really, really glad that there was no such scene. "Linda Hunt nude" is about the only phrase that is NOT in my Google search history.
Gratuitous Simpsons Quote
"Oh, Smithers, let's not be so cold. His spirit is my collateral."Halftime Masturbation Kit
-For the guys: Reader bearfan24 wanted to send in the thong shot of Lisa Loeb available online. Hard to complain.
-For the gals: This guy. He's shirtless. Do with it what you will.Enjoy the offseason, everyone. And a very, very warm congrats to the Saints and their fans. It's easy to be Mr. Cynic and say anyone who believes a football team can give needed hope to an area devastated by a natrural disaster is a fucking idiot. But a lot of people down there believe exactly that, and who am I to argue? They're the ones who have lost so much. They're the ones who believe the Saints have helped save them. Works for me. See you at the draft Jamboroo in April.
-
Journalism Fellowships Adapt to Meet Economic, Digital Challenges
[PBS, Journalism] (MediaShift)For years, journalism fellowships have afforded young and mid-career journalists the opportunity to hone their craft, pick up new skills and learn more about their beats. These paid programs last anywhere from a couple of weeks to a full year, and often require journalists to take time off from the newsroom. The resource site JournalismJobs.com lists more than 40 programs on its fellowship page. Traditional wisdom has held that journalists who applied for and were awarded fellowships were amon ...
For years, journalism fellowships have afforded young and mid-career journalists the opportunity to hone their craft, pick up new skills and learn more about their beats. These paid programs last anywhere from a couple of weeks to a full year, and often require journalists to take time off from the newsroom. The resource site JournalismJobs.com lists more than 40 programs on its fellowship page.
Traditional wisdom has held that journalists who applied for and were awarded fellowships were among the most ambitious in the industry. But they weren't the only people who benefited from the experience. Armed with fresh knowledge, he or she could then share these insights with colleagues, thus enriching the newsroom operation.
However, the current tumult in the industry (almost 15,000 job cuts at U.S. newspapers last year), has caused editors and publishers to ask whether it's worth losing reporters, even on a temporary basis, to fellowships.
"News executives have been posting unusual obstacles in the paths of journalists who want to seek a fellowship year," said Bob Giles, curator of the Nieman Foundation's fellowships at Harvard. "Some papers no longer will support long-term fellowships, others tell aspiring candidates that if they win a fellowship, they will have to resign and apply for their jobs when the fellowship year is over."
After noticing similar trends, the Kaiser Family Foundation (KFF) temporarily ended its fellowship program in favor of focusing on a sustained health policy news effort, Kaiser Health News. These changes are outlined in a column by KFF president and CEO Drew Altman. (Disclosure: I am a web reporter for Kaiser Health News, a KFF program.)
New Pool Of Applicants
The problems facing American journalism have also caused a change in the type of journalists applying for fellowships.
"Over the years, journalists from daily newspapers traditionally have dominated the applicant pool and Nieman classes," Giles said. "But those numbers changed for the 2010 selection cycle. For the class of 2009, 68 newspaper candidates made up half of the candidate pool. For the class of 2010, 45 fellowship aspirants were from newspapers, less than one third of the applicants."
Giles noted that 64 applicants self-identified as "freelance journalists," an increase from the 26 freelance journalist applicants for the 2009 fellowship. Joyce Barnathan, president of the International Center for Journalists, which offers a range of fellowships, reported a similar trend. Barnathan said "many recently laid off" journalists apply for ICFJ's programs, and the center is seeing applications from a higher number of freelance journalists.
Faced with this new landscape, fellowship programs are making adjustments. Giles said Nieman added multimedia classes and several new websites that aim to "serve our fellows as well as the larger world of journalism." But, he said, "the core mission continues to be the intellectual and personal growth that comes from the Harvard experience."
Barnathan says ICFJ fellowships still focus on "the basics of our profession: good reporting, impeccable ethics, strong editing and production." But they are also adding new programs geared towards helping journalists master new digital tools.
"There is a huge demand for training in new technology -- finding digital or mobile solutions for enhancing coverage and for distributing news to a wider audience around the world," she said. "How we do use the cell phone to get out health news alerts in Africa? Or create digital platforms so that small Latin American radio stations can share content? Or get traditional journalists to work with citizen journalists, who [once trained] can provide quality information? These are the issues we are aggressively tackling."
Fellowships Adapting to Digital World
Although the fellows I talked to have overwhelming praise for their fellowships, it's appropriate to question whether these programs should continue to train journalists at a time when employment opportunities dwindle by the day.
The John S. Knight Fellowship at Stanford University reconfigured the entire program to address this issue. In a blog post, Jim Bettinger, director of the Knight fellowship, wrote that it was "disheartening" to read applications from unemployed journalist after unemployed journalist.
"This was especially striking in the realm of foreign correspondence, where so many news organizations have drastically reduced or eliminated outright their foreign bureaus," Bettinger wrote. "This included some very good journalists who have done outstanding work in the past and have lots of good work ahead of them, if they can find a place to publish or broadcast it. Very tough, and a reminder that there are huge impacts on individual journalists and the quality of journalism."
Last year, the program implemented changes aimed at focusing on innovation and entrepreneurship. Though Bettinger said it's too soon to know whether the changes are working, he believes the adjustments "make us more valuable to the cause, if you will, of journalism: not necessarily to the journalism industry (although that is possible), but the goal of providing quality information to the public."
Back in October, Columbia Journalism Review announced its Encore fellowship to "provide downsized professionals with a writing position as well as support to help them choose how best to use their experience in the years ahead," according to a press release.
The Pultizer Center on Crisis Reporting has a different approach. Established in 2006, the fellowship aims to support "the independent international journalism that U.S. media organizations are increasingly less able to undertake," according to its mission statement. (For an example of how some news organizations are using the fellowship, read this piece by the Valley News' Jeffrey Good).
So, programs are adapting -- surely some faster than others. Will these changes help prepare journalists -- and journalism itself -- to thrive in the new world of news? Perhaps someone should create a meta-fellowship where fellows study and develop expertise on the question of their own future.A writer, reporter and media consultant, Jaclyn Schiff is up at the crack of dawn to tackle the headlines of the day for her job at the non-profit Kaiser Health News. When she should be catching up on sleep, she can usually be found updating her Twitter feed or Tumblr blog, MEDIA Schiff (pun intended). Schiff covers non-profit news for MediaShift.
This is a summary. Visit our site for the full post ».








